Keyword9 0 PDF

HEXTRAN 9.
0
Keyword Manual
HEXTRAN Keyword Manual The software described in this guide is furnished under a license
agreement and may be used only in accordance with the terms of
that agreement. Information in this document is subject to
change without notice. Invensys Systems, Inc. assumes no
liability for any damage to any hardware or software component
or any loss of data that may occur as a result of the use of the
information contained in this manual.
Copyright Notice © 2002 Invensys Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of
the material protected by this copyright may be reproduced or
utilized in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical,
including photocopying, recording, broadcasting, or by any
information storage and retrieval system, without permission in
writing from Invensys Systems, Inc.
Table of Contents
Chapter 1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1

About This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
About HEXTRAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Compatibility with Earlier Versions of HEXTRAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
About SIMSCI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Chapter 2 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1

About This Chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Scope and Objectives of HEXTRAN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Chapter 3 Using HEXTRAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1

What HEXTRAN Does . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Global Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Defining Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Stream Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Flowsheet Calculations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
Targeting Calculations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
Unit Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
Building an Input File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
Chapter 4 Input Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

Categories of Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Keywords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
HEXTRAN Keyword Manual

June 2002 i
Qualifiers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Multiple Entries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Commenting Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Defaulting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Units of Measure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Continuing Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Layout of Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Key to Description of Input Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
General Data Category of Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Component Data Category of Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
Thermodynamic Data Category of Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30
Stream Data Category of Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38
Internal Property Data Category of Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-64
External Property Data Category of Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-67
Flowsheet Calculations Category of Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-75
Simulation Category of Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-83
Regression Category of Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-90
Cleaning Casestudy Category of Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-101
Split Flow Optimization Category of Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-112
Area Optimization Category of Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-121
Targeting Category of Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-131
Synthesis Category of Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-141
Unit Operations Category of Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-148
Chapter 5 Technical Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1

General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Pipes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Rigorous Heat Exchanger. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Index. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I-1

ii June 2002
This page intentionally left blank.

June 2002 iii
Chapter 1
Introduction
About This Manual
The HEXTRAN Keyword Manual describes the capabilities and use of the
HEXTRAN program and is designed to help you get the best out of the
program. It can be used with all mainframe and PC versions of HEXTRAN.
See... Which... If you are a ...

Chapter 1 Introduces the manual, the New User
Introduction program, and the company.
Chapter 2 Explains the main concepts of New User
Overview heat exchangers.
Chapter 3 Describes the data needed to New or Occasional User
Using HEXTRAN run HEXTRAN, the way it uses
the data, and how to use the
program.
Chapter 4 Provides statement-by- New, Occasional, or
Input Reference statement descriptions of the Experienced User
HEXTRAN input.
Chapter 5 Provides detailed background New or Occasional or
Technical Reference information to models used in Experienced User
HEXTRAN.
New Users
Note: If you read nothing else, read Chapter 3, Using HEXTRAN.
If you are an engineer new to HEXTRAN, this manual tells you what the
program does and how to use it. Chapter 2, Overview, describes the scope
of the program and the concepts involved in heat exchange.
Chapter 3, Using HEXTRAN, describes the data that the program needs, the
conventions to follow in entering the data into the program, and what the
program will produce as output. It then describes all the capabilities of the
program and how to invoke them, with signposts given to guide you
through Chapter 4, Input Reference.
Finally, Chapter 5, Technical Reference, gives more detailed information on
methodologies used in the program calculations.
HEXTRAN Keyword Manual Chapter 1, Introduction

June 2002 1-1
Occasional Users
If you are an occasional user revisiting HEXTRAN after an absence, take
some time to skim through Chapter 3, Using HEXTRAN, to remind yourself
of the program’s capabilities and conventions. Then go on to Chapter 4,
Input Reference.
Experienced Users
If you use HEXTRAN regularly, you will be able to find everything you
need in Chapter 4, Input Reference, and Chapter 5, Technical Reference.
About HEXTRAN
The HEXTRAN simulation program is a comprehensive simulation system
designed to assist process engineers analyze and design all types of heat
transfer systems. The complete spectrum of heat transfer design is included,
from conceptual design with pinch analysis through the rating and design of
exchangers and networks of exchangers. HEXTRAN versions 8.0 and later
include the full capabilities of the PRO/II® Simulation Program for
representing process streams and generating the associated thermodynamic
and transport properties. Steam and water phase behavior and the
associated properties can be retrieved from the steam tables. The
HEXTRAN standard version is the basic HEXTRAN calculations engine,
and is required for Typical, Custom and Network installations. This basic
package offers a keyword driven interface.The GUI provides a Microsoft®
Windows®-based graphical interface for the standard program.
Only HTRI and HTFS members can install and use the HTRI and HTFS
add-ons, respectively.
Compatibility with Earlier Versions of HEXTRAN

The keyword input files for HEXTRAN versions 7.x and earlier are not
compatible with the current release. These changes are the result of the
incorporation of the powerful PRO/II thermophysical process package and
PRO/II’s stream-specific point access feature. Most of the keyword changes
are therefore related to the PRO/II syntax. This section enumerates the
changes that have been made.
Unit of Measure Keywords
HEXTRAN now supports syntax for dimensional units as used in PRO/II.
In cases where the HEXTRAN syntax is inconsistent with the PRO/II
syntax, both forms of syntax are supported (Table 1-1).
Note: This change impacts input processing only. There is no impact on
either calculations or reports.
Chapter 1, Introduction HEXTRAN Keyword Manual

1-2 June 2002
Table 1-1: Dimensional Unit Keyword Changes
Category HEXTRAN Syntax PRO/II Syntax
Pressure
KGCM KG/CM2
Weight
ST TON
LT TONL
MT TONM
U-value, Film Coefficient
BTUH BTU/H
KCH KC/H
Density
LBFT LB/FT3
KGM3 KG/M3
Viscosity LBFS LB/FS
LBSF LBS/F
LBFH LB/FH
PRINT Statement
The PRINT statement in the General Data section has been expanded to
support the stream reports that are now available with point access.
Note: This change impacts processing and report formats only. There is no
impact on existing report formats; input files are upwardly compatible.
The old syntax is:
PRINT ALL, NONE, GENERAL, PROPERTY, STREAM, UNIT
The new syntax is:

PRINT ALL, NONE, GENERAL, PROPERTY, STREAM, UNIT, *
SFORMAT=ALL or COMPONENT or SUMMARY, *
RATE=M, WT, LV, GV, *
PERCENT=M, WT, LV, GV, *
TBP
Note: The new keyword functionality is explained in detail in Chapter 5,

Input Reference.
Stream/Unit ID Length
Stream and unit IDs now support a 12 character format rather than the
former 4 character format. This applies to all streams and unit operations.
Unit, stream, and data sheet reports support the new 12 character format.

June 2002 1-3
Stream Data
The following changes have been made to Stream Data statements:
■ The PROC keyword has been changed to PROP.
■ The STRM keyword has been changed to STREAM.
■ The SET keyword now specifies the thermodynamic property set asso-
ciated with a stream. One of the main reasons old keyword input files
may not run unless they are converted to version 8 syntax.
■ SETNO now specifies a set number for HEXTRAN’s internal property
grid. If a SETNO is not specified, HEXTRAN will use point access.
■ BLEND and XBLEND keywords are supported.
Note: The new keyword functionality is explained in detail in Chapter 4,
Input Reference.
File Conversions
If you are using the keyword version of HEXTRAN, please see the
HEXTRAN PC/LAN Installation Guide for more information.
Note: You cannot upgrade HEXTRAN files earlier than version 7.0 directly
to version 9.0 format. You must first use the HEXTRAN version 7.0
conversion file, HXDBUPDT, to update the old files to version 7.0 format,
and then convert the files to 9.0 format. See the HEXTRAN PC/LAN
Installation Guide for more information.
About SIMSCI
HEXTRAN is backed by the full resources of Simulation Sciences a leader
in process simulation since 1967. SIMSCI provides the most thorough
service capabilities and advanced process modeling technologies available
to the process industries. SIMSCI’s comprehensive support around the
world, allied with its training seminars for every user level, is aimed at
making your use of these products as efficient, effective and profitable as
possible.
Simulation Sciences (SIMSCI) is an operating unit of the Invensys
Production Management Division and a worldwide supplier of commercial
simulation and optimization software and related services to the petroleum,
petrochemical and industrial chemical process industries and engineering
and construction firms. SIMSCI’s products are designed to increase
profitability by reducing capital investment costs, improving yields, and
enhancing management decision-making. SIMSCI, as part of Invensys plc.,
maintains offices in Brazil, Venezuela, Germany, Japan, Singapore, the
United Arab Emirates, the United Kingdom, and the United States and
provides support and services to more than 750 customers in over 70
countries. For more information about SIMSCI, visit the SIMSCI Web site

1-4 June 2002
at http://www.simsci.com. About Invensys plc:Invensys plc, the
international production technology and energy management group,
specializes in helping companies to improve efficiency, performance and
profitability. With close to 76,000 employees, Invensys is headquartered in
London, England.
Our Production Management businesses work closely with customers in
order to drive up performance of their production assets and maximize the
return on investments in product technologies. The division businesses
include APV, Baan, Esscor, Eurotherm, Foxboro, PacSim, Simulation
Sciences, Triconex, and Wonderware, and it addresses the oil, gas, and
chemicals; food beverage and personal healthcare; and discrete and hybrid
manufacturing sectors.
Our Energy Management businesses actively work with clients involved in
both the supply and consumption of energy and water, developing systems
using innovative technologies that improve the management of energy and
water costs and the reliability and security of power supplies. The division
includes Energy Solutions, Metering Systems, Home, Appliance and
Climate Controls and Powerware and focuses on markets connected with
power and energy infrastructure and commercial and residential buildings.
For more information, visit the Invensys home page at
ttp://www.invensys.com .

June 2002 1-5

1-6 June 2002
Chapter 2
Overview
About This Chapter
This chapter describes the scope and capabilities of HEXTRAN and its
application in heat exchanger system design. This chapter should be read
by anyone new to HEXTRAN.
Scope and Objectives of HEXTRAN

HEXTRAN is a simulation program that calculates the heat exchanged
between two fluids. HEXTRAN can also calculate the utility requirements
(such as steam, cooling water, or air).
HEXTRAN allows you to determine the optimal configuration for heat
exchanger networks. Optional interfaces allow you to transfer data to more
rigorous heat transfer programs (for example, HTFS and HTRI).
HEXTRAN includes PRO/II’s rigorous thermodynamic and component
physical property calculation methods.
HEXTRAN’s functionality is summarized in Figure 2-1.
HEXTRAN Keyword Manual Chapter 2, Overview

June 2002 2-1
Figure 2-1: Scope of HEXTRAN
HEXTRAN
Unit Property
Operations Data
Rigorous Calculation User

Streams Compositional Convenience
Shell-and-Tube Exchanger Methods Component Data
Rod-and-Baffle Exchanger Thermodynamic Data
Compositional Double Tube Exchanger Online Help
Targeting Transport Data
Assay Multi-Tube Exchanger PC Windows Version
Bulk Property Finned Tube Exchanger Synthesis
Technical Support
Mix/Flash Air-Cooled Exchanger Simulation
Full Documentation
Water/Steam Plate and Frame Exchanger Regression
Utility Multi-Variable Controller Split Flow Optimization
Intermediate/ Area Optimization
Product Shortcut Cleaning Casestudy
Mixer
Splitter
Pipe
Valve
Desalter
Decanter
Flash Drum
Heat Exchanger
Heater
Cooler
Fired Heater
Compressor
Pump
Streams
HEXTRAN uses six main stream types:
■ Compositional
■ Assay
■ Bulk property
■ Water/steam
■ Mix/flash
■ Utility
Chapter 3, Using HEXTRAN, provides an overview of the stream
information.
Property Data
HEXTRAN can simulate fluids defined either by composition or by assay
(ASTM, TBP) data. All component, thermodynamic, and transport property
data are stored in, or created from, HEXTRAN’s data and calculation
Chapter 2, Overview HEXTRAN Keyword Manual
2-2 June 2002
libraries. Details of defining components are in Chapter 3, Using
HEXTRAN.
Calculation Modes
HEXTRAN supports the following calculation methods:
■ Pinch technology:
Targeting: Provides the upper and lower bounds of exchanger network
heat recovery.
Synthesis: Generates optimal networks which contain the minimum
number of exchangers for a specified heat recovery.
■ Network and heat exchanger rating/design:
Simulation: Designs and rates heat exchanger networks.
■ Data reconciliation:
Regression: Use to improve questionable plant data measurements.
■ Optimization:
Area optimization: Use to balance capital cost of exchangers against
utility savings.
Split flow optimization: Use to modify split fractions to minimize util-
ity costs.
Cleaning casestudy: Use to track fouling and optimize exchanger
cleaning cycles.
User Convenience
HEXTRAN is fully supported by SIMSCI’s experienced staff, who can
supply advice on using the program and offer assistance if you encounter
problems. Simply call the nearest of the offices listed in Chapter 1,
Introduction. Full documentation is also available from your SIMSCI
office.
In addition to the easy-to-use keyword version of HEXTRAN, SIMSCI
offers a version with a graphical user interface (GUI) to run under
Windows 3.1, Windows 95, or Windows NT. Contact your SIMSCI
representative for information.
HEXTRAN Keyword Manual Chapter 2, Overview

June 2002 2-3
Chapter 2, Overview HEXTRAN Keyword Manual

2-4 June 2002
Chapter 3
Using HEXTRAN
About This Chapter
This chapter contains information about the way HEXTRAN works, the
data you need, and the correlations used. In addition, it includes
instructions on building an input file.
For each of the capabilities of HEXTRAN, this chapter explains which data
you must provide and which data are optional. Throughout the tables in this
chapter, the right-hand column contains a pointer to a STATEMENT
pertinent to the specific type of heat exchanger where you will find details
on how to format the data.
Before you start running HEXTRAN, you should decide what type of
calculation you will be performing.
What HEXTRAN Does

HEXTRAN calculates the heat exchanged between two fluids. HEXTRAN
can also calculate the utility requirements (such as steam or cooling air).
HEXTRAN allows you to determine the optimal configuration for heat
exchanger networks. Optional interfaces allow you to transfer data to more
rigorous heat transfer programs (for example, HTFS and HTRI).
HEXTRAN includes PRO/II’s rigorous thermodynamic and component
physical property calculation methods.
Rating and Design Modes
HEXTRAN works in both rating and design modes. In rating mode, you
supply data about the exchangers and streams, and HEXTRAN rigorously
computes the pressure drop and heat transfer coefficients from your
mechanical and process data. In design mode, you supply ranges of
exchanger data, and HEXTRAN designs a new STE from process
requirements and your design and operating constraints. You can specify
networks of exchangers that use both modes.
Global Settings
Before you provide HEXTRAN with information about the units and
streams in your problem, you must set global parameters and define the
problem. You can choose how to control the simulation, define the input
units, and specify what type of output reports you want to produce (Table
3-1).
HEXTRAN Keyword Manual Chapter 3, Using HEXTRAN

June 2002 3-1
Table 3-1: Global Settings
To provide… See…
Descriptive text You must use a TITLE statement that 4-8 TITLE
denotes that the input has started. At a
minimum, the word TITL must appear.
Mandatory statement.
You can supply text in the TITLE statement; 4-8 TITLE
this text will appear at the top of every page
of output, and will make the run easier to
identify. Optional statement.
You can further describe the problem using 4-9 DESCRIPTION
up to four lines of 60 characters each. This
description appears once at the top of each
page. Optional statement.
Input data checking You can use HEXTRAN to check your input 4-19 CALCULATION
syntax and topology without performing
any calculations. Optional statement.
Units of Measure
HEXTRAN allows you to construct a group of units of measure (or
“dimensions”) that will be used throughout the simulation input (Table
3-2). However, you can override individual units of measure if necessary.
The output is always in the units you specify in the Input Dimensions
dialog box, unless you specify specific output overrides in the Output
Dimensions dialog box.
Table 3-2: Units of Measure

To provide… See…
Input units Global units of measure are defined at the 4-9 DIMENSION
beginning of the input. HEXTRAN has
three pre-selected dimension sets:
English, Metric, and SI. Select the set that
most closely matches your requirements.
If you do not specify a set, HEXTRAN
defaults to the English set. Optional
statement.
Printout Options
HEXTRAN generates a lot of data during its calculations. The default
printout is usually sufficient for most engineering applications. You can
increase or decrease the amount of output depending on your requirements
(Table 3-3).
Chapter 3, Using HEXTRAN HEXTRAN Keyword Manual

3-2 June 2002
Table 3-3: Printout Options
To set the… See…
Output units The default units of measure for output 4-15 OUTDIMENSION
are the same as those defined globally
for input in the DIMENSION statement.
Using the OUTDIMENSION statement,
you can define a separate set of units
for the output. Optional statement.
Input reprint HEXTRAN always produces a reprint of 4-17 PRINT
your input file. You can optionally select
to print HEXTRAN’s interpretation of the
input. Optional statement.
Intermediate results During regression, area optimization, 4-17 PRINT
split flow optimization, and cleaning
casestudy calculations, HEXTRAN pro-
duces intermediate calculation results
that you can select to print. Optional
statement.
Printing options For synthesis calculations, you can set 4-17 PRINT
for synthesis print options separately for the split and
calculations unsplit networks. You can print abbrevi-
ated or complete reports for each net-
work type. Optional statement.
Printing options For targeting calculations, you can se- 4-17 PRINT
for targeting lect to print duty tables, composite ta-
calculations bles and curves, grand composites, all
cases, and a summary of results.
Optional statement.
Defining Components
HEXTRAN requires you to select the components in your simulations. You
can define properties for the components if the library data is incomplete or
unsatisfactory.
Library Components
The SIMSCI library contains over 1700 components. A complete list is
available in the SIMSCI Component and Thermodynamic Data Input
Manual, Vol I & II. For all components, the databank contains data for all
the fixed properties and temperature-dependent properties necessary to
carry out phase-equilibrium calculations. For all common components, the
databank also contains a full set of transport properties necessary to carry
out pressure drop and heat transfer calculations (Table 3-4). You may
supplement and/or override the library data.

June 2002 3-3
Non-Library Components
You can use components that are not included in the component library
(Table 3-4). In order to simulate components that are not in the component
library, you must input all the necessary data for thermodynamic and
transport properties. If you need help in determining data for such
components, you can use SIMSCI’s DATAPREP program.
Table 3-4: Library and Non-Library Components

To specify… See
…
Library components You can access all fixed property data 4-23 COMPONENT
from the SIMSCI databank. Mandatory
statement.
Library ID Identify the components for which the 4-23 LIBID
properties will be taken from the SIM-
SCI databank. Optional statement.
Constants You can override the SIMSCI constant 4-26 MW
properties for any component. See the 4-26 SPGR
SIMSCI Component and Thermody-
namic Data Input Manual for keyword 4-26 API
syntax. Optional statement. 4-26 ACENTRIC
4-26 ZC
4-27 TC
4-27 PC
4-27 VC
4-27 NBP
4-27 STDDENSITY
Variables You can override the SIMSCI variable 4-28 VP
(temperature-dependent) properties 4-28 ENTHALPY
for any of the components. See the
SIMSCI Component and Thermody- 4-28 CP
namic Data Input Manual, Vol I & II for 4-28 LATENT
keyword syntax. Optional statement.
4-28 DENSITY
4-28 VISCOSITY
4-28 CONDUCTIVITY
4-28 SURFACE TENSION
Non-library If you want to use a component that is
components not in the component databank, you
must supply its name and all the
required properties in the text box. See
the SIMSCI Component and Thermo-
dynamic Data Input Manual, Vol. I & II
for keyword syntax. Optional
statement.
3-4 June 2002
Petroleum Pseudocomponents
To define hydrocarbon pseudocomponents, you must supply at least two of
the following three parameters:
■ Molecular weight (MW)
■ API or Specific Gravity
■ Normal boiling point (NBP)
HEXTRAN predicts the third parameter if you omit it. HEXTRAN uses
industry-standard characterization methods to predict all fixed and
temperature-dependent property data for each pseudocomponent. You can
select the method most suitable for your pseudocomponents (Table 3-5).
Table 3-5: Petroleum Pseudocomponents

To define… See…
Pseudocomponents Define petroleum pseudocomponents 4-24 PETROLEUM
by supplying at least two of the follow-
ing: molecular weight, gravity, and nor-
mal boiling point. Optional statement.
Property-calculation You can select the method HEXTRAN 4-24 ASSAY
Methods uses to calculate the properties of your
pseudocomponents. Optional
statement.
Fixed Property Data You can supply your own fixed 4-26 MW
property data to override the data that 4-26 SPGR
HEXTRAN predicts. Optional statement.
4-26 API
4-26 ACENTRIC
4-26 ZC
4-26 TC
4-27 PC
4-27 VC
4-27 NBP
4-27 STDDENSITY
Variable Property You can supply your own 4-28 VP
Data temperature-dependent property data 4-28 ENTHALPY
to override the data that HEXTRAN
predicts. Optional statement. 4-28 CP
4-28 LATENT
4-28 DENSITY
4-28 VISCOSITY
4-28 CONDUCTIVITY
4-28 SURFACE
TENSION

June 2002 3-5
Assay Curve
For a stream defined by an assay curve (TBP, D86, D2887, or D1160),
HEXTRAN divides the curve into a number of cuts. You can control the
number of cuts and the ranges they cover. Each of the cuts is then treated as
a pseudocomponent. You can also define a lightends analysis to go with the
assay curve (Table 3-6).
Table 3-6: Assay Curve

To supply… See…
Assay Data You supply an assay curve, and 4-46 D86, D1160,
HEXTRAN divides it into petroleum cuts. D2887, TBP
You can specify a D86, D1160, D2887,
or TBP curve type. Optional statement.
You must also supply gravity as API or 4-50 API, SPGR,
specific gravity, or UOP K-factor. UOPK, DATA
Optional statement.
HEXTRAN calculates molecular weight 4-51 MW
data, or you can enter average molecu-
lar weight or enter molecular weights at
various petroleum cut points. Optional
statement.
You can define the number of petroleum 4-26 CUTPOINTS
fractions to be generated and their tem-
perature ranges. Optional statement.
You can select the method HEXTRAN 4-24 ASSAY
uses to calculate the properties of the
generated petroleum fractions. Optional
statement.
LIGHTENDS You can mix defined components and 4-52 LIGHTENDS
pseudocomponents with assay data by
defining a lightends composition and
rate for each source. Optional
statement.
Defining Thermodynamic Methods

HEXTRAN can use a generalized correlation, an equation of state, or a
liquid activity method to calculate thermodynamic properties at the flowing
conditions, and hence to predict the split between the liquid and vapor
phases. The choice of the thermodynamic property calculation method
depends on the components in the fluid and the prevailing temperatures and
pressures. HEXTRAN also provides several methods that can rigorously
calculate vapor-liquid-liquid equilibrium and solid-liquid equilibrium.
Table 3-7 provides recommendations for thermodynamic properties. Table
3-8 shows the HEXTRAN options for defining thermodynamic methods.

3-6 June 2002
Table 3-7: Recommended Methods for Thermodynamic Properties
Method
Heavy Hydrocarbon Light Hydrocarbon Natural Gas
Property Systems Systems Systems
K-value Braun K10 (<100 psia) Peng-Robinson Peng-Robinson

Grayson-Streed Soave-Redlich-Kwong Soave-Redlich-Kwong
Peng-Robinson Benedict-Webb-Rubin-
Soave-Redlich-Kwong Starling
Chao-Seader
Enthalpy Curl-Pitzer Peng-Robinson Peng-Robinson
Johnson-Grayson Soave-Redlich-Kwong Soave-Redlich-Kwong
Lee-Kesler Lee-Kesler-Plöcker
Peng-Robinson Benedict-Webb-Rubin-
Soave-Redlich-Kwong Starling
Curl-Pitzer
Lee-Kesler
Liquid API API API
Density Lee-Kesler Lee-Kesler Lee-Kesler
Vapor Density Peng-Robinson Peng-Robinson Peng-Robinson
Soave-Redlich-Kwong Soave-Redlich-Kwong Soave-Redlich-Kwong
Table 3-8: Defining Thermodynamic Methods

To specify… See…
K-values, enthalpy, You must select a thermodynamic method 4-32 METHOD
density for calculating the vapor-liquid equilibrium
and mixture properties from component
properties. Select either a system with a
predefined method for each property, or an
individual method for each property.
Optional statement.
Vapor-liquid-liquid You can specify a VLLE thermodynamic 4-32 METHOD
equilibria system, a K-value method, or a second LLE
K-value method.
Different enthalpy You must include two enthalpy methods, 4-32 METHOD
methods for liquid one for the liquid and one for the vapor.
and vapor
Different density You must include two density methods, 4-32 METHOD
methods for liquid one for the liquid and one for the vapor.
and vapor

June 2002 3-7
Table 3-8: Defining Thermodynamic Methods
Aqueous phase If you have water in a hydrocarbon system, 4-32 METHOD
enthalpy you can select a method for calculating
aqueous liquid and vapor enthalpies either
by a simplified method that assumes the
stream is at its saturation point, or by a rig-
orous method that takes into account the
degree of superheat of the vapor, if any.
Transport Properties
The SIMSCI databank contains pure component data for the thermal
conductivity, surface tension, and viscosity of liquids and vapors as
functions of temperature (Table 3-9). You can use these data and simple
mixing rules to predict the flowing properties of the fluid.
Alternatively, you can use the API Data Book property prediction methods
and mixing rules for mixed hydrocarbons.
Approximately 60 of the bank components have data for viscosity and
thermal conductivity from the GPA TRAPP program. If you choose to use
the TRAPP properties, all of your components must be TRAPP components
and you cannot have any pseudocomponents or assay data.
Table 3-9: Transport Properties

Prediction Methods Select a method for calculating bulk 4-32 METHOD
transport properties from component
properties. Select a system with pre-
defined methods for each property, or
select an individual method for each
property.
Overriding Predictions You can override individual predic- 4-33 SET
tions by entering your own data.
Optional statement.
Using Multiple Methods

In most cases, a single set of thermodynamic and transport methods is
adequate for calculating properties of all sources. However, your flowsheet
may contain sources with widely varying compositions, or it may include
conditions that cannot be simulated accurately using just one set of
methods. To account for this, you can define more than one set of methods
(there is no limit) and apply different sets to different streams (Table 3-10).

3-8 June 2002
Table 3-10: Using Multiple Methods
More than one You can assign a different thermodynamic 4-32 METHOD
thermodynamic set data set to each stream.
Additional Thermodynamic Capabilities

All of SIMSCI’s industry-standard thermophysical property calculation
methods have been incorporated into HEXTRAN (Table 3-11). For details
of these methods and their applicability, see Section 2 in the SIMSCI
Component and Thermodynamic Data Input Manual, Vol. I & II.
Table 3-11: Summary of Other Thermodynamic Options

Generalized Grayson-Streed Chao-Seader
Correlations Improved-Grayson-Streed Chao-Seader-Erbar
Grayson-Streed-Erbar Ideal
Braun-K10
Equations of Soave-Redlich-Kwong Panagiotopoulos-Reid
State SRK-Kabadi-Danner Peng-Robinson
SRK-Huron-Vidal PR-Huron-Vidal
SRK-Panagiotopoulos-Reid PR-Panagiotopoulos-Reid
SRK-Modified BWRS
SRK-SIMSCI Uniwaals
SRK-Hexamer
Liquid Activity Nonrandom Two-liquid Universal Functional Activity
Methods Equation Coefficient (UNIFAC)
Universal Quasi-chemical Lyngby-modified UNIFAC
(UNIQUAC) Dortmund-modified UNIFAC
van Laar Modified UNIFAC method
Wilson Free volume modification to UNIFAC
Margules Ideal
Regular Solution Theory
Flory-Huggins Theory
Special Glycol Amine
Packages Sour Alcohol
GPA Sour Water
Other Features Heat of Mixing Henry’s Law
Poynting Correction Amine Residence Time Correction

June 2002 3-9
Generating and Using Tables of Properties
For large-scale simulations, you can build a table of fluid properties (Table
3-12). This reduces the amount of computation time taken by phase
separation calculations during the solution procedure.
Table 3-12: Tables of Properties

To … See…
Build and use a table You can have HEXTRAN build the table 4-64 PGEN
and use it in the same run.
Retrieve a table You can have HEXTRAN build the table, 4-64 PGEN
store it in a file, and then use it in a sub- 4-71 FILE
sequent run.
Stream Data
HEXTRAN uses six main stream types:
■ Compositional
■ Assay
■ Bulk property
■ Water/steam
■ Mix/flash
■ Utility
Table 3-13 provides information about entering stream data.
Table 3-13: Entering Stream Data

To … See…
Enter compositional Mandatory statement. 4-41 PROPERTY
stream data
Enter assay stream All statements are mandatory except 4-44 PROPERTY
data MW and LIGHTEND. D86, TBP, D1160, or
D2887
API, SPGR, or
WATSONK
MW
LIGHTENDS
Enter mix/flash Mandatory statement. 4-53 PROPERTY
stream data
Enter reference Mandatory statement. 4-53 PROPERTY
stream data

3-10 June 2002
Table 3-13: Entering Stream Data
To … See…
Enter petroleum Mandatory statement. 4-56 PROPERTY
liquids and vapors
stream data
Enter water and Mandatory statement. 4-58 PROPERTY
steam stream data
Enter utility streams Mandatory statement. 4-60 UTILITY
for pinch
calculations data
Enter network Optional statement. 4-62 PROPERTY
synthesis data
Flowsheet Calculations
Flowsheet calculations specify the type of defined network calculations to
be performed and the associated general parameters and options.
Simulation Calculations
Simulation calculations are performed on exchanger networks that consist
of any combination of rigorous and shortcut unit operation models.
Rigorous STE models can be both old exchangers to be rated and new
exchangers to be designed. Heat transfer coefficients and pressure drops are
calculated for all rigorous unit operations. Complete mass, pressure, and
energy balances are performed for the entire network. Outlet temperatures,
temperature approaches, outlet liquid quality, or duty specifications can be
placed on any old exchanger and are required on any new exchanger to be
designed. Temperature, pressure, or duty specifications can also be
implemented using a multivariable controller (MVC).
Regression Calculations
Regression is HEXTRAN's data reconciliation tool. It works like an MVC
except that it is overconstrained with more specifications than variables.
Regression verifies plant data by attempting to minimize the differences
between the calculated and desired values of the specifications by
manipulating the allowed variables within specified limits.
Cleaning Casestudy Calculations
The cleaning casestudy option provides the ability to evaluate the economic
impact when you clean one, several, or all of the exchangers in a flowsheet.
A cleaning casestudy calculation first prepares a base case and then
performs the specified cleaning casestudies.

June 2002 3-11
Area Optimization Calculations
In area optimization calculations, the objective is to design all new
exchangers to meet a specified payback criteria.
Split Flow Optimization Calculations
The objective of split flow optimization is to minimize the total utility costs
for the network, including the costs of pumping, air cooling, furnace firing,
and so on. Costs and/or savings can be assigned to selected streams
depending on whether the streams are heated or cooled. HEXTRAN
prepares multiple simulation runs that shift the duty loads between parallel
exchangers. The objective function is calculated from utility costs and any
penalty assessments for violating plant operating constraints. The variable
in this case is the stream split fractions.
Table 3-14: Flowsheet Calculation Statements

Property Mandatory statement. 4-76 SIMULATION,
4-76 REGRESSION,
4-76 OPTIMIZATION,
4-76 or CASESTUDY
Tolerances Optional statement. 4-76 TOLERANCE
Limits Optional statement. 4-77 LIMITS
Calculation methods for Optional statement. 4-78 CALCULATIONS
individual exchangers
on a global basis
Print options Optional statement. 4-79 PRINT
Economic factors Optional statement. 4-80 ECONOMICS
Utility costs Optional statement. 4-80 UTCOST
Global exchanger Optional statement. 4-81 HXCOST
costing data
Specifications for re- Mandatory statement for 4-82 SPECIFICATION
gression calculations, REGRESSION, AREA
payout period for all OPTIMIZATION, and CASESTUDY
new heat exchangers calculations. Not available for
for area optimization SIMULATION and SPLITFLOW
calculations, or ex- OPTIMIZATION calculations.
changer fouling factors
for cleaning casestudy
calculations

3-12 June 2002
Table 3-14: Flowsheet Calculation Statements
Variables for regression Mandatory statement for 4-82 VARIABLE
calculations, or the REGRESSION and SPLITFLOW
variable stream split OPTIMIZATION calculations. Not
fractions for split flow available for SIMULATION, AREA
optimization OPTIMIZATION, and CASESTUDY
calculations calculations.
Minimum or maximum Mandatory statement for 4-82 CONSTRAINT
temperature constraints OPTIMIZATION calculations. Not
on selected streams, or available for REGRESSION,
maximum pressure SIMULATION, or CASESTUDY
drop constraints on any calculations.
exchanger in the
flowsheet
The exchangers that are Mandatory statement for 4-82 CASE
to have fouling factor CASESTUDY calculations. Not
adjustments for each available for REGRESSION,
case SIMULATION, or OPTIMIZATION
calculations.
Estimates of the split Mandatory statement for 4-82 PARAMETER
fraction “incremental OPTIMIZATION calculations. Not
stepsize” and “range” available for REGRESSION,
values SIMULATION, or CASESTUDY
calculations.
Targeting Calculations
Targeting uses pinch technology to provide numerical and graphical
analyses of the upper and lower bounds for heat recovery problems.
Table 3-15 provides the statements used in a targeting calculation.
Table 3-15: Targeting Calculation Statements

To … See…
Specify a targeting Mandatory statement. 4-131 TARGETING
calculation
Specify the heat re- Optional statement. 4-133 SPEC
covery of the process
streams as a function
of temperatures,
duties, and areas
Define heat transfer Optional statement. 4-134 PARAMETER
coefficients and area
efficiencies
Specify print options Optional statement. 4-137 PRINT

June 2002 3-13
Table 3-15: Targeting Calculation Statements
To … See…
Enter plot options Optional statement. 4-137 PLOT
Specify global ex- Optional statement. 4-138 HXCOST
changer costing data
Specify economic Optional statement. 4-139 ECONOMICS
factors
Modify an individual Optional statement. 4-140 PROCESS
stream’s HRAT (STREAM data
section)
Using Synthesis
Synthesis generates optimal heat exchanger networks from process
conditions and constraints that you specify. The objective of the synthesis
calculation mode is to design the network with the fewest possible number
of exchanger services. This results in a heat exchanger network in the
optimum cost region.
Table 3-16 provides the statements used in a synthesis calculation.
Table 3-16: Synthesis Calculation Statements

To … See…
Specify a synthesis Mandatory statement. 4-142 SYNTHESIS
calculation
Specify the heat Optional statement. 4-142 SPEC
recovery of the process
streams and the
exchanger minimum
approach temperature
Define the film coeffi- Optional statement. 4-143 PARAMETER
cients for each stream
Specify print options Optional statement. 4-144 PRINT
Request network plots Optional statement. 4-144 PLOT
that show the connec-
tivity of the synthesized
networks
Specify global ex- Optional statement. 4-145 HXCOST
changer costing data
Specify economic Optional statement. 4-146 ECONOMICS
factors
Impose limits on the Optional statement. 4-147 LIMITS
exchanger design

3-14 June 2002
Unit Operations
All rigorous heat exchangers rigorously compute the film coefficients and
the pressure drops based on the fluid properties and the mechanical data for
the exchanger.
Tables 3-17 through 3-37 describe the available statements for the heat
exchangers HEXTRAN supports.
Table 3-17: Shell-and-Tube Exchanger Specifications

To define… See…
Shell-and-tube Mandatory statement. 4-165 STE
exchanger (STE)
Basic characteristics Mandatory statement. 4-165 TYPE
Tubeside Mandatory statement. 4-170 TUBESIDE
characteristics
Finned tubes Optional statement. 4-174 FINS
Shellside Mandatory statement. 4-177 SHELLSIDE
characteristics
Baffles and tube sheet Optional statement. 4-181 BAFFLE
Tubeside nozzles Optional statement. 4-188 TNOZZLE
Shellside nozzles Optional statement. 4-188 SNOZZLE
Shellside intermediate Optional statement. 4-189 INOZZLE
liquid nozzles
Shellside liquid Optional statement. 4-190 LNOZZLE
nozzles
HTRI modules Optional statement. 4-190 HTRI
HTFS module Optional statement. 4-190 HTFS
Calculation methods Optional statement. 4-191 CALCULATION
Exchanger performance Optional statement for rating and area 4-192 SPECIFICATION
criteria optimization. Mandatory statement for
design.
Printing options Optional statement. 4-193 PRINT
Special costing data Optional statement. 4-193 COST

June 2002 3-15
Table 3-18: Rod Baffle Exchanger Specifications
To define… See…
Rod baffle exchanger Mandatory statement. 4-195 RBE
(RBE)
Tubeside characteristics Mandatory statement. 4-197 TUBESIDE
Shellside characteristics Mandatory statement. 4-199 SHELLSIDE
Baffles and tube sheet Mandatory statement. 4-201 BAFFLE
Exchanger performance Optional statement. 4-203 SPECIFICATION
criteria
Table 3-19: Double Pipe Exchanger Specifications

To define… See…
Double pipe (DPE) Mandatory statement. 4-206 DPE
Tubeside Mandatory statement. 4-208 TUBESIDE
characteristics
Shellside Mandatory statement. 4-211 SHELLSIDE
characteristics
Exchanger Optional statement. 4-214 SPECIFICATION
performance criteria

3-16 June 2002
Table 3-20: Multi-Tube Exchanger Specifications
To define… See…
Multitube exchanger Mandatory statement. 4-217 MTE
(MTE)
Exchanger performance Optional statement. 4-225 SPECIFICATION
criteria
Table 3-21: Finned-Tube Exchanger Specifications

To define… See…
Finned-tube exchanger Mandatory statement. 4- FTE
(FTE)
Ductside characteristics Mandatory statement. 4-236 DUCTSIDE
Exchanger performance Optional statement for rating. 4-238 SPECIFICATION
criteria Mandatory statement for design.
HTRI module Optional statement. 4-241 HTRI

June 2002 3-17
Table 3-22: Air-Cooled Exchanger Specifications
To define… See…
Air-cooled exchanger Mandatory statement. 4-242 ACE
(ACE)
Airside characteristics Mandatory statement. 4-249 AIRSIDE
Fan information Optional statement. 4-251 FAN
Report printing options Optional statement. 4-254 PRINT
HTRI module Optional statement. 4-255 HTRI
Table 3-23: Plate-and-Frame Exchanger Specifications

To define… See…
Plate-and-frame Mandatory statement. 4- PHE
exchanger (PHE)
Hotside characteristics Mandatory statement. 4-25 HOTSIDE
Coldside Mandatory statement. 4-259 COLDSIDE
characteristics
Plate pack Mandatory statement. 4-260 PACK
Plate information Optional statement for design. 4-26 PLATE
Pack arrangement Mandatory statement (rating only). 4-264 ARRANGEMENT
Channel f-factor Optional statement. 4-26 FPLATE
Channel JN-factor Optional statement. 4-266 JPLATE
Hotside nozzle data Optional statement. 4-267 HNOZZLE
Coldside nozzle data Optional statement. 4-26 CNOZZLE

3-18 June 2002
Table 3-23: Plate-and-Frame Exchanger Specifications
To define… See…
Table 3-24: Mixer Unit

To define… See…
Mixer Mandatory statement. 4-271 MIXER
Feed and product Mandatory statement. 4-271 STREAM
streams
Table 3-25: Splitter Unit

To define… See…
Splitter Mandatory statement. 4-273 SPLITTER
Feed and product Mandatory statement. 4-273 STREAM
streams
Performance Mandatory statement. 4-274 OPERATION
specifications
Table 3-26: Pipe Unit

To define… See…
Pipe Mandatory statement. 4-276 PIPE
Feed and product streams Mandatory statement. 4-277 STRMS
Dimensions and character- Optional statements. 4-277 LINE
istics for the pipe 4-280 FITTINGS
Performance specifications Mandatory statement. 4-281 OPERATION
Table 3-27: Valve Unit

To define… See…
Valve Mandatory statement. 4-283 VALVE
Feed and product streams Mandatory statement. 4-283 STRMS
Performance specifications Optional statement. 4-284 OPERATION

June 2002 3-19
Table 3-28: Desalter Unit
To define… See…
Desalter Mandatory statement. 4-285 DESALTER
Feed, product, and brine Mandatory statement. 4-285 STRMS
product streams
Table 3-29: Decanter Unit

To define… See…
Decanter Mandatory statement. 4-288 DECANTER
Feed, product, and water Mandatory statement. 4-288 STRMS
product streams
Table 3-30: Flash Drum Unit

To define… See…
Flash drum Mandatory statement. 4-291 FLASH
Feed, vapor, and liquid Mandatory statement. 4-291 STRMS
product streams
Table 3-31: Shortcut Heat Exchanger

To define… See…
Shortcut heat exchanger Mandatory statement. 4-294 HX
Calculation methods for Optional statement. 4-298 CALCULATION
individual exchangers on a
global basis
Report printing options Optional statement. 4-299 PRINT

3-20 June 2002
Table 3-32: Shortcut Heater Unit
To define… See…
Heater Mandatory statement. 4-301 HEATER
Feed or product streams Mandatory statement. 4-301 STREAM
Table 3-33: Shortcut Cooler Unit

To define… See…
Cooler Mandatory statement. 4-305 COOLER
Feed or product streams Mandatory statement. 4-305 STRMS
Table 3-34: Fired Heater Unit

To define… See…
Fired heater Mandatory statement. 4-309 FIREDHEATER
Table 3-35: Compressor Unit

To define… See…
Compressor Mandatory statement. 4-313 COMPRESSOR
Table 3-36: Pump Unit

To define… See…
Pump Mandatory statement. 4-318 PUMP
Performance Optional statement. 4-319 OPERATION
specifications

June 2002 3-21
Table 3-37: Multi-Variable Controller
To define… See…
Multi-variable controller Mandatory statement. 4-322 MVC
(MVC)
Exchanger performance Mandatory statement. 4-322 SPECIFICATION
criteria
Stream and unit Mandatory statement. 4-323 VARIABLE
parameters
Control options Optional statement. 4-325 PARAMETER
Building an Input File

You can start an input file in one of two ways: By creating a file from
scratch, or by taking an existing input file and changing it as needed to
meet the new requirements. This section provides a sample input file and
describes each of its data categories. The data categories are described in
detail in Chapter 4, Input Reference. If you create a simulation in the GUI,
you can export to an input file. Note however, that input files cannot be
imported into the GUI.
Where applicable, abbreviated forms of statements are shown in
parentheses. You can use either form in your input files.
A line that begins with a dollar sign ($) is a remark. You can use a remark
line to insert a note or to create blank spaces between lines for easier
reading. HEXTRAN ignores everything on a remark line.
To continue a statement that does not fit on one line, insert an asterisk (*)
or an ampersand (&) at the end of the line being continued. For easier
reading, you can indent the continuation line.
Sample Input File
$
$ General Data Section
$
TITLE PROJECT=SAMPLES, PROBLEM=TUTORIAL, USER=SIMSCI,*
DATE=AUGUST11997, SITE=BREA
$
DESC SHELL AND TUBE EXCHANGER DESIGN
DESC INTERNAL PROPERTY CALCULATION
$
DIME ENGLISH, AREA=FT2, CONDUCTIVITY=BTUH, DENSITY=LBFT3,*
ENERGY=BTU, FILM=BTUH, LIQVOLUME=FT3, POWER=HP,*
PRESSURE=PSIA, SURFACE=DYNE, TIME=HR, TEMPERATURE=F,*
UVALUE=BTUH, VAPVOLUME=FT3, VISCOSITY=CP, WT=LB,*
XDENSITY=API, STDVAPOR=379.490
$
OUTD ENGLISH,AREA=FT2, CONDUCTIVITY=BTUH, DENSITY=LBFT3,*

3-22 June 2002
XDENSITY=API, STDVAPOR=379.490, ADD
$
PRINT GENERAL, PROPERTY, STREAM, UNIT, NEWS, RATE=M
$
CALC PGEN=NEW, WATER=KEENAN
$
$ Component Data Section
$
COMPONENT DATA
$
LBID 1,H2O /*
2,EBZN /*
3,STYR ,*
BANK=PROCESS, SIMSCI
$
$ Thermodynamic Data Section
$
THERMODYNAMIC DATA
$
METHOD SET=SET1, SYSTEM=SRK, KVALUE=SRK,*
ENTHALPY(L)=SRK, ENTHALPY(V)=SRK, ENTROPY(L)=SRK,*
ENTROPY(V)=SRK, DENSITY(L)=API, DENSITY(V)=SRK,*
TRANSPORT=PURE, VISCOS(L)=PURE, VISCOS(V)=PURE,*
CONDUCT(L)=PURE, CONDUCT(V)=PURE, SURFACE=PURE
$
$ Stream Data Section
$
STREAM DATA
$
PROP STRM=1, NAME=HC+STEAM, TEMP=1000.00, PRES=12.000*
TOUT=1500.00, POUT=8.000, SET=SET1, SETN=1,*
RATE(W)=350000.000, COMP(M)=1,55.00/2,25.000/*
3,20.000
$
PROP STRM=3, NAME=SH STEAM, TEMP=1500.00, PRES=35.000,*
STEAM=160000.000
$
$ Internal Property Data Section
$
INTERNAL PROPERTY DATA
$
PGEN STRM=1, SET=1, TEMP=1000.00,1055.56,1111.11,*
1166.67,1222.22,1277.78,1333.33,1388.89,*
1444.44,1500.00, PRES=8.000,12.000,*
PETRO, PXTR
$
$ Calculation Type Section
$
SIMULATION

June 2002 3-23
$
TOLERANCE TTRIAL=0.01
$
LIMITS AREA=200.00,60000.00, SERIES=1,10, PDAMP=0.00,*
TTRIAL=50
$
CALC TWOPHASE=NEW, DPSMETHOD=STREAM, MINFT=0.80
$
PRINT UNITS, ECONOMICS, STREAM, STANDARD,*
EXTENDED, ZONES
$
ECONOMICS DAYS=350, EXCHANGERATE=1.00, CURRENCY=USDOLLAR
$
UTCOST OIL=3.50, GAS=3.50, ELECTRICITY=0.10,*
WATER=0.03, HPSTEAM=4.10, MPSTEAM=3.90,*
LPSTEAM=3.60, REFRIGERANT=0.00, HEATINGMEDIUM=0.00
$
HXCOST BSIZE=1000.00, BCOST=0.00, LINEAR=50.00,*
EXPONENT=0.60, CONSTANT=0.00, UNIT
$
$ Unit Operations Data
$
UNIT OPERATIONS
$
STE UID=1,NAME=E-101
TYPE NEW, TEMA=NEN, HOTSIDE=SHELL, ORIENTATION=VERTICAL,*
FLOW=COUNTERCURRENT, AREA=5000.00,12000.00,*
UESTIMATE=50.00, USCALER=1.00
$
TUBE FEED=1, PRODUCT=2,*
LENGTH=25.00,25.00,0.00, OD=1.750,*
BWG=10, PASS=1,1,1, PATTERN=30,*
PITCH=2.188, MATERIAL=9,*
FOUL=0.0015, LAYER=0,*
DPSHELL=2.000,10.000
$
SHELL FEED=3, PRODUCT=4.*
ID=60.00,80.00, SERIES=1,2,*
SEALS=0, MATERIAL=INCOLOGY, DENSITY=501.0,*
DPSHELL=10.000,20.000
$
BAFF NTIW, SEGMENTAL=SINGLE
$
SPEC DUTY=28.06
$

3-24 June 2002
General Data Category
The first statement in the General Data category must be a TITLE
statement. The TITLE statement includes the following optional keywords,
which appear at the top of each page of the output report:
■ PROJECT
■ PRODUCT
■ USER
■ DATE
TITLE PROJECT=SAMPLES, PROBLEM=TUTORIAL, USER=SIMSCI,*
DATE=AUGUST11997,SITE=BREA
The next statement is the DESCRIPTION (DESC) statement. You can

include up to four DESCRIPTION statements in an input file.
DESC SHELL AND TUBE EXCHANGER DESIGN
DESC INTERNAL PROPERTY CALCULATION
The following statement is the DIMENSION (DIME) statement. If you do

not include the statement, ENGLISH is the default dimension unit. You can
specify a global dimension unit set and then specify different dimension
units for specific measurements.
DIME ENGLISH, AREA=FT2, CONDUCTIVITY=BTUH, DENSITY=LBFT3,*
XDENSITY=API, STDVAPOR=379.490
The next statement, OUTDIMENSION (OUTD), lets you specify a

different dimension unit set than the set you specified in the DIMENSION
statement. You can also specify whether you want the output to include
■ One report that uses the output dimensions (REPLACE)
■ Two reports, one that uses the output dimensions and one that uses the
input dimensions (ADD).
OUTD ENGLISH, AREA=FT2, CONDUCTIVITY=BTUH, DENSITY=LBFT3,*
XDENSITY=API, STDVAPOR=379.490, ADD
The PRINT statement specifies the input report options.

PRINT GENERAL, PROPERTY, STREAM, UNIT, NEWS, RATE=M
The CALCULATION (CALC) statement lets you specify input data

checking options, stream and property data limits, internally generated
property data file options, and water and steam calculation methods.
CALC PGEN=NEW, WATER=KEENAN

June 2002 3-25
Component Data Section
The Component Data section allows you to define the components in the
simulation.
The COMPONENT DATA statement identifies the section.
COMPONENT DATA
The LIBID statement identifies the library IDs of the components used in
the simulation.
LBID 1,H2O /*
2,EBZN /*
3,STYR ,*
BANK=PROCESS, SIMSCI
Thermodynamic Data Section

The Thermodynamic Data section defines the methods that HEXTRAN
uses to determine phase separation, enthalpy calculation, and transport
properties.
The THERMODYNAMIC DATA statement identifies the section.
THERMODYNAMIC DATA
The METHOD statement defines the method used in calculating

thermodynamic and transport properties of the flowing fluid.
METHOD SET=SET1, SYSTEM=SRK, KVALUE=SRK,*
ENTHALPY(L)=SRK, ENTHALPY(V)=SRK, ENTROPY(L)=SRK,*
ENTROPY(V)=SRK, DENSITY(L)=API, DENSITY(V)=SRK,*
TRANSPORT=PURE, VISCOS(L)=PURE, VISCOS(V)=PURE,*
CONDUCT(L)=PURE, CONDUCT(V)=PURE, SURFACE=PURE
Stream Data Section

The Stream Data section defines the process streams.
The STREAM DATA statement identifies the section.
STREAM DATA
The PROPERTY statement (PROP) specifies the properties of a stream.

The keywords you use depend on the type of stream you are defining.
PROP STREAM=1, NAME=HC+STEAM, TEMP=1000.00, PRES=12.000*
TOUT=1500.00, POUT=8.000, SET=SET1, SETN=1,*
RATE(W)=350000.000, COMP(M)=1,55.00/2,25.000/*
3,20.000
PROP STREAM=3, NAME=SH STEAM, TEMP=1500.00, PRES=35.000,*
STEAM=160000.000

3-26 June 2002
Internal Property Data Section
The Internal Property Data section supplements the default internal
property calculations for streams.
The INTERNAL PROPERTY DATA statement identifies the section.
The PGEN statement overrides the default generation of the

thermodynamic and transport property data for compositional or assay
streams.
PGEN STRM=1, SET=1, TEMP=1000.00,1055.56,1111.11,*
1166.67,1222.22,1277.78,1333.33,1388.89,*
1444.44,1500.00, PRES=8.000,12.000,*
PETRO, PXTR
Calculation Type Section

The Calculation Type section specifies the type of calculations to be
performed and allows you to specify general parameters and options.
The keyword that follows the Calculation Type section heading indicates
the type of calculation.
SIMULATION
The TOLERANCE statement modifies the default tolerance values.

TOLERANCE TTRIAL=0.01
The LIMITS statement defines limits on the design of STE exchangers and
limits on flowsheet calculations.
LIMITS AREA=200.00,60000.00, SERIES=1,10, PDAMP=0.00,*
TTRIAL=50
The CALCULATION (CALC) statement sets the calculation methods for

individual exchangers on a global basis.
CALC TWOPHASE=NEW, DPSMETHOD=STREAM, MINFT=0.80
The PRINT statement sets print options on a global basis.

PRINT UNITS, ECONOMICS, STREAM, STANDARD,*
EXTENDED, ZONES
The ECONOMICS statement defines economic factors affecting utility cost

calculations.
ECONOMICS DAYS=350, EXCHANGERATE=1.00, CURRENCY=USDOLLAR
The UTCOST statement specifies the cost of utilities.

UTCOST OIL=3.50, GAS=3.50, ELECTRICITY=0.10,*
WATER=0.03, HPSTEAM=4.10, MPSTEAM=3.90,*
LPSTEAM=3.60, REFRIGERANT=0.00, HEATINGMEDIUM=0.00

June 2002 3-27
The HXCOST statement sets exchanger costing data on a global basis.
HXCOST BSIZE=1000.00, BCOST=0.00, LINEAR=50.00,*
EXPONENT=0.60, CONSTANT=0.00, UNIT
Unit Operations Section

The Unit Operations Data section allows you to enter information about the
unit operations that are used in the simulation.
The UNIT OPERATIONS DATA statement identifies the section.
UNIT OPERATIONS
The unit keyword specifies the unit model.

STE
The TYPE statement defines the basic characteristics of the unit.

TYPE NEW, TEMA=NEN, HOTSIDE=SHELL, ORIENTATION=VERTICAL,*
FLOW=COUNTERCURRENT, AREA=5000.00,12000.00,*
UESTIMATE=50.00, USCALER=1.00
The TUBESIDE (TUBE) statement specifies the details for the exchanger
tubeside.
TUBE FEED=1, PRODUCT=2,*
LENGTH=25.00,25.00,0.00, OD=1.750,*
BWG=10, PASS=1,1,1, PATTERN=30,*
PITCH=2.188, MATERIAL=9,*
DPSHELL=2.000,10.000
The SHELLSIDE (SHELL) statement specifies the details for the

exchanger shellside.
SHELL FEED=3, PRODUCT=4.*
ID=60.00,80.00, SERIES=1,2,*
SEALS=0, MATERIAL=INCOLOGY, DENSITY=501.0,*
DPSHELL=10.000,20.000
The BAFFLE (BAFF) statement provides details about the baffles and tube
sheet.
BAFF NTIW, SEGMENTAL=SINGLE
The SPECIFICATION (SPEC) statement defines exchanger performance

criteria.
SPEC DUTY=28.06

3-28 June 2002
Chapter 4
Input Reference
About This Chapter

This chapter contains information about the data that HEXTRAN needs to
perform different types of simulation. These data are input in a free format
style ascii file, and the file is divided into categories; for example,
Component Data, Thermodynamic Data, etc.
This chapter explains the general rules for input, which categories are
mandatory, and which are optional. It defines all the terms used in the input
descriptions and the conventions used throughout this chapter.
Each data category, the statements contained in it, and the keywords on
each statement are then described. For an explanation of how the program
uses this data, please refer to Chapter 3, Using HEXTRAN, and Chapter 5,
Technical Reference.
Categories of Input
The data that are required by HEXTRAN are input to the program in eight
main categories:
■ General Data Category Define general problem administration, and global
settings that control the whole flowsheet.
■ Component Data Category Define all components present in the simulation.
■ Thermodynamic Data Category Define calculational and thermodynamic methods.
■ Stream Data Category Define all the streams present in the flowsheet.
■ Internal Property Data Category Define the default internal property calculations for
the streams.
■ External Property Data Category Define the user-specified properties that will override
any property calculations made by HEXTRAN.
■ Flowsheet Calculations, Simulation, Define the type of calculations to be performed.
Regression, Cleaning Casestudy, Split
Flow Optimization Area Optimization,
Targeting, and Synthesis Data
Category
■ Unit Operations Data Category Define the process units present in the flowsheet.
This category is required when either of the Simula-
tion, Regression, Cleaning Casestudy, Split Flow
Optimization, or Optimization Area calculation cate-
gories is used.
HEXTRAN Keyword Manual Chapter 4, Input Reference

June 2002 4-1
Order of Categories
The only restriction on order of data input is that the General Data category
of input must be first. However, it is always good practice to maintain a
consistent order. The order of the categories above, which is followed in
this chapter, is recommended.
Keywords
HEXTRAN’s primary mode for entering input is in the form of
keyword-controlled, free format statements. The keyword entries on a
statement are separated by commas. For example:
SETNO=5, STREAM=S1, TEMP=150
For ease of interpretation, each keyword is an engineering word. To make
the input easier to enter, any keyword with more than four characters can be
truncated to a minimum of four characters. Keywords with fewer than four
characters cannot be lengthened. For example:
The keyword TEMPERATURE may be written TEMP
The keyword DPOINTS may be written DPOI
The keyword ID cannot be written IDIA
Keywords can stand alone, indicating that they are acting as a switch, or
they can be associated with a value or another keyword by the use of an
equals sign (=). This value can be entered in integer, decimal, or scientific
format. For example:
ENGLISH English units set will be used
LENGTH=FT Units of length are feet
TEMP=50 Temperature set to 50 units
PRES=2.0E2 Pressure is 200 units
In the instructions presented in this chapter, the presence of an equals sign
(=) after a keyword means that HEXTRAN expects a value or another
keyword. In some cases, however, a less simplistic form of input is
required. When this situation arises, the instructions will include the
format for the data input. For example:
TEMP= indicates that a single value of temperature is
required.
VISC= temp1, indicates that the program requires two data values with
value1/temp2, their associated temperatures.
value2
Chapter 4, Input Reference HEXTRAN Keyword Manual

4-2 June 2002
Qualifiers
Many keywords can be qualified by entering a keyword in brackets after
them. The most common use of a qualifier is for defining a unit of measure
to override the set of units declared globally in the General Data category
of input. Other qualifiers include the basis of a composition or flowrate.
Some qualifiers are optional and some are mandatory. The input
instructions explain which qualifiers are available for each keyword.
Examples are:
PRES(BAR)=2 pressure is 2 bars absolute
RATE(W)=1000 rate is 1000 weight units
Multiple Entries
Some statements or keywords require more than one data item or group of
data items to be input. In this case, the data items are separated by the
slash (/) character. For example:
LIBID C1/C2/C3
is equivalent to:
LIBID C1
LIBID C2
LIBID C3
The input instructions specify where this is required. If an indeterminate
number of data items is allowed, the input instruction will indicate this by
adding three dots (...) to the end of the instruction.
Commenting Input
For clarity, you may add comments to your input. If a dollar sign ($) is
placed in a statement, any text on that statement that appears after the $ is
ignored by HEXTRAN. For example:
PRES=3.54 $ Pressure data, taken 0800 10/6/94
Defaulting
Many of HEXTRAN’s data items are given default values. Therefore, if
you do not explicitly specify such an item, the program will assign a value.
These values have been selected to be reasonable for normal engineering
purposes. Most methods also have defaults associated with them.
These defaults are for your convenience. They have not been selected
specifically for your application and are not intended to replace engineering
judgment. You should check that invalid output does not result due to
inadvertent use of inappropriate defaults.

June 2002 4-3
The input instructions indicate the defaults that the program will use in the
absence of user input. All the numerical defaults in the input instructions
are expressed in terms of the units of measurement of the English set.
When you specify a value or override a default in the General Data
category of input your value becomes the default for the entire simulation.
You can then override your own default value later in the input.
Units of Measure
Almost every item of data that you input to HEXTRAN has a unit of
measure associated with it. Most have alternatives: for example, length can
be measured in feet, meters, miles, or kilometers, and temperature in °F, °C,
°R, or K. It is also possible to specify the unit of measure individually for
every item of data, but to avoid this, you may define at the beginning of the
input the units that are to be used for each quantity - temperature, duty,
power etc. - throughout the whole simulation input. This is done on the
DIMENSION statement in the General Data category of input. Individual
data items may be expressed in different units by using qualifiers as
described above.
For the user’s convenience, HEXTRAN has three sets of units of measure:
English, Metric, and SI. Each set has predefined units for each data item.
By selecting a set of units, then globally overriding some of the predefined
units and then more specifically overriding those units for any individual
data item, the user is afforded a great deal of input flexibility.
For example, if you wanted to use the SI predefined unit set but with
temperature in F, and pressure in psia, your General Data category of input
would contain the statement:
DIMENSION SI, TEMP=F, PRES=PSIA
If the temperature of one of your streams is measured in Kelvin you would
have in the Stream Data category of input:
PROP STREAM=S1, TEMP=300
Basis of Measurements
With some quantities – for example flow and composition – you can also
choose a basis of measurement. The basis may be weight, liquid volume or
gas volume, or molar, and you may use a qualifier to define it.

4-4 June 2002
The input instructions explain which bases are allowed. If a basis is
specified, HEXTRAN will then assume the unit to be the default
appropriate to the basis you have defined.
Multiple Units of Measure

Some input items – for example a curve of viscosity against temperature –
have more than one unit of measure. You can specify one or both units as
qualifiers:
VISC(C,CP)=100,1.0/200,0.7
The order in which the qualifiers are entered is not important.
Continuing Statements
An input statement may be too long to fit on one line. It may be continued
onto a second line or further by using the asterisk, *, or the & sign as the
continuation character.
DIMENSION SI, LENGTH=FT, TEMP=C
is the same as
DIMENSION SI, LENGTH=FT, *
TEMP=C
Layout of Input
You may indent any line of input to make the data more readable, and you
may have any number of spaces between data entries. For example:
DIMENSION SI, LENGTH=FT, *
TEMP=C
is equivalent to
DIMENSION SI , LENGTH = FT, *
TEMP= C
However, you may not embed any blanks within your keywords or data
entries. (The only exceptions are on the DESCription statement and on the
NAME keyword.)

June 2002 4-5
Key to Description of Input Statements
Each data category is described in this chapter. At the start of each data
category, there is a full listing of statements with all of their associated
keywords. Each statement and each keyword are then explained in detail.
Throughout the input descriptions, the following conventions apply:
BOLD Bold capitals are used for keywords.
For example: ENGLISH
You must use this word exactly as it is printed (or truncate it to four or
more characters). If a keyword has an equals sign (=) after it, you must
enter a value or another keyword after it.
If the keyword is underlined, this indicates that the keyword is the default.
For example: PETROLEUM
If you omit the entry or statement altogether, the program will use this
keyword as the default.
LIGHT Light capitals are used for values, methods, and entries.
For example: SET=sid
Default entries are underlined.
If you omit the entry altogether the program will use the default.
A number indicates a numerical default value.

For example: DT=20
If you omit the entry altogether, the program will use this value as the default.
or A number of alternative entries are separated by the word or.

For example: {PETROLEUM or NOPETRO}
You may select only one of the options contained within the { } brackets
and separated by the word or.
{} This symbol indicates that a statement, keyword, or group of keywords

is/are optional.
For example: {TEMP=value}
Your input will work without this entry. There is usually a default invoked
if an entry is omitted.
() Indicate that qualifiers are allowed.

For example: RATE(M)=
Unless otherwise noted, qualifiers are units of measurement.

4-6 June 2002
General Data Category of Input
The General Data input category allows you to enter required and optional
information about the particular HEXTRAN problem, define the input and
output dimensional units, and select various input printout and calculation
options.
Table 4-1: General Data Category of Input
Statement Keywords See ...

GENERAL DATA None Page 4-7
TITLE PROJECT=, PROBLEM=, USER=, DATE=, SITE= Page 4-8
{DESCRIPTION} Any text Page 4-9
DIMENSION {ENGLISH, METRIC, SI, AREA=, CONDUCTIVITY=, DENSITY=, Page 4-9

ENERGY=, FILM=, LIQVOLUME=, POWER=, PRESSURE=, SURFACE=,
TIME=, TEMPERATURE=, UVALUE=, VAPVOLUME=, VISCOSITY=,
WT=, XDENSITY=, PBASIS =14.695, STDVAPOR=379.49}
{OUTDIMEN- {ENGLISH, METRIC, SI, AREA=, CONDUCTIVITY=, DENSITY=, Page 4-15

SION} ENERGY=, FILM=, LIQVOLUME=, POWER=, PRESSURE=, SURFACE=,
TIME=, TEMPERATURE=, UVALUE=, VAPVOLUME=, VISCOSITY=,
WT=, XDENSITY=, PBASIS =14.695, STDVAPOR=379.49, ADD, -
REPLACE}
{PRINT} {ALL, NONE, GENERAL, PROPERTY, STREAM, UNIT, NEWS} Page 4-17
{CALCULATION} INCHECK, PGEN=NEW, WATER=SATURATED Page 4-19
GENERAL GENERAL Data Category of Input

DATA
Optional statement. This statement identifies the GENERAL DATA input category for reference.
If used, it must be the first statement in the General Data category.
Optional entries:
None
Example:
GENERAL DATA

June 2002 4-7
TITLE GENERAL Data Category of Input
Mandatory statement. This statement must be the first statement following the GENERAL
DATA statement (if given), or it can be used alone as the initial input statement. All entries on
this statement are optional and will be printed in the page headings in the output reports.
Mandatory entries:
None
Optional entries:
PROJECT= Identifies the project. Enter up to 12 alphanumeric characters.
There is no default.
PROBLEM= Identifies the problem. Enter up to 12 alphanumeric characters.
USER= Identifies the user. Enter up to 12 alphanumeric characters.
DATE= Identifies the date. Enter up to 12 alphanumeric characters.
SITE= Specifies the site code. Enter up to 12 alphanumeric characters.
This entry is optional. If problems occur with the use of the SITE
keyword, check with your Systems Administrator to determine if
the SITE keyword is required.
Examples:
GENERAL DATA
TITLE PROJECT=MANUAL,*
PROBLEM=EXAMPLE2, DATE=07-01-97
.
.
.
PROBLEM=EXAMPLE3, DATE=JULY 97
.
.
.
In the first example, the GENERAL DATA statement is given and is followed by the TITLE state-
ment (required).
In the second example, there is no GENERAL DATA statement. As a result, the TITLE statement
is the first statement in the HEXTRAN program input file.

4-8 June 2002
DESCRIP- GENERAL Data Category of Input
TION
Optional statement. This statement is used to enter descriptive text about the HEXTRAN input
file. Enter up to 60 alphanumeric characters, excluding the asterisk (*). Up to 4 DESCRIPTION
statements can be entered in the General Data input category. The DESCRIPTION statements
do not have to be grouped together in the input file, however, they must all be in the General
Data input category.
Example:
PROBLEM=EXAMPLE, USER=SIMSCI
DESCRIPTION THIS IS ONLY A TEST.
DESCRIPTION IF THIS WAS
DESCRIPTION A REAL FILE
.
.
.
PRINT ALL
DESCRIPTION WOULD COMPLETE IT.
.
.
.
CALCULATION PGEN=SAVE
.
.
.
DIMENSION GENERAL Data Category of Input
Optional statement. This statement defines the input and output dimensional units for a
HEXTRAN problem. Various individual dimensional units may be selected to override those
defined by the global set. Acceptable keyword entries for the various individual dimensional
units are given in Table 4-3. The output dimensions may be supplemented or replaced by
those defined by the OUTDIMENSION statement (see page 4-15). Special optional dimension
keywords are provided to define atmospheric pressure and standard vapor volume for compo-
sitional and/or assay streams. The keywords are PBASIS and STDVAP, respectively (see page
4-11).
Mandatory entries:
None
Optional entries:
ENGLISH or Specifies that the set of English dimensions will be used. The
standard sets of units is given in Table 4-2. ENGLISH is the
default.

June 2002 4-9
METRIC or Specifies that the set of Metric dimensions will be used. The
standard sets of unit is given in Table 4-2. ENGLISH is the
default.
SI Specifies that the set of SI dimensions will be used. The stan-
dard sets of units is given in Table 4-2. ENGLISH is the default.
AREA= Overrides the set units for AREA values specified by the
ENGLISH, METRIC, or SI keywords. Acceptable values are listed
under AREA in Table 4-2. There is no default.
CONDUCTIVITY= Overrides the set units for CONDUCTIVITY values specified by
the ENGLISH, METRIC, or SI keywords. Acceptable values are
listed under CONDUCTIVITY in Table 4-2. There is no default.
DENSITY= Overrides the set units for DENSITY values specified by the
under DENSITY in Table 4-2. There is no default.
ENERGY= Overrides the set units for ENERGY values specified by the
under ENERGY in Table 4-2. There is no default.
FILM= Overrides the set units for FILM values specified by the
under FILM in Table 4-2. There is no default.
LIQVOLUME= Overrides the set units for LIQVOLUME values specified by the
under LIQVOLUME in Table 4-2. There is no default.
POWER= Overrides the set units for POWER values specified by the
under POWER in Table 4-2. There is no default.
PRESSURE= Overrides the set units for PRESSURE values specified by the
under PRESSURE in Table 4-2. There is no default.
SURFACE= Overrides the set units for SURFACE values specified by the
under SURFACE in Table 4-2. There is no default.
TIME= Overrides the set units for TIME values specified by the
under TIME in Table 4-2. There is no default.
TEMPERATURE= Overrides the set units for TEMPERATURE values specified by
the ENGLISH, METRIC, or SI keywords. Acceptable values are
listed under TEMPERATURE in Table 4-2. There is no default.
UVALUE= Overrides the set units for UVALUE values specified by the
under UVALUE in Table 4-2. There is no default.
VAPVOLUME= Overrides the set units for VAPVOLUME values specified by the
under VAPVOLUME in Table 4-2. There is no default.

4-10 June 2002
VISCOSITY= Overrides the set units for VISCOSITY values specified by the
under VISCOSITY in Table 4-2. There is no default.
WT= Overrides the set units for WT values specified by the ENGLISH,
METRIC, or SI keywords. Acceptable values are listed under WT
in Table 4-2. There is no default.
XDENSITY= Overrides the standard petroleum density unit for supplied pe-
troleum and synthetic fuel data as described in the COMPONENT
DATA input category (page 4-21). Enter API, DENSITY, or SPGR
(see Table 4-2). There is no default.
Note: When “XDENSITY=DENSITY” is given, the density must
be given in the units of WT and LIQVOL selected; e.g., lb/ft3 or
kg/m3.
PBASIS=14.696 Defines atmospheric pressure. The default is 14.696 psia (Eng-
lish), 1.033kg/cm 2 (metric), or 101.642 kPa (SI).
STDVAPOR=379.49 Overrides the standard vapor volume basis. Enter a real value.
The default is 379.49 ft3 /lbmole @ 60 °F and 14.696 PSIA (Eng-
lish), or 22.414 m3 /kgmole @ 0 °C and 1 atmosphere (metric
and SI).
Examples:
DIMENSION ENGLISH
DIMENSION PRESSURE=PSIG
DIMENSION SI, PRESSURE=ATE, PBASIS=0.987
n The first example selects the standard English set of dimensional units, which is also
the default when the line is omitted.
n In the second example, the standard English pressure units (PSIA) are replaced with
PSIG units.
The third example utilizes the PBASIS entry to redefine the pressure basis for ATE.

June 2002 4-11
Table 4-2: Standard Dimensional Units
Dimension Type Keyword English Metric SI
2 2
Area AREA ft m m2
Density DENSITY lbm/ft 3 kg/m 3 kg/m 3
Duty MMBtu/time MMkcal/time MMkJ/time
Energy ENERGY Btu kcal kJ
Enthalpy Btu/lbm kcal/kg kJ/kg
Film coefficient FILM Btu/hr-ft 2 -F kcal/hr-m 2 -C W/m 2 -K
Fouling ft 2 -hr-F/Btu m 2 -hr-C/kcal m 2 -K/W
resistance
Latent heat Btu/lbm kcal/kg kJ/k
Length ft (or in) m (or mm) m (or mm)
3 3
Liquid volume LIQVOLUME ft m m3
Petroleum XDENSITY API gravity density, kg/m 3 density, kg/m 3
density
Power POWER hp kW kW
2
Pressure PRESSURE psia kg/cm kPa
Specific heat Btu/lbm-F kcal/kg-C kJ/kg-K
Surface tension SURFACE dyne/cm dyne/cm N/m
Temperature TEMPERATURE F C K
Thermal CONDUCTIVITY Btu/hr-ft-F kcal/hr-m-C W/m-K
conductivity
Time TIME hr hr hr
2 2
U-value UVALUE Btu/hr-ft -F kcal/hr-m -C W/m 2 -K
Vapor volume VAPVOLUME ft 3 m3 m3
Velocity ft/sec m/s m/s
Viscosity VISCOSITY cP cP Pa-s
Weight WT lbm kg kg

4-12 June 2002
Table 4-3: Allowable Dimensional Units for DIMENSION and OUTDIMENSION Statements
Dimension Type Keyword Entry Units
Area AREA = FT2 ft2 (square foot)
M2 m2 (square meter)
Thermal conductivity CONDUCTIVITY = BTUH Btu/hr-ft-F
KCH kcal/hr-m-C
CALS cal/scm-C
WMC W/m-C
WMK W/m-K
Density DENSITY = LBFT, LBM/FT3 lbm/ft3
KGM3, KG/M3 kg/m3
Energy ENERGY = BTU Btu (British thermal units)
KCAL kcal (kilocalorie)
KJ kJ (kilojoule)
PCU pcu (pound-centigrade unit)
CHU chu (centigrade heat unit)
Film coefficient FILM = BTUH, BTU/H Btu/hr-ft2-F
KCH, KC/H kcal/hr-m2-C
CALS cal/s-cm2-C
WMC W/m2-C
WMK W/m2-K
Liquid volume LIQVOLUME = FT3 ft3 (cubic foot)
GAL U.S. gal (U.S. liquid gallon)
IGAL imp gal (Imperial gallon)
BBL bbl (U.S. petroleum barrel)
M3 m3 (cubic meter)
LITER L (liter)
DM3 dm3 (cubic decimeter)
Power POWER = HP hp (British horsepower)
KW kW (kilowatts)
Pressure PRESSURE = PSIA psia (lbf/in2-absolute)
PSIG psig (lbf/in2-gauge)
KGCM, KG/CM2 kg/cm2 (absolute)
TORR torr (1 mmHg at O C)
MMHG mmHg (mm of mercury at O C)
PA Pa (pascal, N/m2)
KPA kPa (kilopascal)
MPA MPa (megapascal)
BAR bar (absolute)
ATM atm (standard atmosphere)
ATE at (technical atmosphere-gauge)
ATA at (technical atmosphere absolute,
kg/cm2)
INH2 in H2O (inches H2O at 39.2 F)
FTH2 ft H2O (feet H2O at 39.2 F)
Surface tension SURFACE = NM N/m (newton per meter)
DYNE dyne/cm (dyne per centimeter)

June 2002 4-13
Table 4-3: Allowable Dimensional Units for DIMENSION and OUTDIMENSION Statements, continued
Dimension Type Keyword Entry Units
Time TIME = DAY day
HR hr (hour)
MIN min (minute)
SEC s (second)
Temperature TEMPERATURE = F F (degrees Fahrenheit)
R R (degrees Rankine)
C C (degrees Celsius)
K K (kelvin)
U-value UVALUE = BTUH Btu/hr-ft2-F
(heat transfer coefficient) KCH kcal/hr-m2-C
CALS cal/s-cm2-C
WMC W/m2-C
WMK W/m2-K
Vapor volume VAPVOLUME = FT3 ft3 (cubic foot)
M3 m3 (cubic meter)
Viscosity VISCOSITY = CP cP (centipoise, mPas)
(dynamic, absolute) PAS Pas (pascal-second)
LBFS, LB/FS lbm/ft-s
LBFH, LB/FH lbm/ft-hr
LBSF, LBS/F lbf-s/ft2
Weight WT = LB lbm (pound avoirdupois)
KG kg (kilogram)
ST, TON ton (short ton, 2000 lbm)
LT, TONL ton (long ton, 2240 lbm)
MT, TONM t (metric ton, 1000 kg, tonne)
Petroleum density XDENSITY = API API gravity
DENS Density units
SPGR Specific gravity

4-14 June 2002
OUT- GENERAL Data Category of Input
DIMENSION
Optional statement. This statement specifies different output dimensional units from those in-
dicated on the DIMENSION statement. You can also use this statement to print two sets of
output; one based on DIMENSION statement units and one based on the OUTDIMENSION
statement units.
Mandatory entries:
None
Optional entries:
ENGLISH or Specifies that the set of English dimensions will be used. The
standard sets of units for is given in Table 4-2. ENGLISH is the
default. Various individual dimensional units may be selected to
override those defined by the standard set. Acceptable keyword
entries for the various individual dimensional units are given in
Table 4-3.
METRIC or Specifies that the set of Metric dimensions will be used. The
standard sets of units is given in Table 4-2. ENGLISH is the
default.
SI Specifies that the set of SI dimensions will be used. The stan-
dard sets of units is given in Table 4-2. ENGLISH is the default.
AREA Overrides the set units for AREA values specified by the
ENGLISH, METRIC, or SI keywords for output purposes only.
Acceptable values are listed under AREA in Table 4-2. There is
no default.
CONDUCTIVITY Overrides the set units for CONDUCTIVITY values specified by
the ENGLISH, METRIC, or SI keywords for output purposes only.
Acceptable values are listed under CONDUCTIVITY in Table 4-2.
DENSITY Overrides the set units for DENSITY values specified by the
Acceptable values are listed under DENSITY in Table 4-2. There
is no default.
ENERGY Overrides the set units for ENERGY values specified by the
Acceptable values are listed under ENERGY in Table 4-2. There
is no default.
FILM Overrides the set units for FILM values specified by the
Acceptable values are listed under FILM in Table 4-2. There is no
default.
LIQVOLUME Overrides the set units for LIQVOLUME values specified by the
Acceptable values are listed under LIQVOLUME in Table 4-2.
June 2002 4-15
POWER Overrides the set units for POWER values specified by the
Acceptable values are listed under POWER in Table 4-2. There is
no default.
PRESSURE Overrides the set units for PRESSURE values specified by the
Acceptable values are listed under PRESSURE in Table 4-2.
SURFACE Overrides the set units for SURFACE values specified by the
Acceptable values are listed under SURFACE in Table 4-2. There
is no default.
TIME Overrides the set units for TIME values specified by the
Acceptable values are listed under TIME in Table 4-2. There is no
default.
TEMPERATURE Overrides the set units for TEMPERATURE values specified by
the ENGLISH, METRIC, or SI keywords for output purposes only.
Acceptable values are listed under TEMPERATURE in Table 4-2
UVALUE Overrides the set units for UVALUE values specified by the
Acceptable values are listed under UVALUE in Table 4-2 There is
no default.
VAPVOLUME Overrides the set units for VAPVOLUME values specified by the
Acceptable values are listed under VAPVOLUME in Table 4-2.
VISCOSITY Overrides the set units for VISCOSITY values specified by the
Acceptable values are listed under VISCOSITY in Table 4-2.
WT Overrides the set units for WT values specified by the ENGLISH,
METRIC, or SI keywords for output purposes only. Acceptable
values are listed under WT in Table 4-2. There is no default.
XDENSITY= Overrides the standard petroleum density unit for supplied pe-
troleum and synthetic fuel data as described in the COMPONENT
DATA input category (page 4-21) for output purposes only. Enter
API, DENSITY, or SPGR (see Table 4-3). There is no default.
Note: When “XDENSITY=DENSITY” is given, the density must be
given in the units of WT and LIQVOL selected; e.g., lb/ft3 or
kg/m3.
PBASIS=14.696 Specifies atmospheric pressure for output only. The default is
14.696 psia (English), 1.033kg/cm2 (metric), or 101.642 kPa
(SI).
STDVAPOR=379.49 Overrides the standard vapor volume basis for output only. Enter
a real value. The default is 379.49 ft3 /lbmole @ 60 °F and

4-16 June 2002
14.696 PSIA (English), or 22.414 m3 /kgmole @ 0 °C and 1 at-
mosphere (metric and SI).
ADD Specifies two outputs; one using the DIMENSION statement set-
tings, and one using the OUTDIMENSION statement settings.
The ADD and REPLACE keywords are mutually exclusive. ADD is
the default.
REPLACE Specifies a single output using the OUTDIMENSION statement
settings. The ADD and REPLACE keywords are mutually exclu-
sive. ADD is the default.
Examples:
DIMENSION ENGLISH
OUTDIMENSION ADD, SI
DIMENSION METRIC OUT
DIMENSION REPLACE, TIME=DAY
n In the first example, two sets of output are requested. The first will be in English units,
the second in SI units.
n In the second example, the default metric output is replaced with output in English
units. The standard time unit of hours (HR) is replaced by days with the TIME=DAY
entry.
PRINT GENERAL Data Category of Input
Optional statement. This statement specifies the input reprint options. The printout options are
divided into two categories: global (ALL,NONE), or selective (GENERAL,PROPERTY,
STREAM,UNIT, and NEWS). The selective keywords may be used individually or grouped to-
gether, separated by commas. Regardless of the PRINT options selected, an echo of the input
data statement is always printed.
Mandatory entries:
None
Optional entries:
ALL Specifies the full input data reprint. The only other keyword al-
lowed on the PRINT statement with ALL is NEWS. ALL is the
default.
NONE Suppresses the entire input data reprint.
GENERAL Specifies the general data section input reprint. All other input
reprint is suppressed.
PROPERTY Specifies the property section input reprint. All other input re-
print is suppressed.
STREAM Specifies the stream section input reprint. All other input reprint
is suppressed.
TBP Specifies the TBP and ASTM distillation reports for all appropri-
ate streams in the flowsheet.

June 2002 4-17
SFORMAT=ALL Specifies sections of the stream results printout.
COMPONENT prints stream component reports.
ALL prints all standard stream component rates and the stream
summary report.
SUMMARY prints only the stream summary report.
RATE=M Specifies the basis for the stream component flow rates. M
specifies a molar basis, WT specifies a weight basis, LV speci-
fies a liquid volume basis, and GV specifies a gas volume basis.
You can specify more than one basis.
FRACTION=M Specifies the basis for the stream component fractions. M speci-
fies a molar basis, WT specifies a weight basis, LV specifies a
liquid volume basis, and GV specifies a gas volume basis. You
can specify more than one basis.
PERCENT=M Specifies the basis for the stream component percentage. M
specifies a molar basis, WT specifies a weight basis, LV speci-
fies a liquid volume basis, and GV specifies a gas volume basis.
You can specify more than one basis.
UNIT Specifies the unit operations section input reprint. All other input
reprint is suppressed.
Examples:
PRINT NONE
PRINT STREAM, UNIT
PRINT SFORMAT=COMPONENT
RATE=M, WT
n In the first example the input data reprint has been turned off.
n In the second example, only the STREAM and UNIT data input reprint will be printed.
All other input data reprint has been suppressed.
n In the third example, the stream component report is printed, with flow rates reported
on a molar basis and a weight basis.

4-18 June 2002
CALC- GENERAL Data Category of Input
ULATION
Optional statement. This statement controls calculation options related to:

n input data checking
n stream and property data limits
n compositional and assay stream property data file control
n water and steam calculation methods
Mandatory entries:
None.
Optional entries:
INCHECK Specifies input data checking only. This option allows for com-
plete processing and printing of all input data and any associ-
ated error messages. INCHECK suppresses all calculations and
associated output. There is no default.
PGEN=NEW Specifies the use of the internally generated property data file for
compositional and/or assay streams. Enter either NEW, SAVE, or
OLD. The PGEN option refers only to compositional and/or assay
streams given in the STREAM DATA input category. Property
calculations for all other streams are unaffected by this option.
The default is NEW.
NEW specifies internal property calculations for each composi-
tional and/or assay stream. New property data values are com-
puted for each HEXTRAN run. The internal property data file is
not saved for future use, and there is no royalty charge.
SAVE specifies internal property calculations for each composi-
tional and/or assay stream, and saves the file to disk. The royalty
charge for the run will include a charge for the internal property
calculations.
OLD specifies that internal property data will be taken from a
previously generated file. New property calculations will not be
performed for any of the compositional or assay streams. This
option is recommended to save computer time when the prop-
erty data values (compositional and assay streams only) do not
change from run to run.
WATER=SATURATED Specifies the method used to calculate water and steam thermal
properties. Enter SATURATED, KEENAN, or SENSIBLE. The de-
fault is SATURATED.
SATURATED specifies calculation based on saturated conditions.

The enthalpy of superheated steam will be identical to that of
saturated steam at the same conditions.

June 2002 4-19
KEENAN specifies calculation based on the 1969 Keenan &
Keyes Steam Tables. The stream inlet temperature and pressure
are used to determine if the stream is a compressed liquid, satu-
rated, or superheated.
Note: The SATURATED method is accurate for most problems,
and results in considerably less (up to one half) computing time
than the more accurate KEENAN method. The KEENAN method
is recommended for compositional or assay streams where wa-
ter is a major component, (or non-compositional and non-assay
streams where the stream flow rate is given with the WATER= or
STEAM= entries (Stream Data section)) and accurate subcooled
and superheated thermal data values are needed.
SENSIBLE specifies that the specific heats of water and steam
are to be used for the heat balance calculations. This entry is
only applicable to non-compositional and non-assay streams
when the stream flow rate is given with the WATER= or STEAM=
entries (Stream Data section).
Note: With the SENSIBLE option, once the water or steam phase
is defined, phase changes will not be detected. Thus, this option
is useful (and quicker) for streams such as cooling water, or for
a superheated steam that does not condense.
Examples:
CALCULATION INCHECK
CALCULATION PGEN=SAVE, WATER=KEENAN
n In the first example, the INCHECK option is used to request input data checking only.
This option results in complete processing and printing of all input data and any asso-
ciated error messages. However, all calculations and the associated output are sup-
pressed.
n In the second example, the SAVE option is used to retain the property data file created
by HEXTRAN for the compositional and/or assay streams given in the STREAM DATA
input category. The saved property data file can then be used in another HEXTRAN
problem, if desired. The KEENAN entry specifies the use of the 1969 Keenan & Keyes
steam tables for calculation of water and steam properties.

4-20 June 2002
Component Data Category of Input
The Component Data category defines the pure and pseudocomponents in
the simulation and, if necessary, defines or modifies component properties.
All components encountered in a problem, except for assay stream
components, must be defined in this category. Streams defined by
distillation assay curves in the Stream Data category are broken into
pseudocomponents based on the rules defined in the Component Data
category of input.
Using keyword input, HEXTRAN accepts up to 250 components.
The SIMSCI Component and Thermodynamic Data Input Manual, Vol. I
and II, describes all the features of the SIMSCI Component Data system.
Only the commonly used features are described here in detail. Refer to the
SIMSCI Component and Thermodynamic Data Input Manual, Vol. I and II
for details on additional component data options.
Table 4-4: Component Data Category of Input
Statement Keywords See...
COMPONENT None Page 4-23
LIBID number, name {, , alias}/ ..., {BANK=, FILL=} Page 4-23
{PETROLEUM()} number, name, mol wt, gravity, normal boiling Page 4-24
point/...
{ASSAY} CHARACTERIZE= CAVETT, MW=SIMSCI, GRAV- Page 4-24
ITY=WATSONK, {FIT=SPLINE,
CONVERSION=API187, TBPIP=1, TBPEP=98, NBP=}
{CUTPOINTS} TBPCUTS() = 100,800,28/1200,8/1600,4 Page 4-26
{Constants} component number, value/...
MW Page 4-26
SPGR Page 4-26
API Page 4-26
ACENTRIC Page 4-26
ZC Page 4-26
TC() Page 4-27
PC() Page 4-27
VC() Page 4-27
NBP() Page 4-27
STDDENSITY() Page 4-27
{Variables} CORR = , {LN or LOG or EXPFAC = }, DATA =
VP() or Page 4-28
ENTHALPY() TABULAR = Page 4-28
CP() Page 4-28
LATENT() Page 4-28
DENSITY() Page 4-28
VISCOSITY() Page 4-28
CONDUC- Page 4-28
TIVITY()
SURFACE Page 4-28

June 2002 4-21
Table 4-4: Component Data Category of Input
Statement Keywords See...
Other For details, refer to the SIMSCI Component and Thermodynamic Data
statements: Input Manual, Vol. I and II.
NONLIBRARY Components that are not in the SIMSCI bank and for
which you have to supply a full set of properties.
PHASE Identifies solid components
SYNCOMP Data for a synfuel component of a specific type.
SYNLIQ Data for a synfuel component that is a mixture of
different petroleum types.
RACKETT Rackett parameter required for the Rackett method
for liquid densities.
DIPOLE Dipole moment required for the Hayden-O’Connell
method for vapor properties.
RADIUS Radius of gyration required for the Hayden-O’Connell
method for vapor properties.
SOLUPARA Hildebrand solubility parameter required for various
generalized and liquid activity thermodynamic
correlations.
MOLVOL Liquid molar volume required for various generalized
and liquid activity thermodynamic correlations.
VANDERWAAL Van der Waals area and volume required for UNIFAC
and UNIQUAC liquid activity thermodynamic
correlations.
STRUCTURE, Data for non-library components for use with the
GROUP UNIFAC thermodynamic method.

4-22 June 2002
COMPONENT COMPONENT Data Category of Input
Mandatory statement for compositional fluids. Introduces the category.

Mandatory entries:
None
Optional Entries:
None
LIBID COMPONENT Data Category of Input
Optional statement. Identifies the components whose properties are to be taken from the
SIMSCI databank.
Mandatory entries:
number, name{, , alias} / ... For each component, its number in the component list for this
simulation followed by its library name (not the full name).
Separate one components entry from the next using the /
character.
Select components from the list in the SIMSCI Component and
Thermodynamic Data Input Manual, Vol. I and II. For conven-
ience, some components have more than one allowable name.
Optionally, you may also enter an alias (up to 16 characters) for
a component, which will be used in the output reports. If you
enter an alias, you must have two commas before it.
You may enter the components in any order but there must be no
gaps in the component number sequence and each component
number must be used only once. This rule applies to all defined
components, including Petroleum pseudocomponents entered us-
ing the PETROLEUM statement below, but does not apply to pe-
troleum fractions generated by the program from ASTM curves.
Other entries: (For details, refer to the SIMSCI Component and Thermody-
namic Data Input Manual, Vol. I and II.)
BANK Selects order of component databanks which are searched for
pure components.
FILL Specifies that SIMSCI property prediction methods be used for
components missing library or user-supplied data.
Examples:
LIBID 1, C1/2, C2/3, C3
LIBID 1, C1,, METHANE/3, C3/2, ETHN,, PURE ETHANE

June 2002 4-23
PETROLEUM COMPONENT Data Category of Input
Optional statement. Defines petroleum fraction pseudocomponents. Component properties

are calculated using the characterization method selected on the ASSAY statement below.
Mandatory entries:
number, name, MW, You may supply a name of up to 16 characters for each compo-
std liquid density, NBP/... nent. The name is used in the output reports. You must supply
at least two of the three quantities: molecular weight, gravity and
normal boiling point. The remaining value is calculated. You may
use qualifiers to define units of measurement for gravity and/or
normal boiling point.
The number must follow the rules described above under LIBID.
If a name is not given, PRO/II will assign a name based on the
normal boiling point.
If you omit any data item, you must retain the embedded
comma.
Example:
PETRO 5, CUT11, 91,64,180/6, CUT12,100,,210/ &
7, CUT13,120,55,280/8, CUT14,150,,370/ &
9, CUT15,200,40,495/10, CUT16,245,,590/ &
11, CUT17,300,30,687/12, CUT18,360,,770
ASSAY COMPONENT Data Category of Input
Optional statement. Used to specify the method by which PIPEPHASE calculates the proper-
ties of defined pseudocomponents or those generated from assay data.
Mandatory entries:
CHARACTERIZE = CAVETT Define the method to be used for calculating critical properties
and enthalpies of pseudocomponents. Options are described in
Table 4-5.
MW = SIMSCI Define the method to be used for calculating molecular weights
of pseudocomponents. Options are described in Table 4-6.
GRAVITY = WATSONK Define the method to be used for calculating gravities for pseu-
docomponents when only the average gravity of a curve is
given. Options are described in Table 4-7.
Other entries: (For details, refer to the SIMSCI Component and Thermody-
namic Data Input Manual, Vol. I and II.)
FIT = SPLINE Selects the curve fitting procedure for user supplied assay data.
CONVERSION = API187 Selects the method for inter-conversion between ASTM-D86 and
TBP distillation curves.

4-24 June 2002
TBPIP = 1, Define the volume percents for determining the initial point and
TBPEP = 98 end point (EP) temperatures when specifying streams and re-
porting assay curves at output time.
NBP = Designates the method used for calculating the normal boiling
point of narrow cuts.
Example:
ASSAY CHAR = SIMSCI, MW = CAVETT, GRAV = WATSONK
Table 4-5: HEXTRAN Characterization Methods

Method Description
CAVETT CAVETT is used for critical constants and ideal gas enthalpies.
Yen-Alexander is used for vapor pressures.
Edmister is used for acentric factors.
SIMSCI SIMSCI’s extension of the CAVETT method is used for all prop-
erties. Also known as the Twu method.
LK Lee-Kesler is used for all properties.
Table 4-6: HEXTRAN Molecular Weight Methods

Method Description
SIMSCI Method developed by SIMSCI to match the API
Technical Data Book method for 300 to 800° F boil-
ing components and to provide a better match to
the available field data both above and below that
temperature range.
EXTAPI 1980 API Technical Data Book method with adjust-
ment for components boiling below 300° F to match
known pure component data better. Also known as
the CAVETT80 method.
CAVETT Old (pre-1980) API Technical Data Book method.
Table 4-7: HEXTRAN Gravity Methods

Method Description
WATSONK Assumes constant Watson K for all components
based on TBP temperatures.
PRE301 Assumes constant Watson K for all components
based on ASTM temperatures.

June 2002 4-25
CUTPOINTS COMPONENT Data Category of Input
Optional statement. Used to define the TBP cut points for components defined by assay
curve.
Mandatory entries:
TBPCUTS()= t0 is the start temperature for the whole assay, t1 is the end tem-
t0, t1, n1{/t2, n2/..} perature for the first group and n1 is the number of cuts in the
first group. Then, for each subsequent group of cuts, enter the
end temperature for the group and the number of cuts in that
group.
The default is 100, 800, 28/1200, 8/1600, 4
Examples:
CUTPOINTS TBPCUTS(F)=100,800,20/ 1000, 10/ 1200,8
CUTPOINTS TBPCUTS(F)=100,1200,38
MW, SPGR COMPONENT Data Category of Input

API
ACENTRIC
ZC
Optional statements. Define constant properties of pure components.

Mandatory entries:
number, value/ ... The number corresponds to the components number on the
LIBID statement.
Example:
MW 1, 59.3/4, 76.5
The molecular weight of component 1 is 59.3 gm/gmmole or 59.3 lb/lbmole. The molecular
weight of component 4 is 76.5.

4-26 June 2002
TC(), PC() COMPONENT Data Category of Input
NBP()
STDDENSITY()
Optional statements. Define constant properties of pure components. A qualifier may be used
to specify units of measurement.
Mandatory entries:
LIBID statement.
Example:
STDD(LBFT3) 4,45/7,50
The standard density of component 4 is 45 lb/ft3 and the standard density of component 7 is
50 lb/ft3.
VC COMPONENT Data Category of Input
Optional statement. Defines critical volume of pure components. Qualifiers may be used to
specify units of measurement and basis.
Mandatory entries:
LIBID statement.
Example:
VC(CC,M) 1, .09 (Note: This is equivalent to 90 cc/gm mole.)
The critical volume of component 1 is 0.09 cc/kgmole.

June 2002 4-27
VP() COMPONENT Data Category of Input
ENTHALPY()
CP()
LATENT()
DENSITY()
VISCOSITY()
CONDUC-
TIVITY()
SURFACE()
Optional statements. Define pure component properties that vary with temperature. Where
appropriate, qualifiers may be used to specify phase, temperature unit, property units and ba-
sis. Properties are listed in Table 4-8.
Table 4-8: HEXTRAN Pure Component Variable Properties

Property Keyword Phase* Property Units Basis
Density DENSITY() L or S density M or WT
Enthalpy ENTHALPY() I, L or S energy M or WT
Solid specific heat CP() heat capacity M or WT
Latent heat of LATENT() energy M or WT
vaporization
Vapor pressure VP() L or S pressure
Viscosity VISCOSITY() V or L viscosity
Thermal conductivity COND() V, L or S conductivity
Liquid surface tension SURFACE() surface tension
*Phases are: I ideal gas
V vapor
L liquid
S solid
You may enter either coefficients of an equation or tabular data.

Coefficient form:
Mandatory entries:
CORRELATION The correlation form for equation based data. See the SIMSCI
Component and Thermodynamic Data Input Manual, Vol. I and
II, for equation forms. Note: Only equation 1 may be used for
CP.

4-28 June 2002
DATA = Data entry for equation based correlations. The format is:
DATA = i, tmax, tmin, C1, ..., C8/...
i corresponds to the components number on the LIBID
statement.
tmax, tmin are temperature limits for the data. They must be en-
tered for Chebychev equations, and are optional for others. If
omitted, the embedded commas must be retained.
C1,...,C8 are equation coefficients.
EXPFAC = Exponential factor. Only used in equations 3 and 4.
Optional entries:
LN or LOG Select the logarithmic base e (LN) or 10 (LOG). Only used in
equations with logarithmic terms.
Tabular form:
Mandatory entries:
TABULAR = Data entry for tabular data. The format is:
TABULAR = t1, t2, .../i, p1, p2, .../...
t1, t2,... are temperatures at which tabular data are entered.
i corresponds to the components number on the LIBID
statement.
p1, p2,... are data values at temperatures t1, t2,... . A minimum of
one value must be given. You need not provide a value for every
temperature point but if you skip a value you must retain the
embedded comma.
Examples:
DENSITY(L,C,LBFT3) TABULAR = 60, 80, 100/1,55.5,43.7/ &
2,45.8,,40.2
ENTHALPY(I,C,KCAL/KG,M) TABULAR=100,140,180/&
1,700000,825000,910000/ 2,410000, ,470000
VP(C,MMHG) CORR=21, LN, DATA= 1,,, 14.321, -1068, 60.3/ &
2,,, 16.15, -1372, 1.7
The liquid density of component 1 is 55.5 lb/ft3 at 60°C, 43.7 lb/ft3 at 80°C, and the liquid den-
sity of component 2 is 45.8 lb/ft3 at 100°C.
The ideal density of component 1 is 700000 kcal/kgmol at 100°C, 825000 kcal/kgmol at
140°C, 910000 kcal/kgmol at 180°C, and the ideal enthalpy of component 2 is 410000
kcal/kgmol at 100 °C, 470000 kcal/kgmol at 180°C.
The vapor pressure of components 1 and 2 in mmhg is given by correlation #21.

June 2002 4-29
Thermodynamic Data Category of Input
The Thermodynamic Data Category of input defines the methods that
HEXTRAN uses to determine phase separation and transport properties in
compositional runs. This category is required only if you have specified that
the fluid is compositional on the Calculation statement in the General Data
category.
Only the commonly used features are described here in detail. Refer to the
SIMSCI Component and Thermodynamic Data Input Manual, Vol. I and II
for details on additional thermodynamic data options.
Table 4-9: Thermodynamic Data Category of Input

THERMODYNAMIC None Page 4-31
METHOD {SYSTEM() =, KVALUE() =, ENTHALPY() =, DENSITY() =, Page 4-32

TRANSPORT = PURE, VISCOSITY() =, CONDUCTIVITY() =,
SURFACE =, SET = , DEFAULT}
WATER DECANT = , {GPSA, SOLUBILITY = SIMSCI, Page 4-35

PROPERTY = SATURATED}
BWRS i, j, kij/ ... Page 4-36
LKP i, j, kij/ ... Page 4-36
PR i, j, kija, kijb, kijc/ ... Page 4-36
SRK i, j, kija, kijb, kijc/ ... Page 4-36
Other statements: For details, refer to the SIMSCI Component and Thermodynamic Data Input Manual.
KVALUE Used to identify non-default databanks and methods of calcu-

ENTHALPY lating missing data.
DENSITY
KDATA Allows user-supplied K-value data.
HEXAMER, HOCV, Allows user-supplied binary interaction data for equations of

TVIRIAL, IDIMER, state and generalized correlations.
RK1, RK2, SRKKD,
SRKM, SRKH, PRP,
PRM
Other statements For details, refer to the SIMSCI Component and Thermodynamic Data Input Manual,
Vol. I and II.
NRTL, UNIQUAC, Allows user-supplied binary interaction data for liquid activity
WILSON, VAN- methods.
LAAR, MAR-
GULES, FLORY,
IDEAL, AZEO-
TROPE, INFINITE,
MUTUAL,
4-30 June 2002
Table 4-9: Thermodynamic Data Category of Input

PHI Used to identify vapor fugacity databanks.
HENRY, SOLUTE, Used to identify Henry’s Law databanks.

HENDATA
SOLUTE, SOLDATA Used to supply data for solid-liquid equilibrium.
UNIFAC, UNIFTn, Group contribution data for UNIFAC and/or UNIWAALS.

UNFV
PAnn, SAnn, VAnn Supplies pure component alpha formulations for PR, SRK
and UNIWAAL.
TC, PC, VC, ZC, Used to specify pure component data for use with a specific
ACENTRIC, NBP, thermodynamic method in place of the data input in the Com-
MOLVOL, DIPOLE, ponent Category.
RADIUS,
SOLUPARA,
RACKETT, WDELT
THERMO- THERMODYNAMIC Data Category of Input

DYNAMIC
Mandatory statement for compositional fluids. Introduces the category.

Mandatory entries:
None
Optional entries:
None

June 2002 4-31
METHOD THERMODYNAMIC Data Category of Input
Optional statement. Defines the methods to be used for calculating thermodynamic properties
and transport properties of the flowing fluid. Choose systems with predefined methods for all
properties or choose individual methods for each property.
If you want to use different methods to calculate properties of different sources, use multiple
METHOD statements. Identify each METHOD statement using a SET keyword and refer to that
identifier with the SET keyword on the SOURCE statement in the Structure Category.
Mandatory entries: You must specify either SYSTEM or KVALUE, ENTHALPY and
DENSITY.
All other entries are optional.
Optional Entries:
SYSTEM() = Select a thermodynamic system from Table 4-10. The SYSTEM
will allocate methods for calculating K-values, enthalpies and
densities. If you select a SYSTEM, you can still override one or
more of the individual methods by using the other keywords on
this statement.
Use a qualifier to denote which type of equilibrium calculations
are to be performed. Allowable qualifiers are:
SYSTEM VLE vapor-liquid
VLLE vapor-liquid-liquid
KVALUE() = Select methods from Table 4-11 for calculating K-values, enthalpies
ENTHALPY() = and densities. If you have selected a SYSTEM, you do not need
DENSITY() = these keywords; use them if you want to override the individual
methods automatically selected as part of the predefined SYSTEM.
Use qualifiers to denote which type of equilibrium calculations
are to be performed and the phases to which the methods apply.
Allowable qualifiers are:
KVALUE VLE (or none) vapor-liquid
LLE liquid-liquid
VLLE vapor-liquid-liquid
SLE solid-liquid
ENTHLPY VL (or none) both vapor and liquid
V vapor only
L liquid only
DENSITY VL (or none) both vapor and liquid
V vapor only
L liquid only
If you want to specify a different method for different phases, you may have more than one
KVALUE entry. However it is done, whether with SYSTEM or KVALUE or a combination, you
must include all phases present in the simulation.
For ENTHALPY and DENSITY you must specify methods for both vapor and liquid either by
specifying a method for VL or a method for V and a method for L.

4-32 June 2002
TRANSPORT = Select a transport system from Table 4-12 TRANSPORT will al-
locate methods for calculating viscosity, conductivity and sur-
face tension. If you select TRANSPORT, you can still override
one or more of the individual methods by using other keywords
on this statement.
VISCOSITY() = Select methods from Table 4-13 for calculating conductivity,
CONDUCTIVITY() = surface tension and viscosity. If you have selected a
SURFACE = TRANSPORT system, you do not need these keywords; use
them if you want to override the individual methods automati-
cally selected as part of the predefined TRANSPORT system.
Use qualifiers to denote the phases to which the methods apply.
Allowable qualifiers are:
VISCOSITY VL (or none) both vapor and liquid
V vapor only
L liquid only
CONDUCTIVITY VL (or none) both vapor and liquid
V vapor only
L liquid only
SURFACE none liquid only
For VISCOSITY and CONDUCTIVITY you must specify methods
for both vapor and liquid either by specifying a method for VL or
a method for V and a method for L.
SET = Up to 12 alphanumeric characters. Identifies this METHOD state-
ment. Needed only when multiple METHOD statements are used.
Referenced using the SET keyword on the SOURCE statement in
the Structure category of input.
DEFAULT Identifies the default method set. When a SOURCE statement in
the Structure Category does not explicitly specify a SET, the
default method set is used. If no METHOD statement has the
DEFAULT keyword, the first METHOD statement in the input is
used as the default set. Only one METHOD statement may have
the DEFAULT keyword.
Other entries: (For further information, refer to the SIMSCI Component and
Thermodynamic Data Input Manual, Vol. I and II.)
PHI Method to be used to compute pure component and mixture
vapor fugacity coefficients for liquid activity methods.
HENRY Used to model dissolved gases in a liquid solution for liquid
activity methods.
Examples:
METHOD SYSTEM=SRK, TRANS=HCMIX, SET=MYSET1
METHOD KVALUE=SRK, ENTHALPY=SRK, DENS(L)=API, DENS(V)=SRK, &
VISC(V)=PETRO, VISC(L)= PURE, COND=PETRO, SURFACE=PURE, &
DEFAULT, SET=MYSET2
METHOD SYSTEM=SRK, KVALUE(LLE)= NRTL, KVALUE(SLE) = VANTHOFF

June 2002 4-33
Table 4-10: Methods Used by Predefined Thermodynamic Systems
System K-value Enthalpy Density (V) Density (L)
BK10 BK10 JG IDEAL API
BWRST BWRST BWRST BWRST BWRST
CS CS CP SRK API
GS GS CP SRK API
LKP LKP LKP LKP API
PR PR PR PR API
SRK SRK SRK SRK API
For other systems, refer to Appendix B, SIMSCI Thermodynamic Data Input
Manual, Vol. I, Table B20.4-1.
Table 4-11: Thermodynamic Property Calculation Methods

Method Keyword K-value Enthalpy Density (L) Density(V)
API Method API Yes
BWRS-Twu BWRST Yes Yes Yes Yes
Braun K-10 BK10 Yes
Chao-Seader CS Yes*
Curl-Pitzer CP Yes
Grayson-Streed GS Yes*
Johnson-Grayson JG Yes
Lee-Kesler LK Yes Yes Yes
Lee-Kesler-Plöcker LKP Yes Yes Yes Yes
Peng-Robinson PR Yes Yes Yes
Redlich-Kwong RK Yes
Soave-Redlich- SRK Yes Yes Yes
Kwong
For other methods, refer to Appendix B, SIMSCI Thermodynamic Data Input Manual, Vol. I,
Table B20.3-1.
*Not to be used for systems with more than a total of 5% molar carbon dioxide and hydrogen
sulfide or for fluids above their critical points.
Table 4-12: Methods Used by Predefined TRANSPORT Systems

System Viscosity Conductivity Surface Tension
PURE PURE PURE PURE
PETRO PETRO PETRO PETRO
TRAPP TRAPP TRAPP PETRO
TACITE LBC TRAPP PARACHOR

4-34 June 2002
Table 4-13: Transport Property Calculation Methods
Method Keyword Viscosity Conductivity Surface
Tension
Library Data PURE Yes Yes Yes

Hydrocarbon predictions PETRO Yes Yes Yes
TRAPP Method TRAPP Yes Yes
API Technical Data Book API Liquid
only
Woelfin Method (Tight correlation using TWOELF or Liquid
PURE or PETRO method) TSWOELF only
Woelfin Method (Medium correlation MWOELF Liquid
using PURE or PETRO method) or only
MSWOELF
Woelfin Method (Loose correlation LWOELF or Liquid
using PURE or PETRO method) LSWOELF only
Lohrenz-Bray-Clark LBC Liquid
only
Parachor Method PARACHOR Yes
WATER THERMODYNAMIC Data Category of Input
Optional statement. Defines the method to be used for calculating water and steam
properties.
Mandatory entries:
DECANT = When ON, water is treated as a special component, its solubility
in the hydrocarbon phase is calculated and the non-dissolved
water put into a separate phase. When OFF, water is treated as
being fully soluble in the rest of the stream. When SRK, PR, GS,
CS, GSE, CSE, IGS, LKP, BK10 or BWRS methods are used,
DECANT is optional and defaults to ON.
Optional Entries:
GPSA Used with DECANT = ON to specify that water partial pressures
are calculate using the GPSA Data Book Figure 20-3. If this key-
word is not present, steam tables are used.
SOLUBILITY = SIMSCI Used to specify the method of computing the solubility of water
in the hydrocarbon phase. Options are in Table 4-14.
PROPERTY = SATURATED The calculation basis of pure water properties. Options are in
Table 4-15.

June 2002 4-35
Example:
WATER DECANT=ON, GPSA, SOLU=KERO, PROP=STEAM
Table 4-14: Water Solubility Calculation Options

SIMSCI Calculations are based on the solubility of water in a number of common
components, including hydrocarbons and non-hydrocarbon gases. See Ap-
pendix B, SIMSCI Thermodynamic Data Input Manual, Vol. I, for details.
KEROSENE Calculations are based on the solubility of water in kerosene, as presented in
the API Technical Data Book, Figure 9A1.4.
EOS Solubility is calculated from equation of state water K-values using water-
hydrocarbon interaction parameters.
Table 4-15: Water Property Calculation Options

SATURATED Properties are based on vapor/liquid curves. Adequate for most simulations.
STEAM Properties are calculated using the Keenan and Keyes equation of state for
water. Use this method when water is present as a superheated vapor.
BWRS THERMODYNAMIC Data Category of Input

LKP
Optional statements. Define the interaction parameters for the BWRS and LKP equation of
state.
Mandatory entries:
i, j, kij /... Enter component pair numbers followed by the numerical value
of the binary interaction coefficient for the pair. Multiple entries
are separated by the “/” character.
Example:
BWRS 2,3,0.055/3,4,0.008
PR THERMODYNAMIC Data Category of Input

SRK
Optional statements. Define the interaction parameters for the Peng-Robinson and Soave-
Redlich-Kwong equation of state.

4-36 June 2002
Mandatory entries:
i, j, kija, kijb, kijc / ... Enter component pair numbers followed by the numerical value
of the binary interaction coefficients for the pair. Multiple en-
tries are separated by the “/” character.
Example:
PR 2,3,0.001, 0.054, 3.8/3,4,0.0089, 0.0006, 0.5601

June 2002 4-37
Stream Data Category of Input
The Stream Data Section defines the process streams for HEXTRAN. It
sets the stream identification, component flowrate, and thermal condition of
each external stream that feeds into the flowsheet. Optionally, the user may
supply initial estimates for recycle streams or assign a name to any stream
in the flowsheet.
For streams with defined compositions and/or assay data, the
thermodynamic and transport data are computed with the methods from
PRO/II v4.15. For petroleum liquids and vapors, the properties are
computed from bulk stream properties (UOPK and gravity). For pure
water/steam, the steam table properties are used. Note that any of the
computed properties may be replaced with average property or a tabular set
of properties defined in an External Property Data category of input. At
least one PROPERTY statement must be included in every simulation.
Hextran utilizes two methods of generating physical property data of
compositional streams during calculations, referred to as database and
point access methods. The database method has been available in
HEXTRAN for many years, and is further described in the Internal
Property Data section, page 4-64. The point access method, available in
Version 9.0 and subsequent releases, can provide enhanced accuracy in
some situations and makes the problem input easier to configure and use.
These methods can be mixed within a given simulation problem, permitting
the user to use point access for increased accuracy on some streams and
data base methods on others for improved solution speed.
The database method relies on the user to estimate prior to the simulation
the temperature and pressure range that a stream will use. A grid of
properties covering this temperature and pressure range is generated before
simulation calculations begin. Properties are generated during simulation
by using table lookup and interpolation methods. The advantage of this
method is that it reduces computational effort associated with property
generation and speeds overall execution of the program, in some cases
significantly. The disadvantage is that it does require the user to estimate
and specify the operating range of the stream prior to simulation. If
properties are required during simulation that are outside the range of the
T/P grid, the values are not extrapolated.
The point access method relies on a more rigorous approach to property
generation and calculates required physical properties based on stream
conditions and composition during simulation whenever required, similar to
the operation of PRO/II and other flowsheet simulators. No estimate of the
operation range of the stream is required. An additional advantage of this
method is that estimates of stream compositions for mixed and flashed

4-38 June 2002
streams do not need to be specified at input time since the composition of
these streams is determined during the calculations.
Problem Type Recommended Method

Single Exchanger - Single Phase Either
Single Exchanger - Two Phase Point Access
Exchanger Network w/o Mixers or Flashes Data Base
Flashes or Mixers Point Access
Plate-Frame Exchangers Data Base
Table 4-16: Stream Data Category of Input

Statement Keywords See…
STREAMS DEFINED WITH PURE COMPONENTS
PROPERTY STREAM=, {NAME=}, COMPOSITION()=, {RATE( )=, Page 4-41
NORMALIZE, SET=, SETNO=, TOUT=, POUT= ,
FLUSH, pname(AVG)}
(Temperature and pressure fixed)
TEMP=, PRES=, {PHASE=M},
or
(Phase fixed)
TEMP=or PRES=, PHASE= or LFRAC()=,
STREAMS WITH ASSAY DATA
PROPERTY STREAM=, RATE(WT)=, ASSAY= LV, {BLEND= or Page 4-44
XBLEND=, NAME= , SET=, SETNO=, TOUT=, POUT=,
pname(AVG)=, FLUSH, NOBLEND}
(Temperature and pressure fixed)
TEMP=, PRES=, {PHASE= M},
or
(Phase fixed)
TEMP= or PRES=, PHASE= or LFRAC()=
D86 DATA= {TEMP=, STREAM=, PRES(MMHG)=760.0, Page 4-46
CRACKING}
or DATA= {TEMP=, STREAM=, PRES(MMHG)=760.0}, Page 4-47
TBP or D1160
or DATA= {TEMP=, STREAM=} Page 4-48
D2887
API or SPGR or AVERAGE=, {STREAM=}, {DATA=} Page 4-50
WATSONK
{MW} DATA= {AVERAGE=, STREAM=} Page 4-51
{LIGHTENDS } COMPOSITION(M)= {RATE(M)= or FRACTION()= or Page 4-52
PERCENT()= or MATCH or NOMATCH, STREAM=,
NORMALIZE}

June 2002 4-39
Table 4-16: Stream Data Category of Input
Statement Keywords See…
STREAMS CREATED BY MIXING OR FLASHING
COMPOSITIONAL AND/OR ASSAY STREAMS
PROPERTY STREAM=, {TEMP=}, PRES=, {PHASE=}, SET=, Page 4-53
SETNO=, TOUT=, {POUT=, pname(SETNO)=, NAME=},
REFSTREAM, {REFPHASE}, {SET=}
PETROLEUM LIQUIDS AND VAPORS
PROPERTY STREAM=,TEMP=,PRES=,VAPOR=, LIQUID(W or V)=, Page 4-56
NONCONDENSIBLE=, WATER= or STEAM=, SPGR= or
API=, UOPK=, {pname(AVG)=} ,{TOUT, POUT, NAME=}
WATER AND STEAM
PROPERTY STREAM=, TEMP=, PRES=, WATER= or STEAM=, Page 4-58
{TOUT=, POUT=, NAME=}
UTILITY STREAMS FOR PINCH CALCULATIONS
UTILITY STREAM=,TEMP=,TOUT=,{COST= ,FILM= , Page 4-60
BSIZE=1000, BCOST= ,LINEAR =50, CONSTANT=,
EXPONENT=.60, UNIT or SHELL, NAME=, DUTY= }
NETWORK SYNTHESIS
PROPERTY {TADDITIONAL=,TSPLIT=, CSCALER= , NOSPLIT, Page 4-62
NOUTILITY, SINGLE, DHRAT=, DEMAT= }
STREAM STREAM Data Category of Input
Mandatory statement. Introduces the category. The mandatory and optional statements in the
STREAM Data category of Input depend on the type of stream(s) being defined. At least one
PROPERTY statement must be included.
Mandatory entries: None.
Optional entries: None.

4-40 June 2002
STREAMS DEFINED WITH PURE COMPONENTS
PROPERTY STREAM Data Category of Input
Conditional statement. The PROPERTY statement is required for all compositionally-defined

streams. It assigns an identification label, defines the initial thermal conditions, and specifies
the rate and initial composition of the overall fluid (vapor and liquid) phases of the stream.
Mandatory entries for all pure component streams:
STREAM= Supplies the identification label required by each stream in the
problem. The label must be unique among all streams in the
problem. The label may contain up to 12 alphanumeric char-
acterss Embedded blanks and delimiters are not allowed.
COMPOSITION The COMPOSITION entry is required for compositional streams.
Components not identified here are not included in the stream
fluid fraction. COMPOSITION may be given on a mole
(M-default), weight (WT), liquid volume (LV), or gas volume
(GV) basis and need not match the RATE basis.
Optional entries for all pure component streams:
NAME= Gives a descriptive name optionally assigned to the stream. It
may contain up to 12 alphanumeric characters including embed-
ded blanks. It serves only as an aid to the user in identifying the
stream in the results printout, and does not have to be unique.
RATE(M)= The RATE entry sets the initial overall rate of the stream fluid
fraction. It is allowed as an option only when the COMPOSITION
entry is present. If RATE is missing, values entered on the COM-
POSITION entry represent actual component flow rates. RATE
may be supplied on a mole (M - default), weight (WT), liquid
volume (LV), or gas volume (GV) basis.
NORMALIZE Instructs the program to normalize the component flowrate to
the specified RATE. This option is ignored unless both the COM-
POSITION and RATE entries appear on the PROPERTY state-
ment. By default, NORMALIZE is inactive.
SET= Assigns a thermodynamic method set to the individual stream. If
this entry is missing, the program will use the default thermody-
namic method set.
SETNO= A unique integer used to distinguish generated properties from
other property sets used in the problem. SETNO may also be
used to refer to properties generated by a PGEN operation as de-
scribed in the Internal Property Data section. Point access will
be used if SETNO is not specified. Valid range for SETNO is
1..97.

June 2002 4-41
TOUT= Temperature bound for a generated grid of properties. By de-
fault, the grid of properties is generated at ten (10) equally
spaced temperatures between TEMP and TOUT at pressures of
PRES and POUT. If POUT is not given, the table will be at PRES
only.
POUT= Pressure bound for generated property grid. If POUT is not
given, the table will be at PRES only.
FLUSH This keyword is used to delete a stream and its associated prop-
erty data from HEXTRAN’s inlet stream data storage once the
data is no longer needed. Use this feature to delete the streams
referenced with REFSTREAM, where the feed streams that are
MIXed or FLASHed will not be used anywhere else in the flow-
sheet. Once HEXTRAN finishes generating property data for the
MIXed or FLASHed stream, the inlet streams and their properties
can be deleted with FLUSH. FLUSHing increases the available
storage for stream property data points and can speed program
execution.
Note: This keyword is only useful in conjunction with generated
property grids, i.e., with the SETNO keyword. When point access
thermodynamics are being used (the default) this keyword does
not improve performance.
pname(AVG)= Used to specify an average value for a property. Choose a prop-
erty name from Table 4-17, page 4-59.
pname(SETNO)= Used to replace generated properties with tabular data sets as
explained in the Stream Data category of input. Choose a prop-
erty name from Table 4-17, page 4-5.
Mandatory entries for temperature and pressure-fixed compositional streams:
TEMP= Stream temperature.
PRES= Stream pressure.
Optional entries for temperature and pressure-fixed compositional streams:
PHASE= This declares the initial phase condition of the stream. Phase
may be declared as mixed (M), vapor only (V), or liquid only (L).
When only one of TEMP or PRES is given, PHASE=L sets the
stream at its bubble point and PHASE=V sets the stream at its
dew point. If TEMP and PRES are both given, the program cal-
culates the resulting phase and overrides the user provided
PHASE.
Mandatory entries for phase-fixed compositional streams:
TEMP= or Stream temperature.
PHASE= or See above.
LFRAC(M)= The initial liquid fraction of the stream. Normally, it serves as an

alternative for the PHASE entry. May be given on a mole (M -
default), weight (WT), or liquid volume (LV) basis.

4-42 June 2002
The COMPOSITION and (optional) RATE entries define the composition and rate of the fluid
phase components (vapor and liquid). When the RATE entry is missing, the total fluid rate is
calculated as the sum of the values supplied on the COMPOSITION entry.
Examples:
PROPERTY STREAM=LIQ7, PHASE=L, PRES=200,*
RATE=3000, COMP=2,50/4,50
PROPERTY STREAM =HXFD, TEMP=300,PRES=50,*
COMP=70/200/50/150/7/0.2, TOUT=400, SETNO=1, FLUSH
PROPERTY STREAM =R1, TEMP=100, PRES=40,*
RATE(V)=1500, COMP(W)=1,10/70/3,147,*
NORMALIZE, TOUT=200, POUT=35, SETNO=2
PROPERTY STREAM =MXAL, REFSTREAM=LIQ7, HXFD, R1, *
REFPHASE=L, TEMP=225, PRES=40, *
TOUT=300, SETNO=4
In the first example, components 2 and 4 each comprises 50 percent of the total rate, 3000;
components 1 and 3 comprise 0.0 percent. This stream uses point access, because it does not
include a SETN entry.
In the second example, component 1 is 70 moles, component 2 is 200, etc. After the stream is
mixed in the fourth example, it is FLUSHed from HEXTRAN’s data storage area.
In the third example, the stream component weight flows given are normalized by the program
to give a total stream flow of 1500 standard liquid volume units.
The fourth example creates a new stream with properties derived from the liquid phase of a
mixture of streams LIQ7, HXFD, and R1.
Note: For the third example, 10 equally spaced sets of properties will be generated at pres-
sures of 40 and 35 between the temperatures 100 and 200 degrees. The properties will be as-
signed a set number of 2.
Examples using multiple thermodynamic methods:
THERMODYNAMIC DATA
METHOD SYST=SRK,TRANS=PURE, SET=SET1
METHOD SYST=GS, TRANS=PETRO, SET=SET2
.
.
.
PROP STREA=1, PRES=35, TEMP=100,*
COMP=1,50/2,50, RATE=1000,*
SET=SET2, SETNO=1
COMP=1,50/2,50, RATE=1000,*
SETNO=2 (no SET entry specified)
COMP=1,50/2,50, RATE=1000,*
SET=SET1 (no SETNO entry specified)
In the first example, the second thermodynamic method is selected.
In the second example, there is no SET entry. Therefore, the first (default) thermodynamic
method will be used.
In the third example, the first thermodynamic method is selected. No SETNO entry is speci-
fied, so HEXTRAN will use point access for property generation.

June 2002 4-43
STREAMS WITH ASSAY DATA
Conditional statement. Mandatory for assay streams. The PROPERTY statement assigns an
identification label, defines the initial thermal conditions, and specifies the rate and initial com-
position of the overall fluid (vapor and liquid) phases of the stream.
Mandatory entries for all assay streams:
problem. The label may contain up to 12 alphanumeric charac-
ters, excluding embedded blanks and delimiters.
RATE(WT)= Sets the initial overall rate of the stream fluid fraction. It is re-
quired for assay streams. RATE may be supplied on a weight
(WT) or liquid volume (LV) basis.
Optional entries for all assay streams:
ASSAY=LV Declares the basis used by the supplied assay data. Either liquid
volume (LV) or weight (WT) basis is allowed. LV is the default
basis if the ASSAY option is omitted, except if D2887 data are
provided, in which case WT is the default (and only) option.
BLEND= Creates a blend of components from this assay stream. When the
BLEND keyword is not given, the default blend as indicated on a
CUTPOINTS statement is used. If there is no default cutpoints
blend, a ‘‘noname’’ blend will be used. The blend name can have a
maximum of 12 characters, with no embedded blanks.
XBLEND=name Excludes the pseudocomponents that could have been created
with this assay from the components created in blend ‘‘name’’.
The stream designated on this PROPERTY statement will be syn-
thesized from pseudocomponents present in blend ‘‘name’’. If
there are no components created for blend ‘‘name’’, an error
message will be issued. When ‘‘name’’ is not given on the
XBLEND keyword, the default blend as indicated on a CUT-
POINTS statement will be used. If there is no default blend, the
‘‘noname’’ blend will be used. If there is no ‘‘noname’’ blend, an
error message will be issued.
ded blanks, but excluding delimiters. It serves only as an aid to
the user in identifying the stream in the results printout, and
does not have to be unique. If this entry is used, a name should
not be assigned to this stream on the NAME statement.
SET= Assigns a thermodynamic method set to the individual stream.

4-44 June 2002
used to refer to properties generated by a PGEN operation as
described in the Internal Property Data category of input. Point
access will be used if SETNO is not specified.
TOUT= Temperature bound for a generated grid of properties The grid of
properties is generated at ten (10) equally spaced temperatures
between TEMP and TOUT at pressures of PRES and POUT. If
POUT is not given, the table will be at PRES only.
POUT= Second pressure for generated property table. If POUT is not
erty name from Table 4-17.
FLUSH This keyword is used to delete a stream and its associated prop-
erty data from HEXTRAN’s inlet stream data storage once the
data is no longer needed. Use this feature to delete the streams
referenced with REFSTREAM, where the feed streams that are
MIXed or FLASHed will not be used anywhere else in the flow-
sheet. Once HEXTRAN finishes generating property data for the
MIXed or FLASHed stream, the inlet streams and their properties
can be deleted with FLUSH. FLUSHing increases the available
storage for stream property data points and can speed program
execution.
Note: This keyword is only useful in conjunction with generated
property grids, i.e., with the SETNO keyword. When point access
thermodynamics are being used (the default) this keyword does
not improve performance.
NOBLEND This keyword is used to exclude a stream with assay data from
the assay blend which is used by HEXTRAN to characterize pe-
troleum components. For a stream defined with the NOBLEND
option, there must exist a stream (or streams) that define petro-
leum components that cover the same TBP range.
Note: Rate bases of M or G are not allowed. If no rate basis is
specified, weight (W) is assumed.
Mandatory entries for temperature and pressure-fixed assay streams:
Optional entry for temperature and pressure-fixed assay streams:
PHASE= Declares the initial phase condition of the stream. Phase may be
declared as mixed (M), vapor only (V), or liquid only (L). When
only one of TEMP or PRES is given, PHASE=L sets the stream at
its bubble point and PHASE=V sets the stream at its dew point.
If TEMP and PRES are both given, the program calculates the re-
sulting phase and overrides the user provided PHASE.

June 2002 4-45
Mandatory entries for phase-fixed assay streams:
TEMP= or Stream temperature.
PHASE= or See above.
LFRAC= Fixes the initial liquid fraction of the stream. Normally, it serves
as an alternative for the PHASE entry. It may be given on a
weight (WT) or liquid volume (LV) basis.
Distillation Data
D86 STREAM Data Category of Input
Conditional statement. This statement supplies ASTM D86 distillation data, normally taken at
atmospheric pressure (760 mm Hg). Use the PRES entry to correct for data measured at an-
other pressure. Use the CRACKING entry (below) to correct for thermal cracking. Either the
D86, TBP, D1160 or D2887 distillation data statement is required for streams with assay data.
The chosen distillation data statement must appear immediately after the corresponding
PROPERTY statement and prior to the next PROPERTY statement or THERMO statement.
Mandatory entry:
DATA= Supplies the actual distillation data points. Each data point con-
sists of two pieces of information: (1) the cutpoint, expressed as
a percentage of the cumulative distillates (pct) and (2) the tem-
perature of the cut (value). Data must appear with the cut per-
centages in ascending order, consistent with the basis declared
on the ASSAY entry of the PROPERTY statement. The statement
format is DATA= pct,value / pct,value... Any data supplied on the
LIGHTENDS statement override the corresponding portion of the
distillation data.
Optional entries:
TEMP= Identifies the dimensional unit used to supply temperature data. If
omitted, the temperature unit declared on the DIMENSION state-
ment in the General Data Category serves as the default. Available
arguments include C (Celsius), K (Kelvin), F (Fahrenheit), or R
(Rankine).
STREAM= This supplies a stream label. It is optional, but when used, it
must agree with the stream label declared on the PROPERTY
statement, or an input error occurs.
PRES(MMHG)=760.0 The PRES entry allows specifying the pressure at which the dis-
tillation data were measured, or to which the data are corrected.
The default pressure is 760 mm Hg. The default dimensional
unit is the problem pressure unit.
CRACKING Corrects D86 data for the effects of thermal cracking. It is avail-
able only on the D86 statement.

4-46 June 2002
Note: The D86 correlation was removed from the API Data Book
in 1987, but remains available as an option to provide consis-
tency for older data.
TBP STREAM Data Category of Input
Conditional statement. This statement supplies true boiling point distillation data. Either the
D86, TBP, D1160 or D2887 distillation data statement is required for streams with assay data.
The chosen distillation data statement must appear immediately after the corresponding
PROPERTY statement and prior to the next PROPERTY statement or THERMO statement.
Mandatory entry:
a percentage of the cumulative distillates(pct) and (2) the tem-
format is “DATA= pct,value / pct,value...”. Any data supplied on
the LIGHTENDS statement override the corresponding portion of
the distillation data.
Optional entries:
TEMP= Identifies the dimensional unit used to supply temperature data.
If omitted, the temperature unit declared on the DIMENSION
statement in the General Data category serves as the default.
Available arguments include C (Celsius), K (Kelvin), F (Fahren-
heit), or R (Rankine).
STREAM= Supplies a stream label. It is optional, but when used, it must
agree with the stream label declared on the PROPERTY state-
ment, or an input error occurs.
PRES(MMHG)=760.0, Specifies the pressure at which the distillation data were meas-
ured, or to which the data are corrected. The default pressure is
760 mm Hg. The default dimensional unit is the problem pres-
sure unit.
Conditional statement. This statement supplies ASTM D1160 distillation data, normally meas-
ured in partial vacuum conditions. By default, data is corrected to 1 atmosphere (760 torr).
Use the PRES entry to correct data to another pressure. Either the D86, TBP, D1160 or D2887
distillation data statement is required for streams with assay data. The chosen distillation data
statement must appear immediately after the corresponding PROPERTY statement and prior to
the next PROPERTY statement or THERMO statement.

June 2002 4-47
Mandatory entry:
a percentage of the cumulative distillates(pct) and (2) the tem-
Optional entries:
statement in the General Data Category serves as the default.
PRES(MMHG)=760.0, The PRES entry allows specifying the pressure at which the dis-
tillation data were measured, or to which the data are corrected.
The default pressure is 760 mm Hg. The default dimensional
unit is the problem pressure unit.
Conditional statement. Allows entry of data that describes a distillation curve simulated in ac-
cordance with the ASTM D2887 procedure. Note: No pressure entry appears on this state-
ment. Either the D86, TBP, D1160 or D2887 distillation data statement is required for streams
with assay data. The chosen distillation data statement must appear immediately after the cor-
responding PROPERTY statement and prior to the next PROPERTY statement or THERMO
statement.
Mandatory entry:
a percentage of the cumulative distillates (pct) and (2) the tem-

4-48 June 2002
Optional entries:
statement in the General Data Category serves as the default.

June 2002 4-49
Gravity Data
For streams with assay data, one of the three gravity statements must follow the distillation
data statement after the PROPERTY statement. These statements offer alternative forms for
defining the liquid density of the assay at 60 F (15.5 C). The AVERAGE entry is required; all
other entries are optional. When the DATA entry is not supplied, PRO/II generates a gravity
curve based on the distillation data and the average gravity value.
API STREAM Data Category of Input
Conditional statement. Indicates that gravity data is to be supplied in the form of API gravity.
Mandatory entry:
AVERAGE= This entry defines the average gravity value for the stream, in-
cluding any lightends.
Optional entries:
STREAM= Stream label. It is optional, but when used, it must agree with
the stream label declared on the PROPERTY statement, or an in-
put error occurs.
DATA= This option allows entry of user-supplied data points that replace
the program generated gravity curve. If used, at least 3 data points
must be provided, consistent with the basis declared on the ASSAY
entry of the PROPERTY statement. The statement format is DATA=
pct, value / pct, value / pct, value / ... where pct is the mid-volume
percent or mid-weight percent of the data point and value is the API
gravity of the point associated with the ‘‘pct’’ argument.
SPGR STREAM Data Category of Input
Conditional statement. Indicates that gravity data is to be supplied in the form of specific gravity.
Mandatory entry:
AVERAGE= This entry defines the average gravity value for the stream, in-
cluding any lightends.
Optional entries:
STREAM= Stream label. It is optional, but when used, must agree with the
stream label declared on the PROPERTY statement, or an input
error occurs.
DATA= This option allows entry of user-supplied data points that replace
the program generated gravity curve. If used, at least 3 data
points must be provided, consistent with the basis declared on
the ASSAY entry of the PROPERTY statement. The statement for-
mat is DATA= pct, value / pct, value / pct, value / ... where pct is
the mid-volume percent or mid-weight percent of the data point

4-50 June 2002
and value is the specific gravity of the point associated with the
‘‘pct’’ argument.
WATSONK STREAM Data Category of Input
Conditional statement. Indicates that gravity data is to be supplied in the form of Watson (or
UOP) characterization factor data.
Mandatory entry:
AVERAGE= This entry defines the average value for the stream, including
any lightends.
Optional entries:
STREAM= Stream label. It is optional, but when used, must agree with the
stream label declared on the PROPERTY statement, or an input
error occurs.
DATA= This option allows entry of user-supplied data points that re-
place the program generated gravity curve. If used, at least 3
data points must be provided, consistent with the basis declared
format is DATA= pct, value / pct, value / pct, value / ... where pct
is the mid-volume percent or mid-weight percent of the data
point and value is the Watson characterization value of the point
associated with the ‘‘pct’’ argument.
MW STREAM Data Category of Input
Optional statement. Defines the molecular weight curve for the assay stream.
If the MW statement is not given, the program estimates the molecular weights for all assay
cuts, using the method chosen by the MW entry on the ASSAY statement, in the Component
Data category of input.
Mandatory entry:
DATA= The data entry must define at least 3 points that appear in the or-
der of ascending weight percentages. An unlimited number of
points may be supplied. The statement format is DATA= pct, value
/ pct, value / pct, value / ... where pct is the mid-volume percent
or mid-weight percent of the data point and value is the molecular
weight of the point associated with the ‘‘pct’’ argument.
Optional entries:
AVERAGE= Defines the average molecular weight of the stream. If AVERAGE
is given, the program normalizes or extrapolates the molecular
weight curve, as required to satisfy the average molecular
weight of the stream. If omitted, the program uses quadratic ex-
trapolation of the molecular weight curve, as needed, to com-
pute an average molecular weight.

June 2002 4-51
STREAM= Stream label. It is optional, but when used, it must agree with
put error occurs.
LIGHTENDS STREAM Data Category of Input
Optional statement. Defines the light hydrocarbon components in the assay analysis. All com-
ponents appearing on this statement must be defined in the Component Data category. The
COMPOSITION entry is required, but all other entries are optional.
Mandatory entry:
COMPOSITION= Identifies the components that constitute the lightends of the
stream. The flow of each component in the lightends may be
supplied as an actual flowrate or as a fraction or percentage of
the total stream fluid rate. The basis may be mole (M), weight
(WT), liquid volume (LV), or gas volume (GV) and may be differ-
ent from the basis used on the RATE, FRACTION, or PERCENT
entry.
The statement format is “COMPOSITION i, value / ...”
If ‘‘i’’ is omitted, it defaults to the next component number in se-
quence. If none of the ‘‘i’’ arguments are given, then the first
‘‘value’’ is associated with component 1. If RATE, PERCENT, or
FRACTION is given: ‘‘value’’ is the composition for each compo-
nent ‘‘i’’. The sum of the values must equal 1.0 ± 0.01, 100 ± 1
or the desired rate ± 1%. Alternatively, the NORMALIZE keyword
may be used to adjust the values to the desired rate.
If MATCH is given:
The values are adjusted by a constant factor so that the light-
ends flowrate matches the low-boiling portion of the TBP curve.
If NOMATCH is given:
The values are the actual flowing amounts.
Optional entries:
RATE= Defines the total lightends rate on a mole (M), weight (WT), liq-
uid volume (LV), or gas volume (GV) basis. The basis may be
different from the COMPOSITION basis.
FRACTION or PERCENT Defines the total lightends rate as a fraction or percent of the to-
tal stream fluid rate. The basis may be either weight (WT) or liq-
uid volume (LV). The basis may be different from the
COMPOSITION basis. The default basis is set by the ASSAY en-
try on the PROPERTY statement.
MATCH or NOMATCH The MATCH option adjusts the lightends flow rate to match the
TBP curve. The adjustment ensures the mid-volume percentage
of the highest boiling lightend component (that is available in
significant quantity) and intercepts the TBP temperature curve at
the specified volume percent. This is the default. The NOMATCH
option does not adjust the lightends flowrate to match the TBP
curve.

4-52 June 2002
STREAM Stream label. It is optional, but when used, it must agree with
put error occurs.
NORMALIZE When RATE, FRACTION, or PERCENT is present, the NORMAL-
IZE option normalizes the total rate of the lightends to obtain the
required rate, regardless of the sum of the values supplied for
the COMPOSITION entry.
Example:
PROPERTY STREAM=1,TEMP=150,PRES=50,*
RATE(V)=1200,PHASE=L,ASSAY=LV
D86 STREAM=1,DATA=0,100/10,210/30,240/50,*
260/70,275/90,290/100,310
API AVG=60,STREAM=1
LIGHTENDS STREAM=1,RATE=50,*
COMPOSITION=1,2/2,10/3,28/4,7/5,3
PROPERTY STREAM =2,TEMP=100,PRES=50,*
RATE(V)=1500,PHASE=L,ASSAY=LV
D1160 STREAM=2,DATA=0,310/10,360/30,385/50,*
410/70,560
UOPK AVG=12.5,STREAM=2
PROPERTY STREAM =V6,TEMP=200,PRES=75,*
RATE(W)=2700,PHASE=M,ASSAY=WT
TBP STREAM=V6,DATA=0,201/30,370/50,390/90,450
SPGR STREAM=V6,AVG=.76,DATA=25,.31/37,*
.42/52,.65
LIGHTENDS STREAM=V6,PERCENT=11,*
COMP(W)=1,8/2,12/3,31/4,42/5,7
STREAMS CREATED BY MIXING OR FLASHING COMPOSITIONAL

AND/OR ASSAY STREAMS
Conditional statement. This statement is used to define a new flowsheet inlet stream created
by mixing or flashing one or more compositional and/or assay streams at specified conditions.
Mandatory entries:
problem. The label may contain up to 12 alphanumeric
characters.
REFSTREAM= This keyword is used to identify the compositional and/or assay
streams to be MIXed or FLASHed to rigorously calculate the
properties of a new stream. HEXTRAN will perform a rigorous iso-
thermal, bubble, or dew point flash to determine the properties of
the new stream, depending on the keywords provided by the user.
Limitations:
1) Up to twenty (20) compositional and/or assay input streams are allowed.
2) Input streams used with REFSTREAM can not be the product of another REFSTREAM.

June 2002 4-53
Sample Assay Data
1 2 v6
Assay Basis LV LV WT
Distillation type ASTM D86 ASTM D1160 TBP
IBP 100 310 201
10% 210 360 —-
30% 240 385 370
50% 260 410 390
70% 275 560 —-
90% 290 —- 450
Gravity Type API UOPK SPGR
Stream average 60 12.5 .76
Mid % : 25 —- —- .31
37 —- —- .42
52 —- —- .65
LIGHTENDS
Total flow 50 moles —- 11%
Comp. no. by wt.
1 2 —- 8
2 10 —- 12
3 28 —- 31
4 7 —- 42
5 3 —- 7
Temperature 150 100 200
Pressure 50 50 75
Total rate, basis 1200,V 1500,V 2700,W
Phase Liquid Mixed

Optional entries:
PHASE= This declares the initial phase condition of the stream. Phase may
be declared as mixed (M), vapor only (V), or liquid only (L).
When only one of TEMP or PRES is given, PHASE=L sets the
stream at its bubble point and PHASE=V sets the stream at its
dew point. If TEMP and PRES are both given, the program calcu-
lates the resulting phase and overrides the user provided PHASE.
SET= Assigns a thermodynamic method set to the individual stream.

4-54 June 2002
used to refer to properties generated by a PGEN operation as de-
scribed in the Internal Property Data category of input. Point ac-
cess thermodynamics will be used if SETNO is not specified.
TOUT= Temperature bound for a generated grid of properties The grid of
properties is generated at ten (10) equally spaced temperatures
between TEMP and TOUT at pressures of PRES and POUT. If
POUT is not given, the table will be at PRES only.
POUT= Second pressure for generated property table. If POUT is not
ded blanks, but excluding delimiters. It serves only as an aid to
the user in identifying the stream in the results printout, and
does not have to be unique. If this entry is used, a name should
not be assigned to this stream on the NAME statement.
REFPHASE= This keyword is used to FLASH one or more compositional and
assay streams defined with REFSTREAM. REFPHASE creates a
new stream from the specified flash fraction of one or more in-
put streams. The stream fraction options are:
V Vapor product from the isothermal or dew point
flash
L Liquid product from the isothermal or bubble point
flash
W Decanted water from the isothermal flash
LMIX Combined liquid and decanted water (if it exists)
from the isothermal or bubble point flash
Limitations:
1) When used with PHASE, the only allowable entries for REFPHASE are:
PHASE = L, REFPHASE = L, or LMIX
PHASE = V, REFPHASE = V
Example:
PROPERTY STREAM=LIQ7, PHASE=L, PRES=200,*
RATE=3000,COMP=2,50/4,50
PROPERTY STREAM =HXFD, TEMP=300, PRES=50,*
COMP=70/200/50/150/7/0.2
PROPERTY STREAM =R1,TEMP=100,PRES=40,*
RATE(V)=1500,COMP(W)=1,10/70/3,147,*
NORMALIZE
PROPERTY STREAM =MXAL, REFSTREAM=LIQ7,
HXFD, R1, *
REFPHASE=L,TEMP=225,PRES=40, *
The fourth PROPERTY statement above creates a new stream, MXAL, with properties derived
from the liquid phase of a mixture of streams LIQ7, HXFD, and R1.

June 2002 4-55
STREAMS WITH PETROLEUM LIQUIDS AND VAPORS
Conditional statement. Defines petroleum streams. The statement is mandatory for petroleum
streams. HEXTRAN has built-in property generation methods specific for petroleum streams
which correlate the properties with gravity and UOPK (Watson characterization factor). The
gravity may be specific gravity or ºAPI at 60º F.
Mandatory entries:
STREAM= Stream label.
VAPOR= For vapor streams, the flowrate in weight units.
LIQUID(W)= The flowrate for liquid streams where the qualifier (W) or (V)
may be given to designate weight units or liquid volume units. If
no qualifier is given, W is assumed.
NONCONDENSIBLE= Noncondensible flow in weight flow units. This material is added
to the vapor flow
WATER= or STEAM= Water or stream flow in weight units to add to the liquid or
STEAM vapor flow respectively.
SPGR= or API= The average gravity for the stream
UOPK= Watson characterization factor for the stream defined as:
NBP
3
SPGR (60 o F )
where: NBP= normal boiling point

SPGR= specific gravity
Optional entries:
explained in Stream Data category of input. Choose a property
name from Table 4-17.
Note that petroleum streams are considered to be single phase
unless a pname entry is used to enter condensate liquid fraction
(CFRAC) data. Water or steam may also be flowing with the pe-
troleum stream, however, no phase change will be considered
unless a pname entry for water fraction (WFRAC) is entered.
When condensate or water fraction data are given, the associ-
ated combined stream enthalpy must be given with a pname en-
try for proper duty calculations.

4-56 June 2002
Stream bubble and dew points and liquid/vapor water split are
determined by interpolation of the condensate and water fraction
tables supplied via pname entries. When condensate fraction
data are supplied, average values or tabular sets of UOPK values
and gravities may be furnished via pname entries for the liquid
and vapor portions of the petroleum stream to improve the indi-
vidual phase property characterizations.
TOUT= Stream exit temperature for pinch calculations.
POUT= Stream exit pressure for pinch calculations.
NAME= Stream name.
Examples:
PROP STREAM=F1,TEMP=100,PRES=500,*
LIQUID=1000,UOPK=12,API=34,*
NAME=DIESEL
PROP STREAM=V1,TEMP=200,PRES=50,*
VAPOR=5000,UOPK=11.6,API=58.8,*
NAME=GASOLINE
PROP STREAM=CR1,TEMP=120,PRES=300,*
LIQUID=100000,WATER=1000,UOPK=11.8,*
API=34
PROP STREAM=CR2,TEMP=120,PRES=300,*
LIQUID=100000,VAPI(SETNO)=1,WATER=1000,*
LUOPK(SETNO)=1,LAPI(SETNO)=1,*
VUOPK(SETNO)=1,CFRAC(SETNO)=1,*
WFRAC(SETNO)=1,ENTH(SETNO)=1
In the first example, a liquid diesel stream is supplied. The properties are computed from
built-in correlations for petroleum liquids. Note that no phase change will be predicted, re-
gardless of how much heat is added.
The second example is a gasoline vapor in which all properties are generated from petroleum
correlations. Similar to example 1, no phase change will be predicted, regardless of how much
cooling is supplied.
In the third example, liquid crude oil and liquid water are flowing together. The crude oil prop-
erties are computed for a petroleum liquid with the supplied UOPK and API.
In the fourth example, the liquid/vapor split, water fraction and corresponding enthalpies are given
in an External Property Data category of input. External sets corresponding to a temperature/pres-
sure grid are also given for the liquid and vapor UOPK’s and API gravities. These sets are used to
compute the other needed properties for the petroleum vapor and liquid. The water/steam proper-
ties are computed with the steam tables, based on the water/steam ratio given in the WFRAC data
set.

June 2002 4-57
WATER AND STEAM
Conditional statement. Defines water and stream streams. The steam tables for water and
steam are used to determine the proper phase and properties for the streams entered using
this statement. Default steam/water data are used for saturated streams. The full steam tables
may be requested with the WATER entry on the CALCULATION statement in the General Data
category of input.
Mandatory entries:
WATER= or The flow in weight units of water or steam. If temperature is
STEAM= given, phase is corrected.
Optional entries:
TEMP= Stream temperature. If temperature is not specified, it will be set
to the saturation temperature.
TOUT= Outlet temperature. This entry only applies to pinch calculations.
POUT= Outlet pressure. This entry only applies to pinch calculations.
NAME= Optional stream name.

4-58 June 2002
Table 4-17: Property Keywords
pname Description
ENTHALPY Total stream enthalpy in energy units/weight unit.
DUTY Total stream duty in millions of energy units per time.
LATENT Latent heat.
LCP Liquid specific heat.
VCP Vapor specific heat.
CFRACTION Liquid condensate weight fraction on a water-free basis.
WFRACTION Liquid water weight fraction on a hydrocarbon-free basis.
BUBBLE Bubble point enthalpy.
DEWP Dew point enthalpy.
ADEW Aqueous dew point enthalpy.
LCOND Liquid thermal conductivity
VCOND Vapor thermal conductivity.
LVISC Liquid viscosity.
VVISC Vapor viscosity.
SURFACE Liquid surface tension.
LDENS Liquid density.
VDENS Vapor density.
LAPI or LSPGR Liquid API or specific gravity for petroleum stream.
VAPI or VSPGR Vapor API or specific gravity for petroleum stream.
LUOPK Liquid UOPK values for petroleum stream.
VUOPK Vapor UOPK values for petroleum stream.
FILM Film coefficients for PINCH calculations.
COST Cost of a stream in currency units per million energy units for FLOWSHEET
calculations only. A negative entry indicates a cost savings. Only an average
value may be supplied.
Examples:
PROP STREAM=ST1,NAME=STEAM,STEAM=1000,*
TEMP=300,PRES=28
PROP STREAM=WT1,NAME=COOL H2O,*
WATER=10000,PRES=300
In the first example, 1000 weight units of steam are supplied at a temperature of 300 and a pres-
sure of 28. Note that the correct phase will be determined by checking the steam tables. There-
fore, care must be exercised to ensure that the temperature and pressure supplied define the
desired phase. As the steam is cooled, condensation will be determined from the steam tables.
The second example supplies 10000 weight units of cooling water at a pressure of 300 and a
temperature corresponding to saturation. As the water is heated, the proper phase condition
will be determined from the steam tables.

June 2002 4-59
UTILITY STREAMS FOR PINCH CALCULATIONS
UTILITY STREAM Data Category of Input
Conditional statement. Utility streams are restricted to pinch calculations only. They provide a
means to calculate utility usage costs and utility exchanger costs. In general, all entries may
be applied to both TARGETING and SYNTHESIS calculations except the UNIT or SHELL entry
which is only applicable to SYNTHESIS calculations.
Mandatory entries:
TEMP= Inlet temperature.
TOUT= Exit temperature. This is considered the battery limit
temperature.
Optional entries:
COST= Cost of the utility stream in currency units per million energy units.
FILM= Film coefficient for the utility. When this entry is given, the costing
for the utility exchanger is on an area basis using the costing pa-
rameters supplied on this statement or on the HXCOST statement
in the Targeting/Synthesis category of Input. If this entry is not
supplied, costing of utility exchanger surface is on a duty basis.
BSIZE= The base area used in the costing equation.
=1000.0 ft2 (English)

=93.0 m2 (metric and SI)
BCOST= The base cost used in the costing equation.
=0.00 USDOLLAR/ft2 (English)

=0.00 USDOLLAR/m2 (metric and SI)
LINEAR=50 The linear cost factor in the costing equation.
=50.00 USDOLLAR/ft2 (English)
=538.20 USDOLLAR/m2 (metric and SI)
CONSTANT= The constant cost factor in the costing equation. This entry can
be used to define fixed costs associated with installation of an
exchanger and is not a function of exchanger size.
EXPONENT=0.60 The exponential cost factor in the costing equation.
UNIT or SHELL Defines the basis for exchanger CONSTANT cost factor. The de-
fault is UNIT. UNIT results in the constant cost factor being ap-
plied once to each unit regardless of the number of shells in the
unit. SHELL results in the constant cost factor being applied to
each shell in the unit.
RESTRICTION: This entry has no effect in TARGETING calcula-
tions since individual exchangers and shells are not calculated.

4-60 June 2002
Figure 4-1: Additional Temperature Points
Points A, D, E and H
represent the inlet and
TEMP
w/o TADDITIONAL outlet stream
temperatures. If no ad-
ditional temperature
A points are given, only
G' C F' B TAE and TDH will be
D
checked against EMAT
E for possible violation. If
B'
H G C' F points B, C, F and G are
supplied as additional
temperature points,
T'BB, T'FF, T'CC and T'GG
will also be checked.
ENTHALPY
DUTY= The availability of the utility in energy units/time units for

targeting Calculations Only. Note that this value will be exceeded
as needed to satisfy the system heating/cooling requirements.
NAME= Stream name.
Examples:
UTILITY STREAM=CU1,TEMP=60,TOUT=120,*
FILM=100,LINEAR=60,DUTY=28
UTILITY STREAM=HOT,TEMP=1000,TOUT=999,*
COST=3.50,DUTY=100,LINEAR=1000.0
UTILITY STREAM=COLD,TEMP=20,TOUT=90,*
FILM=120
In the first example a cold utility is supplied with a film coefficient of 100. The exchangers will
be costed, based on a linear cost of 60 currency units per area unit. Up to 28 million units of
energy per time are available. Note that the supplied duty will be exceeded as necessary to
heat balance the problem and the required additional cooling duty will be reported. Utility
costs will not be calculated since no cost has been specified.
The second example uses a hot utility to represent a furnace. Since no film coefficient is sup-
plied, the exchanger cost will be calculated on the basis of $1000 per MMBTU/hr of required
utility duty. The cost of the utility stream will be based on energy required with the supplied
cost of 3.50 currency units per million energy units. As in Example 1, additional duty will be
used as required. Note that TOUT must be less than TEMP for the stream to be treated as a
hot utility.
In the third example, the FILM entry requests costing the utility ‘‘COLD’’ on an area basis using
the costing information supplied on the HXCOST statement see the Synthesis Data category of
input.

June 2002 4-61
NETWORK SYNTHESIS
Optional statement. These keywords can be used on any PROPERTY statement when using
SYNTHESIS calculations.
Mandatory entries: None
Optional entries:
TADDITIONAL= This feature allows HEXTRAN to calculate accurate HRAT and
EMATs for streams which change phase. For HRAT/EMAT calcu-
lations, HEXTRAN normally assumes a linear heat release be-
tween the stream inlet and outlet temperature. For two phase
streams, enter the bubble, and dew point temperatures and up
to 8 other temperatures which will help HEXTRAN find the non-
linearities on the heat release curve. As shown in Figure 4-1,
page 4-61, HEXTRAN uses the additional temperatures as break-
points for ensuring the EMAT is not violated in the two phase
exchangers.
TSPLIT= Split stream temperature limitation. This entry limits the tem-
perature a stream may be heated or cooled to in the split sec-
tion. This is very useful in split flow networks where the split
stream outlet temperatures are very different from each other. A
stream can have only one TSPLIT limitation.
CSCALER=1.0 CSCALER is a multiplier for the HXCOST heat exchanger costing
equation in the Synthesis category of input section.
NOSPLIT Prevents HEXTRAN from splitting the stream.
NOUTILITY Avoids exchanging the stream with a utility. HEXTRAN will make
every effort to avoid matching the stream with a utility, but this
cannot be guaranteed.
SINGLE Limits the stream to heat exchange with one other stream.This
cannot be guaranteed.
DHRAT=0 Adjusts network minimum approach temperature, HRAT, on a
stream selective basis.
HRATstream = HRATnetwork + DHRATstream
Positive DHRAT values are useful for modeling the additional ap-
proach temperature required by streams which exchange heat
through a heating medium or third party stream. Negative
DHRAT values are useful for specifying a preference between
two streams which have a common temperature range. A nega-
tive DHRAT makes one of the streams appear hotter and biases
HEXTRAN’s matching of streams.
RESTRICTION: DHRAT + HRAT must be greater than 0.

4-62 June 2002
DEMAT=0 Adjust the network’s exchanger minimum approach tempera-
ture, EMAT, on a stream selective basis.
EMATstream = EMATnetwork + DEMATstream
A negative DEMAT will generally result in fewer exchangers with
larger areas for the designated stream.
RESTRICTION: EMAT + DEMAT must be less than HRAT +
DHRAT
Supplying Average Property Values and Tabular Properties

It is possible to selectively replace any internally generated stream property with a single value
(designated as AVG) or a table of values at designated temperatures and pressures (desig-
nated as a SETNO). Property sets are supplied in an External Property Data category of input
as described in the External Property Data section.
The property is identified with the appropriate keyword as shown in Table 4-17. In the discus-
sion of stream input in the Streams Defined with Pure Components, and Streams with Assay
Data sections, these keywords were designated symbolically as the ‘‘pname’’ entry. Multiple
pname entries are permissible per stream. The keywords LAPI, LSPGR, LUOPK and VUOPK
apply to petroleum streams only. All other keywords in Table 4-17 may be supplied for any
stream defined with a PROPERTY statement.
The concept of selective override of properties is best illustrated with several examples:
PROP STREAM=1,TEMP=50,TOUT=120,PRES=100,*
SETNO=2,RATE(W)=10000,COMP=3,20/80,*
LVIS(SETNO)=3,VVIS(SETNO)=3
PROP STREAM=PET1,TEMP=800,PRES=300,*
LIQUID=10500,API=28,UOPK=10.8,*
LCOND(AVG)=.3
PROP STREAM=PET2,TEMP=20,PRES=35,*
VAPOR=80000,API=55,UOPK=11.5,*
CFRAC(SETNO)=2,ENTH(SETNO)=2,VCP=0.6
In the first example, the viscosities generated automatically by property generation are re-
placed by values supplied in External Property data sets LVIS=3, VVIS=3.
In the second example, an average value of liquid thermal conductivity is used for all calcula-
tions. All other properties are generated with petroleum correlations for liquids.
In the third example, condensate fraction and the corresponding enthalpy are provided in Ex-
ternal Property data sets. As defined in CFRAC, the stream may reflect two phase behavior
with both liquid and vapor properties computed to correspond to an API of 55 and a UOPK of
11.5. All values of vapor heat capacity (VCP) are replaced by the single value supplied. Note
that (AVG) is the default.

June 2002 4-63
Internal Property Data Category of Input
The Internal Property Data category of input supplements the default
internal property calculations for streams (PGEN). PGEN data entries are
required for all streams that use PHASE or LFRAC entries for specifying
stream temperature.
Table 4-18: Internal Property Data Category of Input

INTERNAL None Page 4-64
PROPERTY
PGEN STREAM=sid, {SETNO=n,} TEMPERATURE=T1, ...,T20, DT, Page 4-64

TPOINTS, PRESSURE=P1,..., P10, DP, PPOINTS,
PXTRAPOLATE or TXTRAPOLATE, PETROLEUM or NOPE-
TRO. {FIXED}
INTERNAL INTERNAL PROPERTY Data Category of Input

PROPERTY
Mandatory statement. Introduces the category.

Optional entries:
None
Example:
INTERNAL PROPERTY
PGEN INTERNAL PROPERTY Data Category of Input
Optional statement. This statement is used to override the default generation of the necessary
thermodynamic and transport property data for streams defined with either composition or as-
say data in the STREAM DATA category of input. The primary advantage of this option versus
the automatic property generation (using the default TEMPERATURE, TOUT, PRESSURE and
POUT given on the PROCESS statement in the STREAM DATA section) is the user can select
the temperature/ pressure grid values in a variety of fashions. Note that both PGEN
statementss and the automatic property generation will include bubble, dew point, and aque-
ous dew point data if they are found to exist in the region of interest.
Optional entries:
SETNO= n The property data set number, any integer from 1-97. This entry
is required if it is not supplied on the PROCESS statement in the
STREAM DATA catagory of input.

4-64 June 2002
Example:
INTERNAL PROPERTY
PGEN STREAM=S1, SETNO=2 ...
or
STREAM DATA
PROCESS STREAM=S1, SETNO=2 ...
Mandatory entries:
STREAM= sid The stream label for which property tables are to be generated.
This is an alphanumeric string up to 12 characters long.
TEMPERATURE = T1,...,T20 Temperatures for the properties tables where up to 20 entries
or are allowed. TPOINTS is the number of temperature points,
TEMPERATURE = T1, while DT is the temperature increment between adjacent points.
DT= The maximum number allowed for TPOINTS is 20. DT can be
TPOINTS= positive or negative, but it must have an absolute value of at
or least 0.01. If one entry is given, entries must also be given for
DT= DT and TPOINTS and the TEMPERATURE entry will be assumed
TPOINTS= as the first point and TOUT, supplied on the PROCESS statement
in the STREAM DATA category of input will be used as the sec-
ond entry for TEMPERATURE. If no TEMPERATURE values are
input, the current temperature for STRM will be assumed to be
the first point and entries for DT and TPOINTS must be given.
Example:
PGEN STREAM=V1, DT=20, TPOINTS=5, SET=5

Five total temperature points beginning with the PROCESS statement TEMPERATURE entry for
stream V1 are requested. A 20 degree temperature delta is used to determine the last four
points and a SET number of 5 is assigned to the grid of calculated properties. All properties
are at the pressure(s) supplied on the PROCESS statement for stream V1.
PGEN STREAM=10, TEMP=100, DT=0.5,* TPOINTS=20, SET=2
In this example, a twenty temperature point grid of properties is developed at equal tempera-
ture intervals of 0.5 degrees. The pressure(s) for the grid of properties is taken from the
stream PROCESS statement for stream 10.
PRESSURE = P1,...,P10 Pressures for the properties tables where up to 10 entries are al-
or lowed. PPOINTS is the number of pressure points, while DP is
PRESSURE = P1, the pressure increment between adjacent points. The maximum
DP= number allowed for TPOINTS is 20. DT can be positive or nega-
PPOINTS= tive, but it must have an absolute value of at least 0.01. If no
or PRESSURE values are input, the current pressure for STRM will
DP= be assumed to be the first point and POUT, supplied on the
PPOINTS= PROCESS statement in the STREAM DATA category of input will
be used as the second entry for PRESSURE.
PXTRAPOLATE The method for filling a grid of temperature and pressure points
or when a property disappears as the temperature increases or de-
TXTRAPOLATE creases, e.g., liquid properties disappear as the dew point is
reached. The default is PXTRAPOLATE which means that the
missing grid points will be filled by copying the closest tempera-
ture value at the same pressure. Properties which fail to appear
for all temperatures at a given pressure or all pressures at a
given temperature will be eliminated altogether from the particu-
lar row or column.

June 2002 4-65
PETROLEUM By default, the PETROLEUM option generates LAPI, VAPI,
or LUOPK, VUOPK, LSPGR, and VSPGR property values in addition
NOPETRO to the standard propterties. These properties will be assigned
the set number SET. The NOPETRO option suppresses genera-
tion of the above PETROLEUM properties.
FIXED FIXED is an option for HTRI runs. In this case the T-P grid which
is supplied to HTRI is specified by the user. With this option the
user cannot enter more than 10 temperature and three pressure
levels.

4-66 June 2002
External Property Data Category of Input
The External Property Data category of input may be used to enter
temperature and pressure dependent property sets for streams. Each
external property set must be assigned a unique set number in the range
1-97, with the further restriction that any given set number only be used
once for a given type of property data. (Note that it is permissible to use the
same set number for different property data types.)
This data section is optional and may be used as needed to supplement
and/or replace stream properties generated automatically from STREAM
data entries as described in the Stream Data category of input, or generated
in the Internal Property Data category of input, page 4-64.
The External Property Data category of input, when present, must follow
the Internal Property Data category of input when this section is present, or
the Stream Data category of inputwhen no Internal Property Data category
of input is present.
HEXTRAN has a limit of 4000 property points, including both internal and
external property data. The limiting values for each property will not be
extrapolated except for enthalpy data sets. For all other properties, the
limiting value will be used and an appropriate warning message given in
the printed results.
An External Property Data category of input may also reference a
previously stored property data file. These data may have been generated
by HEXTRAN and saved as described in the General Data category of
input, or may have been previously created via the PGEN option in
SIMSCI's PROCESS Simulation Program.
Note: All necessary properties for COMPOSITIONAL and ASSAY streams
will be calculated internally by HEXTRAN, unless the PGEN=OLD entry is
given on the CALCULATION statement (see page 4-19).
Table 4-19: External Property Data Category of Input

EXTERNAL None Page 4-68
PROPERTY
PNAME SETNO, TEMPERATURE=T1,...,T20, Page 4-68
DATA PRESSURE=P1,VALUES=V1,...V20/, Page 4-68

.
.
.
PRESSURE=P10,VALUES=V1,...V20/...
FILE (no entries) Page 4-71

June 2002 4-67
EXTERNAL EXTERNAL PROPERTY Data Category of Input
PROPERTY
Optional statement. This statement identifies the External Property Data section.
This category, if specified, must follow the STREAM DATA category, or the optional INTERNAL
PROPERTY DATA section, if specified.
Optional entries:
None
Example:
EXTERNAL PROPERTY
PNAME EXTERNAL PROPERTY Data Category of Input
Mandatory statement. This statement specifies the external property data type for a property
table. Possible values for PNAME , and their descriptions, are given in Table 4-20, EXTERNAL
PROPERTY DATA TYPES. Default dimensional units are given in Table 4-21.
Mandatory entries:
SETNO Specifies the property data set number, any integer from 1-97.
This entry is required if it is not supplied on the PROCESS state-
ment in the STREAM DATA category of input.
TEMPERATURE= Specifies temperature points for the property table. Enter up to
20 temperature points, separated by commas. For the property
types BUBBLE, DEWP, and ADEW, a maximum of ten (10) tem-
peratures may be entered. There are no defaults.
DATA EXTERNAL PROPERTY Data Category of Input
Mandatory statement. This statement specifies the external property data for a property table.
Default dimensional units are given in Table 4-21.
Mandatory entries:
None
Optional entries:
PRESSURE= Specifies pressure for up to ten (10) property points. If omitted,
the property points will be assumed independent of pressure.
There are no defaults. Pressure entries are required for these
properties.

4-68 June 2002
VALUE= Specifies corresponding property values for up to ten (10) pres-
sure levels. Only one property value may be given for each pres-
sure level. There are no defaults.
Example:
.
.
.
STREAM DATA
.
.
.
.
.
.
EXTERNAL PROPERTY DATA
BUBBLE SETNO=5,TEMP=105.3,109.8,119.8
DATA PRES=100,VALUES=131.5/*
PRES=105,VALUES=137.8/*
PRES=110,VALUES=141.4
VVISC SETNO=5,TEMP=80,100,120
DATA VALUES=.015,.013,.010
CFRAC SETNO=1,TEMP=10,20,30,40,50
DATA PRES=50,VALUES=1.0,1.0,0.9,0.8,0.7/*
DATA PRES=70,VALUES=1.0,1.0,1.0,0.85,0.81
ENTH SETNO=1,TEMP=10,20,30,40,50
DATA PRES=50,VALUES=101,105,108,111,115/*
DATA PRES=70,VALUES=103,107,109,113,119
.
.
.
In this example, a three temperature, three pressure set of bubble point enthalpies are sup-
plied as SETNO=5. To use this data set, a compositional or assay stream must have been de-
fined in STREAM Data with a SETNO entry of 5.
Vapor viscosity set number 5 is supplied at three temperatures. Since no pressure entries are
furnished, the data are assumed to be independent of pressure.
CFRAC and ENTH data sets are defined as SETNO=1 at five temperatures for each of three
pressure levels. The ENTHALPY data are the total stream enthalpy values on a unit basis which
correspond to the CFRAC values. Note that the stream bubble point occurs at a temperature
level between 20 and 30 degrees at a pressure of 50 units and between 30 and 40 degrees at a
pressure of 70 units. Unless a supplemental BUBBLE data set is supplied, HEXTRAN will line-
arly interpolate the data to define the bubble point.

June 2002 4-69
Table 4-20: External Property Data Types
PNAME Notes
ENTHALPY Stream enthalpy, needed for all types of calculations.
LATENT Latent heat. This entry is only applicable to Kettle reboilers.
LCP, VCP Liquid and vapor heat capacities. For single phase petroleum
streams, these data are used instead of enthalpy.
CFRACTION Weight fraction liquid condensate on a water-free basis.
WFRACTION Weight fraction of water that is condensed on a hydrocarbon-
free basis.
BUBBLE, DEWP, ADEW Stream bubble point, dewpoint, aqueous dewpoint, and en-
thalpy values.
LCONDUCTIVITY, Liquid and vapor thermal conductivities.
VCONDUCTIVITY
LVISCOSITY, Liquid and vapor viscosities.
VVISCOSITY
SURFACE Liquid surface tension. This entry is only applicable to Kettle
reboilers.
LDENSITY, Liquid and vapor densities.
VDENSITY
Petroleum Streams only
LAPI, VAPI, or Liquid and vapor API gravities or specific gravities.
LSPGRAVITY,
VSPGRAVITY
LUOPK, VUOPK Liquid and vapor Watson characterization factors.
Pinch Calculations only
DUTY Stream heating/cooling duty. May be used as an alternate to
stream enthalpy.
FILM Stream film coefficient for sizing and costing exchangers.
CSCALER Cost scaler for SYNTHESIS calculations only.

4-70 June 2002
FILE EXTERNAL PROPERTY Data Category of Input
Optional statement. This statement specifies that a previously prepared external property data
file will be included in this section. This file may have been previously prepared by HEXTRAN
or PROCESS, or typed in by the user. In any case, the format of the PROPERTY data sets must
correspond to the PGEN format described on page 4-68. The SET numbers in the stored file
and other property data sets used in the problem on STRM, PGEN, or PNAME input state-
ments must be consistent.
Mandatory entries:
None

June 2002 4-71
Table 4-21: Default Dimensional Units For External Property Data Dimensions
DIMENSIONS
PROPERTY KEYWORD ENGLISH METRIC SI
+Stream Enthalpy ENTHALPY Btu/lbm kcal/kg kJ/kg
+Stream Duty DUTY MMBtu/time MMkcal/time MMkJ/time
+Stream Latent Heat LATENT Btu/lbm kcal/kg kJ/kg
+Liquid Specific Heat LCP Btu/lbm-F kcal/kg-C kJ/kg-K
+Vapor Specific Heat VCP Btu/lbm-F kcal/kg-C kJ/kg-K
Water Weight Fraction WFRACTION - - -
Condensate Weight Fraction CFRACTION - - -
+Bubble Point Enthalpy BUBBLE Btu/lbm kcal/kg kJ/kg
+Hydrocarbon Dew Point Enthalpy DEWP Btu/lbm kcal/kg kJ/kg
+Aqueous Dew Point Enthalpy ADEW Btu/lbm kcal/kg kJ/kg
*Liquid Thermal Conductivity LCONDUCTIVITY Btu/hr-ft-F kcal/hr-m-C W/m-K
*Vapor Thermal Conductivity VCONDUCTIVITY Btu/hr-ft-F kcal/hr-m-C W/m-K
*Liquid Viscosity LVISCOSITY cP cP Pa-s
*Vapor Viscosity VVISCOSITY cP cP Pa-s
*Liquid Surface Tension SURFACE dyne/cm dyne/cm N/m
3
Liquid Density LDENSITY lbm/ft kg/m3 kg/m3
3
Vapor Density VDENSITY lbm/ft kg/m3 kg/m3
Liquid API Gravity LAPI - - -
Vapor API Gravity VAPI - —
Liquid Specific Gravity LSPGRAVITY
Vapor Specific Gravity VSPGRAVITY
Liquid UOPK LUOPK - - -
Vapor UOPK VUOPK - - -
2 2
*Film Heat Transfer Coeff. FILM Btu/hr-ft -F kcal/hr-m -C W/m2-K
Constant Stream Cost Factor CSCALER - - -
* Additional allowable units for these properties are given in Table 4-22.
+ Changing the dimensional units for ENERGY, WT, and TIME requires that these property data values be adjusted
accordingly.

4-72 June 2002
Table 4-22: Additional Units For External Data
Property Type Keyword Entry Units
Thermal Conductivity LCONDUCTIVITY =BTUH Btu/hr-ft-F
VCONDUCTIVITY =KCH kcal/hr-m-C
CALS cal/s-cm-C
WMC W/m-C
WMK W/m-K
Film coefficient FILM =BTUH Btu/hr-ft2-F
KCH kcal/hr-m2-C
CALS cal/s-cm2-C
WMC W/m2-C
WMK W/m2-K
Surface tension SURFACE =NM N/m
DYNE dyne/cm
Viscosity LVISCOSITY =CP cP
(dynamic, absolute) VVISCOSITY =PAS Pa-s
LBFS lbm/ft-s
LBFH lbm/ft-hr
LBSF lbf-s/ft2

June 2002 4-73
Table 4-23: External Property Data Types
Calculation Type
Property Type Targeting Synthesis Flowsheet
Thermodynamic
ENTHALPY X X X
DUTY X X
LATENT X
LCP X
VCP X
CFRACTION X
WFRACTION X
BUBBLE X
DEWP X
ADEW X
Transport
LCONDUCTIVITY X
VCONDUCTIVITY X
LVISCOSITY X
VVISCOSITY X
SURFACE X
Density
LDENSITY X
VDENSITY X
Petroleum
LAPI X
VAPI X
LSPGRAVITY X
VSPGRAVITY X
LUOPK X
VUOPK X
Miscellaneous
FILM X X
CSCALER X X

4-74 June 2002
Flowsheet Calculations Category of Input
This data category specifies the type of defined network calculations to be
performed, and the associated general parameters and options.
Table 4-24: Flowsheet Calculation Category of Input

Calculation Type SIMULATION or REGRESSION or OPTIMIZATION or CASESTUDY Page 4-76
{TOLERANCE} {TTRIAL=0.01, STRIAL=0.10 UTRIAL=0.04} Page 4-76
{LIMITS} {AREA=200,6000, SERIES=1,10, PARALLEL=1,10, TDAMP=0.00, Page 4-77

PDAMP=0.00, TTRIAL=30, STRIAL, UTRIAL=5}
{CALCULATION} {MINFT=0.80, NOCHECK, DPSMETHOD=STREAM, INCREMENTAL, Page 4-78

TWOPHASE=NEW}
{PRINT} {ALL, UNITS, ECONOMICS, STREAM, STANDARD, EXTENDED, Page 4-79

ZONES, MONITOR, INTERMEDIATE}
{ECONOMICS} {DAYS=350, EXCHANGERATE=1.0, CURRENCY=USDOLLAR} Page 4-80
{UTCOST} {OIL=3.50, GAS=3.50, ELECTRICITY=0.10, WATER=0.03, Page 4-80

HPSTEAM=4.10, MPSTEAM=3.90, LPSTEAM=3.60,
REFRIGERANT=0.00, HEATINGMEDIUM=0.00}
{HXCOST} {BSIZE=1000, BCOST=0.00, LINEAR=50.00, EXPONENT=0.60, Page 4-81

CONSTANT=0.00, UNIT or SHELL}
{SPECIFICATION} {PAYOUT=2.0, STRM, TEMPERATURE, UNIT, DUTY, FOUL} Page 4-82
{VARIABLE} {STRM, FRACTION, RATE, TEMPERATURE, UNIT, DUTY} Page 4-119
{CONSTRAINT} STRM, TEMPERATURE, UNIT, DPTMAX, DPSMAX Page 4-82
{CASE} UNIT Page 4-82
{PARAMETER} {AREA=400,4000, FRACTION=0.01,0.50} Page 4-82

June 2002 4-75
PROPERTY FLOWSHEET CALCULATION Data Category of Input
This entry must be specified. Only one entry is allowed. Each calculation type is described in
detail in the following sections.
Mandatory entries:
SIMULATION or Rating of all rigorous exchanger models and design of shell and
tube exchangers. See Shell-and-Tube Heat Exchangers later on
in this chapter.
REGRESSION or Solution of flowsheets with more specifications than variables.
Rating of all rigorous exchanger models. Useful for reconciling
plant data.
OPTIMIZATION AREA or Design of new shell and tube exchangers to meet a specified
payout period. Networks can consist of both OLD (Rating) and
NEW (Design) exchangers.
OPTIMIZATION Solution of flowsheets to minimize utility costs by varying split-
SPLITFLOW or ter fractions. Rating of all rigorous exchanger models. Use to
maximize performance of existing networks.
CLEANING CASESTUDY Multiple flowsheet solutions for specified exchanger fouling fac-
tors. Use to evaluate effect of cleaning exchangers.
TOLERANCE FLOWSHEET CALCULATION Data Category of Input
Optional statement. This statement modifies the default tolerance values. The default toler-
ances are suitable for most calculations.
Optional entries:
TTRIAL=0.01 Temperature tolerance for flowsheet heat balance convergence.
Flowsheet solution is reached when all stream temperatures
change by less than this amount from one iteration to the next.
The default is 0.01 F (English), or 0.006 C (metric and SI).
STRIAL=0.10 Search trial tolerance for optimization and regression conver-
gence. Final solution of an optimization or regression problem is
reached when the error sum is less than STRIAL. The default is
0.10.
UTRIAL=0.04 U-value trial tolerance for area optimization convergence. This
entry applies only to area optimization. The default is 0.04.

4-76 June 2002
LIMITS FLOWSHEET CALCULATION Data Category of Input
Optional statement. This statement defines two groups of information relating to limits on the
design of shell and tube exchangers and limits on flowsheet calculations. Exchanger design lim-
its for AREA, SERIES, and PARALLEL are applied on a global basis unless redefined individually
for specified STE exchangers (see Shell-and-Tube Heat Exchangers later on in this chapter).
Optional entries:
AREA=200, 6000 Area per shell for “design”. Area is total outside surface for bare
and finned tubes. Enter both a minimum and maximum limit for
“designing” new exchangers. Entering only one limit is not al-
lowed. The default is 200, 6000 ft2 (English), or 19, 557 m2
(metric and SI).
Note: For rating shells with an area greater than 6000 ft 2 , the
user must raise the maximum area on the AREA statement. This
can also be done on the rigorous exchanger’s TYPE statement
with AREA =.
SERIES=1,10 Number of shells in series per unit. Enter both a minimum and
maximum limit for “designing” new exchangers. This entry has
no effect on old exchangers. The default is 1,10.
RESTRICTION: The SERIES entry may not be used in conjunc-
tion with the PARALLEL entry.
PARALLEL=1,10 Number of shells in parallel per unit. Enter both a minimum and
RESTRICTION: The PARALLEL entry may not be used in con-
junction with the SERIES entry.
TDAMP= Fraction of temperature damping. TDAMPING is useful when a
flowsheet has difficulties converging and the sum of squares er-
ror seems to oscillate between iterations. By default, HEXTRAN
uses the stream temperature from the previous iteration as an
estimate for the next iteration. TDAMP decreases the incre-
mental temperature change between iterations by using a
weighted average of the current and previous iteration
temperatures.
For example, if TDAMP=0.4, the temperature estimate becomes:
TEMPest = (TEMPprevious) * 0.4 + (TEMPpresent) * 0.6
There are three TDAMP modes:
1. AUTODAMPING By omitting the TDAMP keyword from the
input file, HEXTRAN will automatically use TDAMPING
where necessary. Once autodamping starts, HEXTRAN
adjusts the TDAMP fraction between 0.0 and 0.5 until the
flowsheet converges.

June 2002 4-77
2. FIXED DAMPING By specifying a TDAMP fraction, auto-
damping is disabled, and the TDAMP fraction is used for
every flowsheet iteration. This is useful when a flowsheet
needs a damping fraction greater than 0.5.
3. NO DAMPING To disable temperature damping, specify
TDAMP=0.0.
PDAMP=0.00 Fraction of pressure damping. Operation and use of PDAMP is
similar to TDAMP (described above), except there is no auto-
matic pressure damping mode. The default is 0.00.
TTRIAL=30 Maximum number of flowsheet iterations. The default value (30)
is sufficient for most applications. This number may be in-
creased to a maximum of 99.
Application: Increase the maximum number of iterations if the
maximum temperature error shows a slow convergence. In-
creasing the maximum number of iterations will not help if the
maximum temperature error shows oscillatory behavior.
STRIAL= Maximum number of search trial iterations. This entry applies to
area optimization, split flow optimization and regression calcula-
tions only. The default number of iterations is listed for each
available calculation type in the formulas below.
= 3 * Number of New Exchangers (AREA OPTIMIZATION)
= 10 * number of variable splitters (SPLITFLOW OPTIMIZATION)
= 5 * number of variables, or 10, whichever is greater
(REGRESSION)
UTRIAL=5 Maximum number of U-value loop iterations. This entry applies
to area optimization only. The default is 5.
CALCULATION FLOWSHEET CALCULATION Data Category of Input
Optional statement. This statement sets calculation methods for individual exchanges on a
global basis. Methods can also be selected globally using the CALCULATION statement in the
SIMULATION, CASESTUDIES, OPTIMIZATION AREA, OPTIMIZATION SPLIT, or REGRESSION
sections.
Optional entries:
MINFT The minimum log-mean temperature correction factor, Ft, for de-
signing NEWS exchangers. If an intermediate exchanger design
violates the minimum Ft, shells are added in series to improve
the Ft.
NOCHECK Suppresses HEXTRAN’s geometry consistency checks and pre-
vents HEXTRAN from assigning default values to missing ge-
ometry data. The main purpose for NOCHECK is to allow the
user to access HTRI or HTFS defaults.
When using NOCHECK, specify either:

4-78 June 2002
■ All exchanger data with HEXTRAN keywords, or.
■ ST5/CST2/RKH2 or TASC3
WARNING: Using NOCHECK with inconsistent or missing ge-

ometry data may result in abnormal program termination (divi-
sion by zero, overflow, etc.)
TWOPHASE=NEW Specifies the methods to be used for thermal and hydraulic calcula-
tions for all rigorous exchanger. The NEW method utilizes Modified
Chen vaporization for convective boiling and includes predictions
for sub-cooled and film boiling. Condensation methods account for
flow regime and gravity versus shear effects. Pressure drops are
calculated using a stream analysis based method. The NEW method
automatically sets DPSMETHOD = STREAM.
The OLD method selects algorithms used in versions 5.0x and
earlier. Use this method if you wish to make comparison runs
with earlier versions of HEXTRAN. The default is NEW.
PRINT FLOWSHEET CALCULATION Data Category of Input
Optional statement. This statement sets print options on a global basis. The default is to print
all reports except the design MONITOR. Entry of any keyword other than ALL turns off all
other reports.
Optional entries:
ALL Print all output reports. No other entries are allowed.
UNITS Print unit operation summaries including both rigorous and short-
cut units. Exchanger data sheets are not printed with this option.
ECONOMICS Print economic summary of flowsheet including equipment capi-
tal costs and utility costs.
STREAM Print stream data summary.
INTERMEDIATE Print intermediate results. This print option applies only to
REGRESSION, OPTIMIZATION and CLEANING CASESTUDY
calculations.
STANDARD Print standard exchanger data sheets. This produces a TEMA-
style data sheet for shell and tube, rodbaffle and double pipe ex-
changers. An API-style data sheet is produced for air coolers
and finned tube exchangers.
EXTENDED Print extended exchanger data sheets. This produces a data
sheet with additional performance and mechanical data not in-
cluded on the standard data sheet.
ZONES Print zones analysis for each two phase exchanger.
MONITOR Print design monitor report for each “NEW” exchanger. Prints all
intermediate design data.
CAUTION: Use of this option can produce lengthy reports for
each new exchanger.

June 2002 4-79
Example:
The following statement would cause only exchanger data and extended data sheets to be
printed.
PRINT STANDARD, EXTENDED
ECONOMICS FLOWSHEET CALCULATION Data Category of Input
Optional statement. This statement defines economic factors affecting utility cost calculations.
Optional entries:
DAYS=350 The number of days the plant is on stream per year. The default
is 350.
CURRENCY=USDOLLAR The currency units. This entry is used for printout purposes
only. The default is USDOLLAR.
CAUTION: Do not use the “$” sign in this entry. HEXTRAN will
treat it as a delimiter.
EXCHANGERATE=1.0 The exchange rate expressed as number of currency units per
US dollar. This entry is used for converting any built-in costing
data defaults. The default is 1.0.
UTCOST FLOWSHEET CALCULATION Data Category of Input
Optional statement. This statement defines the cost of utilities.

Optional entries:
OIL=3.50 The cost of fuel oil in currency units per million energy units.
This entry applies only to fired heaters. The default is 3.50
USDOLLAR/MM Btu (English), or 9.04 USDOLLAR/MM kcal
(metric), or 3.32 USDOLLAR/MM kJ (SI).
GAS=3.50 The cost of fuel gas in currency units per million energy units.
USDOLLAR/MM Btu (English), 9.04 USDOLLAR/MM kcal (met-
ric), or 3.32 USDOLLAR/MM kJ (SI).
ELECTRICITY=0.10 The cost of electricity in currency units per kilowatt-hour. This
entry applies only to pumps and compressors. The default is
0.10 USDOLLAR/kW-hr (English, metric, and SI).
WATER=0.03 The cost of cooling water in currency units per thousand US gal-
lons. This entry applies only to water coolers. The default is 0.03
USDOLLAR/M gallon (English, metric, and SI)
CAUTION: The volume unit of US gallons is not redefined for
Metric and SI units.

4-80 June 2002
HPSTEAM=4.10 The cost of high pressure steam in currency units per thousand
weight units. This entry applies only to pumps and compres-
sors. The default is 4.10 USDOLLAR/M lb (English), or 9.04
USDOLLAR/M kg (metric and SI).
MPSTEAM=3.90 The cost of medium pressure steam in currency units per thou-
sand weight units. This entry applies only to pumps and com-
pressors. The default is 3.90 USDOLLAR/M lb (English), or 8.60
LPSTEAM=3.60 The cost of low pressure steam in currency units per thousand
REFRIGERANT=0.00 The cost of refrigerant in currency units per million energy units.
This entry applies only to coolers. The default is 0.00
HEATINGMEDIUM=0.0 The cost of heating fluid in currency units per million energy
units. This entry applies only to heaters. The default is 0.00
HXCOST FLOWSHEET CALCULATION Data Category of Input
Optional statement.This statement sets exchanger costing data on a global basis. Exchanger
costs are calculated using the costing equation described later on in this Chapter. All entries
can be overridden for specific exchangers using the COST statement.
Optional entries:
BSIZE=1000.0 The base area used in the costing equation. The default is
1000.0 ft2 (English), or 93.0 m2 (metric and SI).
BCOST=0.00 The base cost used in the costing equation. The default is 0.00
USDOLLAR/ft 2 (English), or 0.00 USDOLLAR/m2 (metric and SI).
LINEAR=50.00 The linear cost factor used in the costing equation. The default is
50.00 USDOLLAR/ft2 (English), or 538.20 USDOLLAR/m2 (met-
ric and SI).
CONSTANT=0.00 The constant cost factor used in the costing equation. This entry
can be used to define fixed costs associated with installation of
an exchanger and is not a function of exchanger size. The de-
fault is 0.00 USDOLLAR (English, metric, and SI).
EXPONENT=0.60 The exponential cost factor used in the costing equation. The de-
fault is 0.60 (English, metric, and SI).
UNIT or Defines the basis for exchanger CONSTANT cost factor. UNIT re-
SHELL sults in the constant cost factor being applied once to each unit
regardless of the number of shells in the unit. SHELL results in
the constant cost factor being applied to each shell in the unit.
The default is UNIT.

June 2002 4-81
SPECIFICATION FLOWSHEET CALCULATION Data Category of Input
The SPECIFICATION statement is applicable to OPTIMIZATION, REGRESSION, and CAS-

ESTUDY calculations only. (See Regression--page 4-90, Cleaning Casestudy--page 4-101,
Split Flow Optimization--page ,4-112, and Area Optimization--page 4-121, data categories of
input for complete descriptions.)
VARIABLE FLOWSHEET CALCULATION Data Category of Input
The CONSTRAINT statement is applicable to OPTIMIZATION calculations only. (See the

Regression--page 4-90, and the Split Flow Optimization--page ,4-112, data categories of input
for complete descriptions.)
CONSTRAINT FLOWSHEET CALCULATION Data Category of Input
The CONSTRAINT statement is applicable to OPTIMIZATION calculations only. (See the Split
Flow Optimization--page ,4-112, and the Area Optimization--page 4-121, data categories of in-
put for complete descriptions.)
CASE FLOWSHEET CALCULATION Data Category of Input
The CASE statement is applicable to CLEANING CASESTUDY calculations only. (See the Clean-
ing Casestudy--page 4-101, data category of input for a complete description.
PARAMETER FLOWSHEET CALCULATION Data Category of Input
The PARAMETER statement is applicable to OPTIMIZATION calculations only. (See the Split
Flow Optimization--page ,4-112, and the Area Optimization--page 4-121, data categories of
input for complete descriptions.

4-82 June 2002
Simulation Category of Input
Simulation calculations are performed on exchanger networks that consist of
any combination of rigorous and shortcut unit operation models. Rigorous
shell and tube exchanger models can be both OLD exchangers to be rated and
NEW exchangers to be designed. Heat transfer coefficients and pressure
drops are calculated for all rigorous unit operations. Complete mass, pressure
and energy balances are performed for the entire network. Outlet
temperatures, temperature approaches, outlet liquid quality or duty
specifications may be placed on any OLD exchanger and are required on any
NEW exchanger to be designed. Temperature, pressure or duty specifications
may also be implemented using the Multivariable Controller (MVC).
Table 4-25: Simulation Category of Input

Calculation Type SIMULATION Page 4-83
{TOLERANCE} {TTRIAL=0.01} Page 4-84

PDAMP=0.00, TTRIAL=30}

TWOPHASE=NEW}

ZONES, MONITOR}


PROPERTY SIMULATION Data Category of Input
Mandatory entries:
SIMULATION Rating of all rigorous exchanger models and design of shell and
in this chapter.

June 2002 4-83
TOLERANCE SIMULATION Data Category of Input
Optional entries:
LIMITS SIMULATION Data Category of Input
Optional entries:
(metric and SI).
with AREA =.

4-84 June 2002
temperatures.
flowsheet converges
TDAMP=0.0.
CALCULATION SIMULATION Data Category of Input
sections.
Optional entries:
signing NEWS exchangers. If an intermediate exchanger design
the Ft.

June 2002 4-85

DPSMTHOD=keyword The pressure drop method for the shellside calculations. Select
either STREAM (Will's and Johnston's stream analysis tech-
nique) or BELL (Kenneth Bell of Delaware University).
The STREAM method is automatically selected when

TWOPHASE = NEW.
INCREMENTAL Performs incremetnal heat flux calculation. Incremental heat flux
calculations are preformed by running a series of case studies
after the initial network is solved. The area is incremented by 5%
for each OLD exchanger that does not have a performance
specification (outlet temperature, temperature approach, duty, or
outlet liquid quality). The results of each case study are sum-
marized and reported in tabular form. The default is STREAM.
TWOPHASE=NEW Specifies the methods to be used for thermal and hydraulic calcula-
tions for all rigorous exchanger. The NEW method utilizes Modified
Chen vaporization for convective boiling and includes predictions
for sub-cooled and film boiling. Condensation methods account for
flow regime and gravity versus shear effects. Pressure drops are
calculated using a stream analysis based method. The NEW method
automatically sets DPSMETHOD = STREAM.
PRINT SIMULATION Data Category of Input
other reports.
Optional entries:

4-86 June 2002
each new exchanger.
Example:
printed.
ECONOMICS SIMULATION Data Category of Input
Optional entries:
is 350.
UTCOST SIMULATION Data Category of Input

Optional entries:

June 2002 4-87
HXCOST SIMULATION Data Category of Input
Optional entries:
USDOLLAR/ft 2 (English), or 0.00 USDOLLAR/m2 (metric and
SI).
ric and SI).

4-88 June 2002

June 2002 4-89
Regression Category of Input
This section describes the input data required for REGRESSION
calculations. REGRESSION calculations are similar to the MVC Controller
unit operation in that specified conditions are met by the simultaneous
adjustment of allowed operating variables. However, unlike the MVC,
REGRESSION calculations may be performed for cases where the number
of specifications exceeds the number of variables. The REGRESSION
calculations will attempt to minimize the differences between the current
calculated and desired values of the specifications by manipulating the
allowed variables within specified limits.
Up to 30 conditions may be specified, and up to 29 operating variables may
be allowed. The number of specifications must equal or exceed the number
of variables. Specifications may be placed on stream temperatures or
pressures, or an individual exchanger duty, or the sum of several different
exchanger duties. Variables are feed stream rates and temperatures, heat
exchanger duties, and the split fractions in simple two-way splitters. The
number of specifications may exceed the number of variables.
Table 4-26: Regression Category of Input

{TOLERANCE} {TTRIAL=0.01, STRIAL=0.10} Page 4-91

PDAMP=0.00, TTRIAL=30, STRIAL}

TWOPHASE=NEW}


HPSTEAM=4.10, MPSTEAM=3.90, LPSTEAM=3.60, REFRIGER-
ANT=0.00, HEATINGMEDIUM=0.00}
{HXCOST} {BSIZE=1000, BCOST=0.00, LINEAR=50.00, EXPONENT=0.60, CON- Page 4-96

STANT=0.00, UNIT or SHELL}
{SPECIFICATION} {STRM, TEMPERATURE, UNIT, DUTY} Page 4-97

{VARIABLE} {STRM, FRACTION, RATE, TEMPERATURE, UNIT, DUTY} Page 4-99

4-90 June 2002
PROPERTY REGRESSION Data Category of Input
Mandatory entries:
in this chapter.
plant data.
TOLERANCE REGRESSION Data Category of Input
Optional entries:
0.10.

June 2002 4-91
LIMITS REGRESSION Data Category of Input
Optional entries:
(metric and SI).
with AREA =.
temperatures.
flowsheet converges.

4-92 June 2002
TDAMP=0.0.
(REGRESSION)
CALCULATION REGRESSION Data Category of Input
sections.
Optional entries:
signing NEWS exchangers. If an intermediate exchanger design vio-
lates the minimum Ft, shells are added in series to improve the Ft.

June 2002 4-93

TWOPHASE = NEW.
for each OLD exchanger that does not have a performance
specification (outlet temperature, temperature approach, duty, or
outlet liquid quality). The results of each case study are sum-
marized and reported in tabular form. The default is STREAM.
TWOPHASE=NEW Specifies the methods to be used for thermal and hydraulic cal-
culations for all rigorous exchanger. The NEW method utilizes
Modified Chen vaporization for convective boiling and includes
predictions for sub-cooled and film boiling. Condensation meth-
ods account for flow regime and gravity versus shear effects.
Pressure drops are calculated using a stream analysis based
method. The NEW method automatically sets DPSMETHOD =
STREAM.
PRINT REGRESSION Data Category of Input
other reports.
Optional entries:
calculations.

4-94 June 2002
each new exchanger.
Example:
printed.
ECONOMICS REGRESSION Data Category of Input
Optional entries:
is 350.
UTCOST REGRESSION Data Category of Input

Optional entries:

June 2002 4-95
HXCOST REGRESSION Data Category of Input
Optional entries:
SI).

4-96 June 2002
ric and SI).
SPECIFICATION REGRESSION Data Category of Input
Mandatory statement. This statement declares the specifications for the Regression calcula-
tions. Up to 15 SPECIFICATION statements may be included. At least one SPECIFICATION
statement is required. SPECIFICATION is not available for SIMULATION calculations.
Note: In regression calculations, there may be more SPECIFICATION statements than VARI-
ABLE statements.
STREAM= Stream identifier. STREAM identifies the feed stream whose
temperature is to be set to a given value. Enter up to 12 alpha-
numeric characters. This entry must be unique to all other
stream identifiers given on SPECIFICATION statements for the
regression calculations. This entry is optional. There is no
default.
TEMPERATURE=, 0.1 Stream temperature specification and tolerance. TEMPERATURE
defines the value of the stream temperature specification and the
absolute tolerance on the specification. The default tolerance is
0.1 F (English), 0.06 C (metric), or 0.06 K (SI).
PRESSURE=, 0.1 Stream pressure specification and tolerance. PRESSURE defines
the value of the stream pressure specification and the absolute
tolerance on the specifications. The default tolerance is 0.1 psi
(English), 0.007 kg/cm 2 (Metric), or 0.688 kPa (SI).
UNIT= Unit identifier. UNIT identifies the exchanger identifier, UID,
whose duty is specified, or a list of UIDs, separated by commas,
of the exchanger units whose duties must add up (sum) to a
specified value. Enter up to 12 alphanumeric characters for each
UID. Multiple entries must be separated by commas. This entry
is optional. There is no default.
DUTY=, .005 Duty specification and tolerance. DUTY defines the value of the
individual unit duty specification, or multiple unit duty sum
specification, in millions of energy units per unit time, and the
relative tolerance on the specification (expressed as an absolute

June 2002 4-97
fraction). Enter positive values for both the specification and tol-
erance. The default tolerance is .005 (English, metric, and SI).
Note: The duty specification may be used on the following heat
transfer units:
STE Shell-and-Tube Exchangers
RBE Rod Baffle Exchangers
DPE Double Pipe Exchangers
MTE Multi-Tube Exchangers
FTE Finned Tube Exchangers
ACE Air-Cooled Exchangers
COOLER
HEATER
FIRED HEATER
Example:
PROP STREAM = C1, RATE(W) = 8000, ...
REGRESSION
VARI STREAM = C1, RATE = 1000, 9000
VARI STREAM = C3, FRAC = 0.1, 0.4, UNIT = SPL1
SPEC UNIT = E1, DUTY = 10.1, 0.004
SPEC UNIT = 32, E3, E4, DUTY = 30, 0.006
SPEC STRM = C5, PRESSURE = 100, 0.01
SPEC STRM = H2, TEMP = 350
UNIT OPS SPLITTER UID = SPL1
STRMS FEED = C2, PROD = C3, C4
OPER FRAC = 0.3, 0.7
In the above example, REGRESSION varies the rate of stream C1 and the split fraction of SPL1 to
meet 4 specifications for duty, temperature and pressure. Notice the starting flow rate for C1 is
8000, on the first variable Statement, which is between the minimum and maximum flowrate.
Also, the variable split fraction for SPLITTER SPL1, varies the fraction of only one splitter
product, stream C3. The starting value for stream C3, in the unit operation section, is 0.3,
which is between the REGRESSION split fraction range.
The first 3 specifications have a value followed by a tolerance entry. The last specification does
not have a tolerance, but will use the default value of 0.01° F.

4-98 June 2002
VARIABLE REGRESSION Data Category of Input
Mandatory statement. This statement declares the variables for the Regression calculations.
Up to 15 VARIABLE statements may be included. At least one VARIABLE statement is required.
VARIABLE is not available for SIMULATION, CASESTUDY, and AREA PAYOUT calculations.
Note: In regression calculations, there may be fewer VARIABLE statements than SPECIFICATION
Statements. There can not be more VARIABLE Statements than SPECIFICATION Statements.
STRM= Stream identifier. STRM defines the stream whose parameter is
to be used as a regression variable. Enter up to 12 alphanumeric
characters. There is no default.
RATE= Minimum and maximum feed stream flow rate. RATE defines the
minimum and maximum values for the designated feed stream
flow rate in weight units per unit time. Enter positive values for
both the minimum and maximum rates. There are no defaults.
RESTRICTIONS: The RATE entry may only be used for feed
streams. The RATE on the PROCESS STREAM statement must
be within (but not equal to) the specified minimum and maxi-
mum rate.
TEMPERATURE= Minimum and maximum feed stream temperature.
TEMPERATURE defines the minimum and maximum tempera-
ture values for the designated feed stream. Enter values for both
the minimum and maximum temperatures. There are no
defaults.
UNIT= Unit identifier. UNIT identifies the unit identifier, UID, whose duty
is to be varied. Units whose duty can be varied are the Shell-
and-Tube exchanger, Shortcut exchanger, Heaters, Coolers, and
Fired Heaters. To be used as a variable, the designated UNIT
must have its duty specified initially in the input data. There is
no default.
FRACTION= Minimum and maximum stream split fraction. FRACTION indi-
cates that the split fraction for stream “STREAM” in a twoway
splitter is to be varied. These entries are optional. There are no
defaults.The starting value for the split fraction, in the unit op-
eration section, must be within (but not equal to) the minimum
and maximum REGRESSION split fraction.
RESTRICTION: Enter values between 0.01 and 0.99 for both the
minimum and maximum split fraction.
RESTRICTION: Tthe FRACTION entry may only refer to a stream
from a twoway splitter.
Note: Variable splitters require specifications for STRM, UNIT
and FRACTION.

June 2002 4-99
DUTY= Duty minimum and maximum. DUTY defines the minimum and
maximum duty value for the designated unit. Enter positive val-
ues for both the minimum and maximum duties. These entries
are optional. There are no defaults.
Note: HEXTRAN needs a starting value for duty on each unit op-
eration varied by REGRESSION. Starting values are entered with:
SPEC DUTY = $Rigorous Exchangers
or OPER DUTY = $Short Cut Units

4-100 June 2002
Cleaning Casestudy Category of Input
Cleaning CASESTUDY calculations provide the ability to evaluate the
impact of cleaning one, several, or all of the exchangers in a flowsheet.
CASESTUDY first prepares a base case and then performs the specified
cleaning case studies.
Simple case studies, which compare the utility consumption base case to
each case, are made by specifying the clean fouling factor after each
exchanger or group of exchangers is cleaned. Complete cleaning cycle
analyses are made by adding economic costs for utilities, and optionally,
costs for labor, materials, and lost throughput. Exponential decay
algorithms model the cumulative effects of fouling versus time. Cleaning
interval optimization is then performed by examining the effect of fouling
and cleaning on operating costs.
Fouling trend studies and online fouling factor monitoring can be
implemented by performing CASESTUDY runs on a regular basis. All
CASESTUDY runs produce a daily performance file, CLNDBS*, which
summarizes each exchanger’s fouling factor, U value and duty. The
CLNDBS file is easily converted to a LOTUS 123* (for PC’s) format
spreadsheet file through the HEX123 program available from SIMSCI.
The methodology for cleaning cycle optimization is best described by
Figure 4-2. At the start of the run, heat recovery is at its maximum and
utility costs are at a minimum. As time passes, fouling resistance of the
exchanger begins to increase and the thermal performance degrades
resulting in higher utility costs. At time t1, the exchanger is taken offline
and cleaned while the unit continues to operate. This creates a further
increase in utility cost since the duty of the exchanger being cleaned must
be replaced by the fired heater. When the exchanger is brought back online
at time t2, utility costs returned to their original value. The shaded area in
the figure represetns the utility costs due to fouling. The other cost
associated with cleaning is the cost of lost through put and the actual labor
and chemical costs. This is represented by the other shaded box between
times t1 and t2.

June 2002 4-101
Figure 4-2: Cleaning Cycle Optimization
Cleaning Cycle Optimization
Exchanger
Fouling
Network
Heat
Transfer Exchanger
Off-Line
t0 t1 t2
Off-line
Utility Cleaning
Cost Cost
Utility
Operating Cost
Cost
t0 t1 t2
HEXTRAN calculates the optimum cleaning interval by preparing 3

simulations for each case. The first simulation models the start of run
conditions - clean exchangers. The second simulation models the current
conditions, the cost of cleaning today, and the annualized cost of fouling if
the exchangers were cleaned at this interval throughout the unit’s run
length. If the current fouling factors are not supplied, HEXTRAN needs to
calculate the fouling factor from exchanger TEMPERATURE
specifications. The temperature specifications will be overridden as the
duty load shifts in the network due to cleaning, but each uncleaned
exchanger will retain its current fouling factor. The third simulation models
the cost of fouling if the exchangers were cleaned only once at the end of
the unit’s run length (HEXTRAN uses a default unit run length of 1050
days unless a different run length is supplied with the BASE keyword on
the ECONOMICS statement).
From the 3 simulations, an annualized fouling cost function versus time is
derived. The time with the lowest fouling cost is chosen as the optimum
cleaning cycle interval. The annualized fouling costs for the cleaning today,
at the optimum interval and at the end of run are summarized at the end of
the HEXTRAN output. The exchanger data sheets and temperature profiles
reflect the base case study. If you desire temperature and performance data
for the other case studies, use the PRINT INTERMEDIATE option.

4-102 June 2002
By default, HEXTRAN uses a linear fouling decay factor. If possible, use
an exponential fouling decay factor derived from plant data. This data may
be entered with the THETA keyword on the SPECIFICATION statement.
Note: Because the cleaning cycle optimization calculations are dependent
upon reducing the utility costs, the CASESTUDY input file must include at
least one utility consuming unit operation: HEATER, COOLER, or
FIREDHEATER.
Table 4-27: Cleaning Casestudy Category of Input

{TOLERANCE} {TTRIAL=0.01} Page 4-104

PDAMP=0.00, TTRIAL=30}

TWOPHASE=NEW}
{HTRI or HTFS} See HEXTRAN HTRI Input Guide, or

HEXTRAN HTFS Input Guide

{ECONOMICS} {DAYS=350, EXCHANGERATE=1.0, CURRENCY=USDOLLAR, Page 4-108

THROUGHPUT=0.0, BASE= 1050}

HPSTEAM=4.10, MPSTEAM=3.90, LPSTEAM=3.60, REFRIGER-
ANT=0.00, HEATINGMEDIUM=0.00}

{SPECIFICATION} {UNIT, FOUL, DAYS, DATE, LABOR, OFFLINE, THETA} Page 4-110
{CASE} UNIT Page 4-111

June 2002 4-103
PROPERTY CLEANING CASESTUDY Data Category of Input
Mandatory entries:
in this chapter.
plant data.
TOLERANCE CLEANING CASESTUDY Data Category of Input
Optional entries:
LIMITS CLEANING CASESTUDY Data Category of Input
Optional entries:

4-104 June 2002
(metric and SI).
with AREA =.
temperatures.
flowsheet converges
TDAMP=0.0.

June 2002 4-105
CALCULATION CLEANING CASESTUDY Data Category of Input
sections.
Optional entries:
signing NEW exchangers. If an intermediate exchanger design
the Ft.


TWOPHASE = NEW.
for each OLD exchanger that does not have a performancespeci-
fication (outlet temperature, temperature approach, duty, or out-
let liquid quality). The results of each case study are summarized
and reported in tabular form. The default is STREAM.

4-106 June 2002
STREAM.
PRINT CLEANING CASESTUDY Data Category of Input
other reports.
Optional entries:
INTERMEDIATE Print intermediate results. This print option will result in all re-
quested reports being printed for the base case and each case-
study. If not specified, those reports requested will only be
produced for the base case.
Example:
PRINT UNITS, INTERMEDIATE
Prints the unit operations summary for the base case and each
case study. No other reports will be printed except for the case-
study summary.
ZONES Print zones analysis for each two-phase exchanger.
each new exchanger.
Example:
The following statement would cause only exchanger data and extended data sheets to be printed.

June 2002 4-107
ECONOMICS CLEANING CASESTUDY Data Category of Input
Optional entries:
is 350.
UTCOST CLEANING CASESTUDY Data Category of Input

Optional entries:
sand weight units. This entry applies only to pumps and

4-108 June 2002
compressors. The default is 3.90 USDOLLAR/M lb (English), or
8.60 USDOLLAR/M kg (metric and SI).
HXCOST CLEANING CASESTUDY Data Category of Input
Optional entries:
SI).
ric and SI).

June 2002 4-109
SPECIFICATION CLEANING CASESTUDY Data Category of Input
Mandatory statement. The SPECIFICATION statement is used to define the exchanger fouling
factors for the case studies.
whose duty is specified, or a list of UIDs, separated by commas,
of the exchanger units whose duties must add up (sum) to a
specified value. Enter up to 12 alphanumeric characters for each
UID. Multiple entries must be separated by commas. This entry
is optional. There is no default.
FOUL= Total exchanger fouling factor for shell (duct or air) side of ex-
changer. Tubeside fouling factor will be set to zero during cas-
estudy calculations.
DATE= Date exchanger was last cleaned. Days online is calculated
based on today's date and date last cleaned. Todays's date may
be supplied on TITLE statement. If not supplied in TITLE state-
ment, date will be determined from computer system. Date entry
cannot be used in combinations with DAYS entry. There is no
default.
DAYS= Days online since exchanger was last cleaned. Cannot be used in
conjunction with DATE entry. There is no default.
LABOR= Costs associated with cleaning exchanger including labor and
chemicals.
OFFLINE= Offline time required to clean exchanger. During this time the ex-
changer's duty must be replaced by the other exchangers in the
network and the heating utilities.
THETA= Fouling curve decay factor used in equation to predict fouling as
a function of time. If not specified, the default value of 1.0 repre-
sents a linear fouling trend.
THETA
t 
rf = r1   + ro
 t1 
where:
rf = fouling resistance at time t
ro = fouling resistance at time to
r1 = fouling resistance at time t1

4-110 June 2002
CASE CLEANING CASESTUDY Data Category of Input
The CASE statement is used to specify which exchangers are to have fouling factor adjust-
ments for each case. A maximum of ten CASE statements are allowed. For sensitivity analysis,
it is best to evaluate individual exchangers, i.e. Use one exchanger per CASE statement.
Mandatory entry:
UNIT= Specifies the exchanger UID(s) which are to be modified for this
case study. Enter up to 10 exchanger UIDs separated by
commas.
Example:
CASESTUDY
SPEC UNIT=E1, FOUL=0.000
SPEC UNIT=E2, FOUL=0.001
CASE UNIT=E1
CASE UNIT=E2
CASE UNIT=E1,E2
This example shows a cleaning casestudy run with three casestudies. The first case results in
cleaning only exchanger E1, the second case results in cleaning only exchanger E2, the third
case evaluates the cleaning of both exchangers E1 and E2.

June 2002 4-111
Split Flow Optimization Category of Input
Split Flow OPTIMIZATION calculations consist of multiple
SIMULATION runs with the objective being to minimize the total utility
costs for the network, including the costs of pumping, air cooling, furnace
firing, etc. Costs and/or savings may be assigned to selected streams
depending on whether or not the streams are heated or cooled. The
optimization variables are manipulated to determine the minimum utility
costs are the split fractions in specified splitters.
Flowsheets for Split Flow OPTIMIZATION calculations may be composed
of OLD exchangers and any other unit operations. NEW exchangers are not
allowed. The calculation procedure followed during OPTIMIZATION
calculations begins with an initial network solution identical to that
produced in a SIMULATION calculation.
Because certain operating constraints are inherent in varying stream split
fractions, such as the pressure drop across an exchanger or the temperature
to which a stream may be heated or cooled, HEXTRAN allows the user to
specify stream temperature and exchanger pressure drop constraints for use
in the optimization calculations. When these constraints are violated during
the calculations, a penalty is added to the objective function which forces
the solution away from the infeasible region. A result of this approach is
that the constraints are not always rigorously met, although usually they
will be.
Table 4-28: Split Flow Optimization Category of Input

{TOLERANCE} {TTRIAL=0.01, STRIAL=0.10} Page 4-113
{LIMITS} {TDAMP=0.00, PDAMP=0.00, TTRIAL=30, STRIAL} Page 4-114
{CALCULATION} {NOCHECK, DPSMETHOD=STREAM, INCREMENTAL, Page 4-115
TWOPHASE=NEW}
ZONES, INTERMEDIATE}
{VARIABLE} {STREAM, FRACTION} Page 4-119
{CONSTRAINT} STREAM, TEMPERATURE, UNIT, DPTMAX, DPSMAX} Page 4-119
{PARAMETER} {FRACTION=0.01,0.50} Page 4-120

4-112 June 2002
PROPERTY SPLIT FLOW OPTIMIZATION Data Category of Input
Mandatory entries:
in this chapter.
plant data.
TOLERANCE SPLIT FLOW OPTIMIZATION Data Category of Input
Optional entries:
0.10.

June 2002 4-113
LIMITS SPLIT FLOW OPTIMIZATION Data Category of Input
Optional entries:
temperatures.
flowsheet converges
TDAMP=0.0.

4-114 June 2002
= 10 * number of variable splitters (SPLITFLOW
OPTIMIZATION)
(REGRESSION)
CALCULATION SPLIT FLOW OPTIMIZATION Data Category of Input
sections.
Optional entries:


TWOPHASE = NEW.

June 2002 4-115
STREAM.
PRINT SPLIT FLOW OPTIMIZATION Data Category of Input
other reports.
Optional entries:
calculations.
each new exchanger.
Example:
printed.

4-116 June 2002
ECONOMICS SPLIT FLOW OPTIMIZATION Data Category of Input
Optional entries:
is 350.
UTCOST SPLIT FLOW OPTIMIZATION Data Category of Input

Optional entries:
sand weight units. This entry applies only to pumps and
June 2002 4-117
compressors. The default is 3.90 USDOLLAR/M lb (English), or
8.60 USDOLLAR/M kg (metric and SI).
HXCOST SPLIT FLOW OPTIMIZATION Data Category of Input
Optional entries:
SI).
ric and SI).

4-118 June 2002
VARIABLE SPLIT FLOW OPTIMIZATION Data Category of Input
Mandatory statement. The VARIABLE statement is used to declare the variable stream split
fractions for the optimization calculations. Multiple VARIABLE statements are allowed, and
they may only refer to product streams from a splitter. At least one VARIABLE statement is re-
quired.
Example:
VARIABLE STREAM=15, FRACTION=0.25,0.45
STREAM=alphanumberic4
Stream identifier. STREAM defines the stream whose split fraction is to be varied. STREAM
must be a product stream from a splitter. Enter up to 12 alphanumeric characters. This entry
is required. There is no default.
STREAM= Stream identifier. STREAM defines the stream whose parameter
is to be used as a regression variable. Enter up to 12 alphanu-
meric characters. There is no default.
FRACTION= Minimum and maximum stream split fraction. FRACTION indi-
cates that the split fraction for stream “STREAM” in a twoway
splitter is to be varied. These entries are optional. There are no
defaults.The starting value for the split fraction, in the unit op-
eration section, must be within (but not equal to) the minimum
and maximum REGRESSION split fraction.
RESTRICTION: Enter values between 0.01 and 0.99 for both the
minimum and maximum split fraction.
RESTRICTION: Tthe FRACTION entry may only refer to a stream
from a twoway splitter.
Note: Variable splitters require specifications for STREAM, UNIT
and FRACTION.
CONSTRAINT SPLIT FLOW OPTIMIZATION Data Category of Input
Mandatory statement OPTIMIZATION calculations. This statement places minimum or maxi-

mum temperature constraints on exchanger product streams, or maximum (shellside or tube-
side) pressure drop constraints on any exchanger in the flowsheet. CONSTRAINT is not
available for SIMULATION, REGRESSION, and CASESTUDY calculations.
CAUTION: The pressure drop constraints are on a per shell basis.
When temperature constraints are specified, hot streams which are being cooled will not be
cooled below the specified temperature. Likewise, cold streams which are being heated will
not be heated above the specified temperature.
Optional entries:
STREAM= Stream identifier. STRM defines the stream whose minimum or
maximum temperature is to be limited with a constraint. Enter
up to 12 alphanumeric characters. There is no default.

June 2002 4-119
TEMPERATURE= Stream temperature constraint and tolerance. TEMPERATURE
defines the value of the stream temperature constraint and the
absolute tolerance on the constraint. Enter values for both the
constraint and tolerance. There are no defaults.
whose shellside or tubeside pressure drop is to be constrained.
Enter up to 12 alphanumeric characters. There is no default.
DPTMAX= Tubeside pressure drop constraint and tolerance. DPTMAX de-
fines the value of the tubeside pressure drop constraint and the
CAUTION: DPTMAX is on a per shell basis.
Note: Both DPTMAX and DPSMAX constraints may be specified
for the same UID, if desired.
DPSMAX= Shellside pressure drop constraint and tolerance. DPSMAX de-
fines the value of the shellside pressure drop constraint and the
CAUTION: DPSMAX is on a per shell basis.
Note: Both DPSMAX and DPTMAX constraints may be specified
for the same UID, if desired.
PARAMETER SPLIT FLOW OPTIMIZATION Data Category of Input
Mandatory statement for OPTIMIZATION calculations. This statement estimates of the split
fraction “incremental stepsize” and “range” values for the optimization calculations. PARAME-
TER is not available for SIMULATION, REGRESSION, and CASESTUDY calculations.
Optional entries:
FRACTION=0.01,0.50 The incremental stepsize sets the amount by which a stream
split fraction is varied during the search trials for the optimiza-
tion calculations. The range is the estimated change in the
stream split fraction from the initial flowsheet estimate to the fi-
nal optimized solution. The magnitude of this value controls the
size of the “step” taken by the optimization routines. The default
values (0.01 and 0.50) are sufficient for most applications.

4-120 June 2002
Area Optimization Category of Input
Optimization calculations are basically multiple SIMULATION runs with
the objective being to design all NEW exchangers to meet a specified
pay-back period. Flowsheets for OPTIMIZATION calculations may be
comprised of any combination of shortcut and rigorous unit operations with
both OLD or NEW exchangers (STE and HX). OLD exchangers may or
may not have duty/temperature specifications placed on them. NEW
exchangers may be either “fixed” or “free”. Fixed NEW exchangers have
process specifications placed on them that determine their size independent
of economics and calculated payback. However, the costs of NEW fixed
exchangers are included in the calculation of payout periods for free
exchangers. Free NEW exchangers are varied in size by the program until
their incremental payouts correspond to the user-supplied value. As free
exchangers vary in size, so the size of fixed NEW exchangers may also
have to vary in order to maintain their process specifications. This change
in size, and hence cost, is charged to the free exchanger that caused it and is
included in the computation of its payout period. The calculation procedure
followed during OPTIMIZATION calculations begins with an initial
solution of the network identical to a SIMULATION calculation. Default or
user-supplied estimates for the areas of NEW free exchangers are used to
calculate a heat and material balance around the flowsheet.
The next step is to determine the incremental payout period for each
exchanger in the network that does not have a process specification placed
on it. Payouts are calculated by increasing the size of each exchanger in
turn and computing the effect on installed capital costs and utility costs. It
can be seen that for a network of 5 free exchangers it is necessary to
perform 6 complete flowsheet solutions in order to determine the initial
payout table.
Following the computation of the initial payout table, the program begins
the optimization calculation sequence. The first step is to recalculate the
payout periods for the free exchangers only during the initial estimate step.
The program then increases the size of each exchanger in turn and
determines the derivatives of payout as a function of area.
After completion of the derivative steps, the program varies the size of all
free exchangers simultaneously in a number of “search trials”. There are no
specific rules as to how many search trials will be required, but the default
value of 3*Number of free NEW exchangers is a good guide.
The user may adjust the size of the step used by the program at the
derivative- taking step by using the PARAMETER statement. Generally, a
value of approximately 20 percent of the smallest exchanger to be varied
will give the best results. The user is also required to supply an estimate of
the total change in area for all new FREE exchangers as a guide to the
June 2002 4-121
“range” of the solution path. This estimate does not need to be very precise
as it will be adjusted during calculations. However, a good estimate will
reduce solution time. Calculations proceed in the optimization loop until
the sum-of-the-squares error for the payouts of all free exchangers is less
than a user-supplied tolerance. Calculations are also terminated if the
number of search trials reaches a user-defined limit. After leaving the
optimization loop, the program re-designs the NEW exchangers and
compares their new overall heat transfer coefficients with those values
calculated prior to optimization. If the comparison is within the specified
U-value tolerance, the desired solution has been reached and the final
results are printed. If the comparison is outside the tolerance, optimization
calculations are repeated with the updated U-values. This step is repeated
until the U-value tolerance is met or the maximum number of trials is
reached.
Note: Because the payout calculations are based on savings in utility costs,
the flowsheet to be optimized must include at least one of the following
unit operations: HEATER, COOLER, FIREDHEATER, COMPRESSOR or
PUMP.
Table 4-29: Area Optimization Category of Input

{TOLERANCE} {TTRIAL=0.01, STRIAL=0.10 UTRIAL=0.04} Page 4-123

PDAMP=0.00, TTRIAL=30, STRIAL, UTRIAL=5}

TWOPHASE=NEW}



{SPECIFICATION} {PAYOUT=2.0} Page 4-129
{CONSTRAINT} STREAM, TEMPERATURE Page 4-129
{PARAMETER} {AREA=400,4000} Page 4-130

4-122 June 2002
PROPERTY AREA OPTIMIZATION Data Category of Input
Mandatory entries:
in this chapter.
plant data.
TOLERANCE AREA OPTIMIZATION Data Category of Input
Optional entries:
0.10.
UTRIAL=0.04 U-value trial tolerance for area optimization convergence. This
entry applies only to area optimization. The default is 0.04.

June 2002 4-123
LIMITS AREA OPTIMIZATION Data Category of Input
Optional entries:
(metric and SI).
with AREA =.
temperatures.
flowsheet converges

4-124 June 2002
TDAMP=0.0.
(REGRESSION)
CALCULATION AREA OPTIMIZATION Data Category of Input
sections.
Optional entries:

June 2002 4-125

TWOPHASE = NEW.
STREAM.
PRINT AREA OPTIMIZATION Data Category of Input
other reports.
Optional entries:
calculations.
style data sheet for shell and tube, rodbaffle and double pipe

4-126 June 2002
exchangers. An API-style data sheet is produced for air coolers
each new exchanger.
Example:
The following statement would cause only exchanger data and extended data sheets to be printed.
ECONOMICS AREA OPTIMIZATION Data Category of Input
Optional entries:
is 350.
UTCOST AREA OPTIMIZATION Data Category of Input

Optional entries:

June 2002 4-127
HXCOST AREA OPTIMIZATION Data Category of Input
Optional entries:
SI).
ric and SI).
4-128 June 2002
SPECIFICATION AREA OPTIMIZATION Data Category of Input
Mandatory statement for REGRESSION, CASESTUDY, and OPTIMIZATION calculations. This

statement declares the specifications for the Regression calculations. Up to 15 SPECIFICA-
TION statements may be included. At least one SPECIFICATION statement is required. SPECI-
FICATION is not available for SIMULATION calculations.
PAYOUT Incremental payout period in years. Enter a number greater than
zero.
CONSTRAINT AREA OPTIMIZATION Data Category of Input
Mandatory statement. The CONSTRAINT statement is used to place minimum or maximum

temperature constraints on NEW exchangers. Hot streams which are being cooled will not be
cooled below the specified temperature. Cold streams being heated will not be heated above
the specified temperature. The exchanger area will be optimized to the specified payout unless
a constraint is met. Exchangers which meet a constraint limit will have a payout less than the
specified payout.
Optional entries:
STREAM= Stream label. Enter the exit stream label (shellside or tubeside)
of a new free exchanger.
TEMPERATURE= Stream temperature constraint and tolerance. Both values must
be entered. There are no defaults.

June 2002 4-129
PARAMETER AREA OPTIMIZATION Data Category of Input
Mandatory statement for OPTIMIZATION calculations. This statement estimates of the split
fraction “incremental stepsize” and “range” values for the optimization calculations. PARAME-
TER is not available for SIMULATION, REGRESSION, and CASESTUDY calculations.
Optional entries:
AREA=400,4000 The incremental area sets the amount by which an exchanger’s
area is varied during the “derivative” trials. The range is the esti-
mated change in an exchanger area from initial estimate to final
optimized solution. The defaults are 400, 4000 ft 2 (English), or
37, 372 m 2 (metric and SI).

4-130 June 2002
Targeting Category of Input
TARGETING uses “pinch” technology to provide numerical and graphical
analyses of the upper and lower bounds for heat recovery problems. The
user specifies the heat recovery levels, stream definitions and process
constraints. HEXTRAN prepares case studies and plots to help the engineer
identify the optimal heat recovery level (HRAT). The program calculates
heat transfer area, utility requirements, operating costs and plots composite
curves, and user specified process/economic plots.
HEXTRAN uses a composite heat availability method to calculate the
feasible process heat interchange. The user sets up heat recovery level cases
by specifying a Heat Recovery Approach Temperature (HRAT) for each
case.
For each case, HEXTRAN generates a composite curve plot like Figure
4-3. The hot composite curve is obtained by summing the duty available
from each hot stream over common temperature intervals. The results are
accumulated for each temperature range beginning at the coldest
temperature reached by any of the hot streams. The cold composite curve is
prepared similarly.
Individual streams may be allowed to deviate from the network HRAT by
use of the DHRAT keyword on the stream Statement. See the Stream Data
category of input section, page 4-.
The two curves are moved independently along the X axis until the closest
vertical distance between the curves is equal to the specified HRAT. This
sets the amount of recoverable process heat and utility requirements.
HEXTRAN summarizes the cases and plots the user selected economic and
process parameters. You can specify the plots from any combination of
HEXTRAN’s 20 economic and process plot parameters.
Table 4-30: Targeting Category of Input

{SPEC} {HRAT=0.0,THEATING=, TCOOLING=, QPROCESS=, QHEAT- Page 4-133
ING=,QCOOLING=, QUTILITIES=, APROCESS=}
{PARAMETER} {FILM=100 , UVALUE=50, ALPHA=1.0, EXPONENT=1.0, DELTA=0.0 Page 4-134

MAT=HRAT}
{PRINT} {ALL, NONE, DUTY, COMPOSITE, GRAND, CASES, SUMMARY} Page 4-137
{PLOT} X=, Y Page 4-13

STANT=0.0}
{ECONOMICS} {DAYS=350, CURRENCY=USDOLLAR, EXCHANGERATE=1.0, Page 4-139

RATE=10.0, LIFE=30}

June 2002 4-131
TARGETING TARGETING Category of Input
Mandatory statement. This statement specifies that targeting calculations will be performed.
Targeting calculations cannot be used in conjunction with SYNTHESIS or any of the
FLOWSHEET calculation options.
Optional entries: None
Example:
TARGETING
Figure 4-3: Composite Heating/Cooling Curves
Composite Heating/Cooling Curves
600
“A”
500
400 “D”
“E”
300
200
“C” “F” “B”
100
0 10 20 30 40 50
Duty—MMBTU/HR
A = HRAT (DTMIN)
B = QHEATING (Minimum Heating Utility)
C = QCOOLING (Minimum Cooling Utility)
D = THEATING (Run-up Temperature)
E = TCOOLING (Run-down Temperature)
F = QPROCESS (Process-process duty)

4-132 June 2002
SPEC TARGETING Category of Input
Optional statement. This statement specifies the heat recovery of the process streams as a
function of various temperatures, duties, and areas.
Optional entries:
HRAT=0.0 Heat Recovery Approach Temperature. Specifies the minimum
temperature difference, or DTmin, between the hot and cold
composite heat duty curves (Figure 4-3). HRAT sets the corre-
sponding heat recovery level of the network. Enter up to 20
positive values in any order. Zero corresponds to the maximum
theoretical duty. To determine feasible bounds for HRAT, first run
TARGETING with no specification. The default is 0.0 F (English),
0.0 C (metric), or 0.0 K (SI).
Example:
SPEC HRAT=0.0,10.0,50.0,100.0
THEATING= Maximum runup temperature for cold streams (Figure 4-3).
THEATING is the highest temperature to which cold streams
may be heated before a heating utility is required. Specify
THEATING to set the corresponding heat recovery level of the
network. Enter up to 20 values in any order. To determine feasi-
ble bounds for THEATING, first run TARGETING with no specifi-
cations. There is no default.
TCOOLING= Minimum rundown temperature for hot streams (Figure 4-3).
TCOOLING is the lowest temperature to which hot streams may
be cooled before a cooling utility is required. Specify TCOOLING
to set the corresponding heat recovery level of the network. En-
ter up to 20 values in any order. To determine feasible bounds
for TCOOLING, first run TARGETING with no specifications.
QPROCESS= Process-process duty. QPROCESS is the duty exchanged be-
tween hot and cold process streams in a network (Figure 4-3).
Specify QPROCESS directly as the heat recovery level of the net-
work. Enter up to 20 positive values in any order. To determine
feasible bounds for QPROCESS, first run TARGETING with no
specifications.
QHEATING= Heating utility duty. QHEATING is the supplemental duty required
to heat cold streams (Figure 4-3) above the maximum runup
temperature (Figure 4-3). Specify QHEATING to set the corre-
sponding heat recovery level of the network. Enter up to 20
positive values in any order. To determine feasible bounds for
QHEATING, first run TARGETING with no specifications. There is
no default.
QCOOLING= Cooling utility duty. QCOOLING is the supplemental duty re-
quired to cool hot streams below the minimum rundown tem-
perature (Figure 4-3). Specify QCOOLING to set the
corresponding heat recovery level of the network. Enter up to 20
June 2002 4-133
QCOOLING, first run TARGETING with no specifications. There is
no default.
QUTILITIES= Total utilities duty. QUTILITIES is the sum of the heating utility
duty (QHEATING) and the cooling utility duty (QCOOLING).
Specify QUTILITIES to set the corresponding heat recovery level
of the network. Enter up to 20 positive values in any order. To
determine feasible bounds for QUTILITIES, first run TARGETING
with no specifications. There is no default.
APROCESS= Process-process heat transfer surface area. APROCESS is the
area required to exchange the duty between hot and cold pro-
cess streams (Equation 4-26). Specify APROCESS to set the
corresponding heat recovery level of the network. Enter up to 20
APROCESS, first run TARGETING with no specifications. There
is no default.
Note: If the specified area is “actual”, then use an area efficiency
factor (see PARAMETER statement). Otherwise, APROCESS is
assumed to be the “minimum” (target) area of the network.
Note: Solution of AREA specifications is an iterative procedure
that requires significantly more computer time than other
specifications.
PARAMETER TARGETING Category of Input
Optional statement. This statement defines various heat transfer coefficients and area efficien-
cies for targeting calculations.
Optional entries:
FILM=100 Film heat transfer coefficient. FILM is the stream “film and foul-
ing” coefficient used to calculate the overall heat transfer coeffi-
cient (U-value) for the network. The U-value is used for calculating
duty, area and MTD. Enter an average value to be assigned to all
process and utility streams. This global value may be overridden
by individual film coefficients on a stream-by-stream basis (see
Stream Data section). The default is 100.0 Btu/hr-ft 2 -F (English),
488.2 kcal/hr 2 -C (metric), or 567.8 W/m 2 -K (SI).
Note: UVALUE may be used instead of FILM to specify the net-
work U-value.
UVALUE=50 Overall heat transfer coefficient. UVALUE is the average (area-
weighted) U-value for the network. Enter an average value for
use in calculating duty, area and MTD. This global value may be
overridden by individual film coefficients on a stream-by-stream
basis (See Stream Data). The default is 50.0 Btu-hr-ft 2 -F (Eng-
lish), 244.1 kcal-hr-m 2 -C (metric), or 283.9 W/m 2 -K (SI).
Note: FILM may be used instead of UVALUE to specify the net-
work U-value.

4-134 June 2002
ALPHA=1.0 Linear area efficiency factor. ALPHA is the ratio of “minimum”
(target) network area to the “actual” network area (Equation
4-1). Enter a value (0 < α ≤ 1) 0 to 1, and use ALPHA to estimate
actual network surface area. The default value of 1.0 represents
100% efficiency.
Note: EXPONENT may be used in conjunction with ALPHA and
DELTA for more accurate estimating.
EXPONENT=1.0 Exponential area efficiency factor. EXPONENT is the value to
which the “minimum” (target) network area is raised to calculate
the “actual” network area (Equation 4-26). Enter a value
(1 < exp < 2) 1 to 2, and use EXPONENT to estimate the actual
network surface area. The default value of 1.0 represents 100%
efficiency.
Note: EXPONENT may be used in conjunction with ALPHA and
DELTA for more accurate estimating.
DELTA=0.0 Incremental area efficiency factor. DELTA is the value to which the
“minimum” (target) network area is added to calculate the “ac-
tual” network area (Equation 4-26). Enter a value
(0 < ∆ < 1000000) and use DELTA to estimate the actual network
surface area. The default value 0.0 ft 2 (English) = 0.0 m 2 (met-
ric and SI) of zero represents 100% efficiency.
 1 ε
Aactual =   Aminimum +δ
α
where:
Aactual = the actual network area (APROCESS)
α = the linear (inverse) area efficiency factor (ALPHA)
ε = the exponential area efficiency factor (EXPONENT)
δ = the incremental area efficiency factor (DELTA).
UMAT=HRAT Utility Minimum Approach Temperature. The default is HRAT.

June 2002 4-135
Table 4-31: Allowable Keywords for X and Y
Keyword Definition
HRAT Heat Recovery Approach Temperature
THEATING Minimum runup temperature for hot streams
TCOOLING Maximum runup temperature for cold streams
MTD Network Mean Temperature Difference
QPROCESS Process-process duty
QHEATING Heating utility duty
QCOOLING Cooling utility duty
QUTILITIES Total utilities duty (QH & QC)
APROCESS Process-process heat transfer surface area
AHEATING Heating utility heat transfer surface area
ACOOLING Cooling utility heat transfer surface area
AUTILITIES Total utilities heat transfer surface area
ATOTAL Total network heat transfer surface area
UVALUE Average network U-value
CPROCESS Process-process capital cost
CHEATING Heating utility capital cost
CCOOLING Cooling utility capital cost
CUTILITIES Total utilities capital cost
CTOTAL Total network capital cost
OHEATING Annual heating utility operating cost
OCOOLING Annual cooling utility operating cost
OUTILITIES Annual total utilities operating cost
ANNUAL Annualized network cost
PAYOUT Incremental payout period between cases

4-136 June 2002
PRINT TARGETING Category of Input
Optional statement. This statement sets print options. Entry of any other keyword turns off all
reports except those specified. The default is ALL.
Optional entries:
ALL Prints all results. ALL is the default.
NONE Suppresses printout of all tables, curves and summaries.
Note: Do not use NONE unless the PLOT Statement is used.
DUTY Prints Total Duty, Individual Duty, and Cumulative Duty Tables.
COMPOSITE Prints Composite Duty Table, Composite Duty Curves, and Tem-
perature Difference Table.
GRAND Prints Grand Composite Table and Grand Composite Curves.
CASES Prints detailed results for all cases.
SUMMARY Prints summary of results for all cases.
PLOT TARGETING Category of Input
Optional statement. This statement specifies the axis plot variable for keywords. Specify an X
keyword and a Y keyword for each PLOT statement you enter. You can enter up to 100 sepa-
rate PLOT statements.
Mandatory entries:
X= Specifies the X-variable. Select only one keyword (Table 4-31)
for each PLOT Statement used. There is no default.
Y= Specifies the Y-variable. Select only one keyword (Table 4-31)
for each PLOT Statement used. There is no default.
Examples:
PLOT X=HRAT,Y=QPROCESS
PLOT X=QPROCESS,Y=APROCESS

June 2002 4-137
HXCOST TARGETING Category of Input
Optional statement. This statement sets factors used in the cost equation (see eq. (2)) for pro-
cess - process exchange area.
Optional entries:
BSIZE=1000 Base exchanger area. BSIZE is used in the general costing equa-
tion to estimate the capital cost of network surface area (eq.
(2)). Enter a positive value to account for the base cost of sur-
face area. Use with BCOST. The default is 1000.0 ft2 (English) or
9.29 m 2 (metric and SI).
BCOST=0.0 Base exchanger cost. BCOST is used in the general costing
equation to estimate the capital cost of network surface area
(eq. (2)). Enter a positive value to account for the base cost of
surface area. Use with BSIZE. The default is 0.0 USDOLLAR/ft 2
(English) or 0.0 USDOLLAR/m2 (metric and SI). The default
eliminates the base cost contribution.
LINEAR=50 Linear cost factor. LINEAR is used in the general costing equa-
(2)). Enter a positive value to account for the linear cost of sur-
face area. The default is 50.00 USDOLLAR/ft 2 (English) or
538.00 USDOLLAR/m 2 (metric and SI).
EXPONENT=0.6 Exponential cost factor. EXPONENT is used in the general cost-
ing equation to estimate the capital cost of network surface area
(eq. (2)). Enter a positive or negative value to account for the ex-
ponential cost of surface area. The default is 0.6.
CONSTANT=0.0 Constant cost factor. CONSTANT is used in the general costing
(eq. (2)). Enter a positive value to account for the constant cost
of surface area. The default value (0.0) eliminates the constant
cost contribution.
General Costing Equation to Estimate Capital Cost of Network Surface Area: (2)
C total = λ ( Atotal ) + (C base ) ( A base ) ( Atotal A base )ε + γ
where:
Ctotal = the total process-process capital cost (PROCESS)
Cbase = the base process-process capital cost (BCOST)
Atotal = the total process-process heat transfer surface area (APROCESS)
Abase = the base process-process heat transfer surface area (BSIZE)
l = the linear cost factor (LINEAR)
ε = the exponential cost factor (EXPONENT)
γ = the constant cost factor (CONSTANT)

4-138 June 2002
ECONOMICS TARGETING Category of Input
Optional statement. This statement specifies economic parameters used in the COST
calculations.
Optional entries:
DAYS=350 On-stream factor. DAYS is the number of days the plant is on
stream per year. Used for calculating annual utility consumption
and operating costs. Enter a positive integer less than 366 days
per year. The default is 350 days/year.
CURRENCY=USDOLLAR Currency units. CURRENCY is the currency units for costing
data and the currency label for printout. The default is
USDOLLAR.
EXCHANGERATE=1.0 Exchange rate. EXCHANGERATE is the exchange rate expressed
as the number of currency units per US Dollar. Enter a positive
value for converting any built-in costing data defaults. The de-
fault is 1.0 currency/USDOLLAR.
RATE=10.0 Discount or interest rate of return. RATE is the interest rate used
to determine the capital recovery factor and the annualized net-
work cost (eq. (3)). Enter as a percent or decimal fraction.The
default is 10.0 percent.
LIFE=30 Project life. LIFE is the estimated economic life of the project
used to determine the capital recovery factor and the annualized
network cost (eq. (3)). Enter a positive integer in years. The de-
fault is 30 years.
Annualized Network Costing Equation: (3)

Ca = Co + Cc (crf))
where: R
Ca = the annualized network cost (ANNUAL)
Co = the annual total operating cost (OUTILITIES)
Cc = the total network capital cost (CTOTAL)
crf = the capital recovery factor defined by:
i (1 + i ) η
cfr =
(1 + i ) η − 1
where:
i = the discount or interest rate of return (RATE)
η = the project life (LIFE)

June 2002 4-139
HRAT Modification
In TARGETING runs, it is possible to modify an individual stream’s HRAT with a DHRAT speci-
fication on the PROCESS Statement in the STREAM data section, page 4-. This is useful for
modelling streams which exchange heat through a heating medium or third party stream.
DHRAT takes into consideration the extra temperature differences which must be maintained
between the three streams.
A negative DHRAT value is also acceptable. Reducing the minimum approach temperature with
DHRAT selectively upgrades the value of the heat in the system.
Restriction: HRAT and DHRAT must be greater than zero.

4-140 June 2002
Synthesis Category of Input
SYNTHESIS generates optimal networks which contain the minimum
number of exchangers for a specified heat recovery level. The program is
driven to the minimum equipment requirements, by user specifications for
network heat recovery approach temperature (HRAT) and exchanger
minimum approach temperature (EMAT). From a single input file,
HEXTRAN will perform up to 20 case studies to evaluate the best
combinations of EMAT and HRAT.
Although SYNTHESIS’ objective is to minimize the required heat
exchanger equipment, it also produces networks in the optimum cost
region. Process heat exchangers are costed on the basis of their area with a
generalized costing equation. Utility exchangers are costed on the basis of
their area or duty. Utility costs are accounted for on the UTILITY STRM
statement (see the Stream Data section).
SYNTHESIS uses a modified Temperature Interval method. Hot and cold
streams are ranked by order of decreasing heat capacity flow rates.
Temperature boundaries are determined from the user specified inlet and
outlet stream temperatures. Within each pair of boundaries, hot and cold
streams are matched to form a subnetwork. Where possible, adjacent
subnetworks are integrated. HEXTRAN performs additional fine tuning
until it gets as close as possible to the minimum number of exchangers (No.
of Hot Streams + No. of Cold Streams+ No. of Utilities - 1).
The network is further reduced through loop breaking and stream splitting.
Split flow networks are produced only if they reduce the number of
required exchangers.
Once the network is designed, SYNTHESIS sizes the exchangers with the
user supplied or default film coefficients. Shells are added in series to
comply with the minimum LMTD correction factor, FT. If a maximum
shell area is specified, shells are added in parallel and series as needed.

June 2002 4-141
Table 4-32: Synthesis Category of Input

SYNTHESIS Page 4-142
{SPEC} HRAT=,EMAT Page 4-142
{PARAMETER} {FILM=100, UVALUE=50} Page 4-143
{PRINT} {SPLIT=SHORT, UNSPLIT=LAST} Page 4-144
{PLOT} {ALL, HOT, COLD, WIDE, C1, C2, C3, C4, C5, C6, C7, C8, C9, Page 4-144
C10

CONSTANT=0.0, UNIT, SHELL}
{ECONOMICS} {DAYS=350, CURRENCY=USDOLLAR, EXCHANGERATE=1.0} Page 4-146
{LIMITS} {MAXP=10, MAXS=10, MAXAREA=6000, MINFT=0.8, FT1} Page 4-147
SYNTHESIS SYNTHESIS Category of Input
Mandatory statement. This statement specifies that Synthesis calculations will be performed.
SYNTHESIS calculations cannot be used in conjunction with TARGETING or any of the flow-
sheet calculation options.
SPEC SYNTHESIS Category of Input
Mandatory statement. This statement specifies the heat recovery of the process streams
(HRAT) and the exchanger minimum approach temperature (EMAT).
Mandatory entries:
HRAT= Heat Recovery Approach Temperature. HRAT is the minimum
temperature difference, or DTmin between the hot and cold
composite heat duty curves (Figure 4-3, page 4-132). Specify
HRAT to set the corresponding heat recovery level of the net-
work. To determine feasible bounds for HRAT, first run
TARGETING with no specification. Enter up to 20 positive values
in any order. Valid units are F (English), C (metric), or K (SI).

4-142 June 2002
EMAT= The Exchanger Minimum Approach Temperature. This entry sets
the minimum approach temperature used for any exchanger in
the network. When the final network is calculated, one ex-
changer will have its approach temperature equal to EMAT, while
all other exchangers will have approach temperatures greater
than EMAT. EMAT usually occurs in an exchanger near the net-
work’s pinch point. One EMAT value must be specified for each
HRAT value. EMAT must be less than or equal to the HRAT value.
However, it is generally not advised to make it equal to HRAT.
Examples:
SPEC HRAT= 10.0, 50.0, 100.0,*
EMAT= 5.0, 25.0, 50.0
PARAMETER SYNTHESIS Category of Input
Optional statement. This statement defines the film coefficient for each stream.
Optional entries:
FILM=100 Film heat transfer coefficient. FILM is the stream ‘‘film and foul-
ing’’ coefficient used to calculate the overall heat transfer coeffi-
cient (U-value) for each exchanger. Enter an average value to be
assigned to all process and utility streams. The global value may
be overridden by individual stream film coefficients (see Stream
Data section). The default is 100.0 Btu/hr-ft 2 - o F (English), or
488.2 kcal/hr-m 2 -C (metric), or 567.8 Watts/m 2 -K (SI).
Note: UVALUE may be used instead of FILM.
UVALUE=50 Overall heat transfer coefficient. UVALUE is the average (area-
weighted) U-value for the network. Enter an average value for
use in calculating duty, area and MTD. The global value may be
overridden by individual stream film coefficients (see the Stream
Data category of input, page 4-38). The default is 50.0 Btu/hr-ft
2 - o F (English), or 244.1 kcal/hr-m 2 -C (metric), or 283.9
Watts/m 2 -K (SI).
Note: FILM may be used instead of UVALUE.

June 2002 4-143
PRINT SYNTHESIS Category of Input
Optional statement. This statement controls the reports for split and unsplit networks.
Optional statements:
SPLIT=SHORT Split network print options. Enter an acceptable keyword from
Table 4-33.
UNSPLIT=LAST Unsplit network print options. Enter an acceptable keyword from
Table 4-33.
Table 4-33: Print Option Keywords
SHORT Short intermediate printout of each network followed by a full output of

the network containing the mimimum number of services. The short in-
termediate printout provides a list including the number of shells, the
number of splits, total area, total duty, total exchanger cost, and the utility
consumption cost.
ALL Allows every network generated to be printed in full. This option will pro-
duce a lot of output and increase the computation time.
NONE Suppresses all output. Do not use for both the unsplit and split entries.
LAST Allows only the network with the minimum number of services to be
printed.
PLOT SYNTHESIS Category of Input
Optional statement. This statement specifies network plots that diagram the connectivity of the syn-
thesized networks. A plot is produced for each network that is specified on the PRINT statement.
Optional entries:
ALL Plot networks for all hot streams and all cold streams.
HOT Plot networks for all hot streams and connected cold streams.
COLD Plot networks for all cold streams and connected hot streams.
WIDE Plot networks using full 132 character width. Default plots use
72 character width.
WARNING: Wide plots cannot be properly viewed on a standard
80 character display terminal.

4-144 June 2002
C1, C2, C3, C4, Character entry. In producing printer plots, some special charac-
C5, C6, C7, C8, ters are used to depict the streams and their directions of flow.
C9, C10= Different computers and printers may not have the same charac-
ters available. Various plot characters can be selected through
input on the PLOT statement.
C1 = - Horizontal stream connector
C2 = | Vertical stream connector
C3 = | Vertical at right upper corner
C4 = < Horizontal after right upper corner
C5 = V Vertical at right lower corner. Also,
vertical at splitter corner
C6 = - Horizontal after right lower corner
C7 = - Horizontal after splitter corner
C8 = > End of left horizontal stream
C9 = < End of right horizontal stream
C10 = [ Line crossing
Note: The CHARACTER instruction cannot be continued onto a
second line. The delimiters ‘‘= ’’*", and ‘‘,’’ cannot be used as
plot symbols. The other delimiters ‘‘/’’, ‘‘(’’, ‘‘)’’, and ‘‘$’’ can be
used.
HXCOST SYNTHESIS Category of Input
Optional statement. This statement sets factors used in the cost equation (see Figure 4-27) for
process - process exchange area.
Optional entries:
BSIZE=1000 Base exchanger area. BSIZE is used in the general costing equa-
(4)). Enter a positive value to account for the base cost of sur-
face area. Use with BCOST. The default is 1000.0 ft 2 (English) or
BCOST=0.0 Base exchanger cost. BCOST is used in the general costing
(eq. (4)). Enter a positive value to account for the base cost of
surface area. Use with BSIZE. The default is 0.0 USDOLLAR/ft 2
(English) or 0.0 USDOLLAR/m 2 (metric and SI). The default
eliminates the base cost contribution.
LINEAR=50 Linear cost factor. LINEAR is used in the general costing equa-
(4)). Enter a positive value to account for the linear cost of sur-
face area. The default is 50.00 USDOLLAR/ft 2 (English) or
538.00 USDOLLAR/m 2 (metric and SI).
EXPONENT=0.6 Exponential cost factor. EXPONENT is used in the general cost-
ing equation to estimate the capital cost of network surface area
(eq. (4)). Enter a positive or negative value to account for the ex-
ponential cost of surface area. The default is 0.6.

June 2002 4-145
CONSTANT=0.0 Constant cost factor. CONSTANT is used in the general costing
(eq. (4)). Enter a positive value to account for the constant cost
of surface area. The default value (0.0) eliminates the constant
cost contribution.
(4)
C total = λ ( Atotal ) + (C base ) ( A base ) ( Atotal A base )ε + γ (CSCALER )
where:
Ctotal = the total process-process capital cost (PROCESS)
Cbase = the base process-process capital cost (BCOST)
Atotal = the total process-process heat transfer surface area (APROCESS)
Abase = the base process-process heat transfer surface area (BSIZE)
λ = the linear cost factor (LINEAR)
ε = the exponential cost factor (EXPONENT)
γ = the constant cost factor (CONSTANT)
CSCALER = the stream cost function (see the Stream Data category of input, page 4-38
ECONOMICS SYNTHESIS Category of Input
Optional statement. This statement specifies economic parameters used in the COST
calculations.
Optional entries:
DAYS=350 On-stream factor. DAYS is the number of days the plant is on
stream per year. Used for calculating annual utility consumption
and operating costs. Enter a positive integer less than 366 days
per year. The default is 350 days/year.
CURRENCY=USDOLLAR Currency units. CURRENCY is the currency units for costing
data and the currency label for printout. The default is
USDOLLAR.
EXCHANGERATE=1.0 Exchange rate. EXCHANGERATE is the exchange rate expressed
as the number of currency units per US Dollar. Enter a positive
value for converting any built-in costing data defaults. The de-
fault is 1.0 currency/USDOLLAR.
RATE=10.0 Discount or interest rate of return. RATE is the interest rate used
to determine the capital recovery factor and the annualized net-
work cost (eq. (4)). Enter as a percent or decimal fraction.The
default is 10.0 percent.

4-146 June 2002
LIMITS SYNTHESIS Category of Input
Optional statement. This statement imposes limits on the exchanger design.

Optional entries:
MAXP=10 The maximum allowable number of exchanger shells in parallel
in any one service. Any value entered greater than 10 is set to
10.
MAXS=10 The maximum allowable number of exchanger shells in series in
any one service. Any value entered greater than 10 is set to 10.
MAXAREA=6000 The maximum area of one exchanger shell. The maximum area
is never violated unless both the limitations on maximum shell
in series and maximum shells in parallel are reached. The default
is 6000 ft 2 (English), or 55.7 m 2 (metric and SI).
MINFT=0.8 The minimum log-mean temperature correction factor. The mini-
mum FT factor supplied is never violated unless the limitation
imposed on the maximum number of shells in series has been
met. In this case, the FT factor is set to the minimum FT factor
given and a warning message is printed. The default is 0.8.
FT1 This option suppresses FT factor calculations and uses a global
FT factor of 1.0 for all exchangers in the flowsheet.
Additional Features
SYNTHESIS models several stream selective process and economic constraints:
CSCALER Multiplier for HXCOST, eq. (4).
NOSPLIT Prevents SYNTHESIS from splitting the stream.
NOUTILITY SYNTHESIS tries not to match the stream with any utilities.
SINGLE Matches a stream with only one other stream.
TADDITIONAL Provides additional temperature points for streams with phase
change. TSPLIT The minimum temperature for a split hot or cold
stream.
For a more detailed discussion of these constraints, please see the Stream Data category of in-
put page 4-38.
Film coefficients may be entered as a global value, or on a stream by stream basis. The stream
film is entered as an average value on the PROPERTY statement in the STREAM DATA cate-
gory of input,, or as film versus temperature points in the EXTERNAL DATA category of input,
page 4-67. Use of temperature sensitive film data produces more accurate exchanger sizing
for condensing and vaporizing streams.

June 2002 4-147
Unit Operations Category of Input
The Unit Operations Category of input allows unit operations to be
included in a simulation. The general format for input is:
unitKeyword NAME=
statementName keywords...
statementName keywords...
Table 4-34: Unit Operations Category of Input

)
STE UID=, {NAME=, Rating only: REFUNIT= } Page 4-16
TYPE Rating only: OLD, Page 4-165

Design only: NEW,
TEMA=AES, {HOTSIDE=SHELL, ORIENTATION=HORIZONTAL,
FLOW=COUNTERCURRENT,
Rating only: AREA=1000.0,
Design only: AREA=200.0, 6000.0,
UESTIMATE=50.0, UVALUE=, USCALER=1.0}
TUBESIDE FEED=, PRODUCT=, Page 4-170

Rating only: {LENGTH=20.0
Design only: {LENGTH=8.0,20.0,4.0,
OD=0.75, ID= 0.584 or BWG=14 or THICKNESS=0.083, NUMBER=257,
Rating only: PASS=2,

Design only: PASS=2, 16, 2,
PATTERN=90, PITCH=1.0, MATERIAL=01, DENSITY=490.8,
CONDUCTIVITY=30.0, FOUL=0.002, LAYER=0.0, HI= or
HSCALER=1.0,
Design only: VELOCITY=0,1000,
Rating only: DPSHELL= or DPUNIT=,
Design only: DPSHELL=5.0, 15.0 or DPUNIT=, DPSCALER=1.0,
PDESIGN=, TDESIGN=}
{FINS} NUMBER=19.0, {ROOT=0.625, THICKNESS=0.026, HEIGHT=0.0625, Page 4-174

AREA=0.508, EFFICIENCY=}
SHELLSIDE FEED=, PRODUCT=, Page 4-177

Rating only: {ID=23.0, SERIES=1, PARALLEL=1,
Design only: {ID=8.0, 60.0, SERIES=1, 10, PARALLEL=1, 10,
SEALS=, MATERIAL=01, DENSITY=490.8, FOUL=0.002, LAYER=0.0,
HO= or HSCALER=1.0,
Design only: VELOCITY=0,1000,
Rating only: DPSHELL= or DPUNIT=,
Design only: DPSHELL=5.0, 15.0 or DPUNIT=,
DPSCALER=1.0, PDESIGN=, TDESIGN=}

4-148 June 2002
{BAFFLE} NONE or SEGMENTAL=SINGLE, Page 4-181

Rating only: {CUT=0.20, NFAR=0.14, SPACING=4.6, INSPACING=,
OUTSPACING=,
Design only: {CUT=0.2, 0.2, NFAR=0.14,0.14, SPACING=,
THICKNESS=0.1875, SHEETS=}
{TNOZZLE} {ID=, NUMBER=1, 1, NONE, TYPE=CONVENTIONAL} Page 4-188
{SNOZZLE} {ID=, NUMBER=1, 1, NONE, TYPE=CONVENTIONAL, AREA=, Page 4-188

LENGTH=, CLEARANCE=}
{INOZZLE} {ID=, NUMBER=0} Page 4-189
{LNOZZLE} {ID=, NUMBER=0} Page 4-190
{ST5 and/or HTRI only Page 4-190

CST3 and/or
RKH3} or
{TASC3} HTFS only Page 4-190
{CALCULATION} {NOCHECK, MINFT=0.8, DPSMETHOD=STREAM, TWOPHASE=NEW} Page 4-191
SPECIFICATION TEMPERATURE=, and HOT or COLD or SHELL or TUBE Page 4-191

(Optional for Rating) or LFRAC=, and HOT or COLD or SHELL or TUBE or
DUTY= or HOCI= or COCI= or HIHO=, or HICO=
{PRINT} {STANDARD, EXTENDED, ZONES, MONITOR} Page 4-193
{COST} {BSIZE=1000.0, BCOST=0.0, LINEAR=50.0, EXPONENT=0.6, Page 4-193

)
RBE UID=, {NAME=, REFUNIT=} Page 4-195

Rating only
TYPE OLD, {TEMA=AES, HOTSIDE=SHELL, ORIENTATION=HORIZONTAL, Page 4-196
FLOW=COUNTERCURRENT, AREA=1000, UESTIMATE=50, US-
CALER=1.0}
TUBESIDE FEED=, PRODUCT=, {LENGTH=20, OD=0.75, ID=0.584 or BWG=14 Page 4-197

or THICKNESS=0.083, NUMBER=254, PASS=2, PATTERN=90,
PITCH=1.00, MATERIAL=01, DENSITY=490.8, CONDUCTIVITY=30.0,
FOUL=0.002, LAYER=0.0, HI=, or HSCALER=1.0, DPSHELL=,
DPUNIT=, DPSCALER=1.0, PDESIGN=}
SHELLSIDE FEED=, PRODUCT=, {ID=23.0, SERIES=1, PARALLEL=1, MATE- Page 4-199

RIAL=01, DENSITY=490.8, FOUL=0.002, LAYER=0.0, HO or
HSCALER=1.0, DPSHELL= or DPUNIT=, DPSCALER=1.0, PDESIGN=}
BAFFLE {SPACING=4.6, THICKNESS=1.00, SHEETS=4.0, CLEARANCE=0.125, Page 4-201

TYPE=RING}
{TNOZZLE} {ID=, NONE} Page 4-201

June 2002 4-149
{SNOZZLE} {TYPE=CONVENTIONAL, ID=, LENGTH=, AREA=, CLEARANCE, NONE} Page 4-202
{ST5 and/or HTRI only

CST3 and/or See the HEXTRAN
RKH3} or HTRI and HTRS
Input Guides
{TASC3} HTFS only
{CALCULATION} {NOCHECK, TWOPHASE=NEW} Page 4-202
{SPECIFICATION} TEMPERATURE=, and HOT or COLD or SHELL or TUBE or LFRAC=, Page 4-203
and HOT or COLD or DUTY= or HOCI= or COCI= or HIHO=, or HICO=
{PRINT} {STANDARD, EXTENDED, ZONES} Page 4-204
{COST} {BSIZE=1000, BCOST=0.0, LINEAR=50, EXPONENT=0.6, Page 4-204

)
DPE UID=, {NAME=} Page 4-206

Rating only
TYPE OLD, {HOTSIDE=SHELL, ORIENTATION=HORIZONTAL, Page 4-207
FLOW=COUNTERCURRENT, AREA=23.6, UESTIMATE=50,
USCALER=1.0}
TUBESIDE FEED=, PRODUCT=, {LENGTH=20, OD=4.50, ID=4.026, Page 4-208

THICKNESS=0.237, NPS=, SCHEDULE=, BWG=, MATERIAL=01,
DENSITY=490.8, CONDUCTIVITY=30.0, FOUL=0.002, LAYER=0.0, HI=,
or HSCALER=1.0, DPSHELL=, DPUNIT=, DPSCALER=1.0, PDESIGN=}
{FINS} NUMBER=24, {HEIGHT=0.7815, MATERIAL=01, CONDUCTIVITY=30.0, Page 4-210
THICKNESS=0.050, AREA=, EFFICIENCY=}
SHELLSIDE FEED=, PRODUCT=, {ID=6.065, NPS=, SCHEDULE=, SERIES=1, Page 4-211

PARALLEL=1, MATERIAL=01, DENSITY=490.8, FOUL=0.002,
LAYER=0.0, HO or HSCALER=1.0, DPSHELL= or DPUNIT=,
DPSCALER=1.0, PDESIGN=}
{SNOZZLE} {ID=, NONE} Page 4-213
{SPECIFICATION} TEMPERATURE=, and HOT or COLD or SHELL or TUBE or LFRAC=, Page 4-214
and HOT or COLD or DUTY= or HOCI= or COCI= or HIHO=, or HICO=


4-150 June 2002
)
MTE UID=, {NAME=, REFUNIT=} Page 4-217

Rating only
TYPE OLD, {HOTSIDE=SHELL, ORIENTATION=HORIZONTAL, Page 4-218
FLOW=COUNTERCURRENT, AREA=27.0, UESTIMATE=50,
USCALER=1.0}
TUBESIDE FEED=, PRODUCT=, {LENGTH=20, OD=4.50, ID=4.026 or Page 4-219

THICKNESS=0.237 or BWG= or (NPS= and SCHEDULE=), PITCH=1.00,
PATTERN=90, NUMBER=7, MATERIAL=01, DENSITY=490.8,
CONDUCTIVITY=30.0, FOUL=0.002, LAYER=0.0, HI=, or
HSCALER=1.0, DPSHELL= or DPUNIT=, DPSCALER=1.0, PDESIGN=}
{FINS} NUMBER=24, {HEIGHT=0.12, MATERIAL=01, CONDUCTIVITY=30.0, Page 4-221

THICKNESS=0.050, AREA=, EFFICIENCY=}
SHELLSIDE FEED=, PRODUCT=, {ID=6.065 or (NPS= and SCHEDULE=), SERIES=1, Page 4-222
PARALLEL=1, MATERIAL=01, DENSITY=490.8, FOUL=0.002,
LAYER=0.0, HO or HSCALER=1.0, DPSHELL= or DPUNIT=,
DPSCALER=1.0, PDESIGN=}
{SNOZZLE} {ID=, NONE} Page 4-224
{CALCULATION} {NOCHECK, MINFT=0.8, TWOPHASE=NEW} Page 4-224
{SPECIFICATION} TEMPERATURE=, and SHELL or TUBE or HOT or COLDor LFRAC=, and Page 4-225
HOT or COLD or SHELL or TUBE or DUTY= or HOCI= or COCI= or
HIHO=, or HICO=

)
FTE UID=, {NAME=, Page 4-228

Rating only: REFUNIT= }
Design only: NEW,
{HOTSIDE=SHELL, ORIENTATION=HORIZONTAL,
FLOW=COUNTERCURRENT,
Design only: AREA=200.0, 6000.0,
UESTIMATE=50.0, UVALUE=, USCALER=1.0}

June 2002 4-151

Design only: {LENGTH=24,40,2, OD=0.75, ID= 0.584 or BWG=14 or
THICKNESS=0.083 or (NPS= and SCHEDULE=), NUMBER=257,
Rating only: PASS=2,
Design only: PASS=1,12, PATTERN=INLINE, TPITCH=, LPITCH=,
Rating only: ROWS=1, MATERIAL=01, CONDUCTIVITY=30.0
Design only: ROWS=2,12, MATERIAL=01, CONDUCTIVITY=30.0,
FOUL=0.002, LAYER=0.0, HI= or HSCALER=1.0,
Rating only: DPSHELL= or DPUNIT=, SERIES=1, PARALLEL=1
Design only: DPSHELL=5.0, 15.0 or DPUNIT=, DPSCALER=1.0}
{FINS} NUMBER=5, {THICKNESS=0.017, HEIGHT=0.625, AREA=, EFFI- Page 4-235

CIENCY=, MATERIAL=20, CONDUCTIVITY=128.3, BOND=0.0}
DUCTSIDE FEED=, PRODUCT=, Page 4-236

Rating only: {WIDTH=, LENGTH=20, FOUL= 0.002, LAYER= 0.0, HO=
value, or HSCALER= 1.0,
Design only: {WIDTH=5.0,12.0 FOUL= 0.002, LAYER= 0.0, HO= value,
or HSCALER= 1.0,
Rating only: DPUNIT=
Design only: DPUNIT=0.3,0.7 or VELOCITY=, DPSCALER= 1.0,
Rating only: PARALLEL=1}
Design only: PARALLEL=1,10}
{TNOZZLE} {ID=, NUMBER=1,1, NONE} Page 4-238
SPECIFICATION TEMPERATURE= and TUBE or DUCT or LFRAC= and TUBE or COLD or Page 4-238
Optional for Rating; DUTY= or HOCI= or COCI= or HIHO=, or HICO=
Mandatory for Design

{ACE2} HTRI only Page 4-241

)
ACE UID=, {NAME=, Rating only: REFUNIT= } Page 4-242

Design only: NEW, {HOTSIDE=TUBE, FLOW=COUNTERCURRENT,
Design only: AREA= UESTIMATE=5.0, USCALER=1.0}

4-152 June 2002
TUBESIDE FEED=, PRODUCT=, Page 4- 245

Design only: {LENGTH=24,40,2, OD=0.75, ID= 0.584 or BWG=14 or
THICKNESS=0.083 or (NPS= and SCHEDULE=), NUMBER=20,
Rating only: PASS=2, PATTERN=INLINE, TPITCH=, LPITCH=
Design only: PASS=2,12, PATTERN=INLINE, TPITCH=, LPITCH=,
Rating only: ROWS=1
Design only: ROWS=2,12
MATERIAL=01, CONDUCTIVITY=30.0, FOUL=0.002, LAYER=0.0,
HI= or HSCALER=1.0,
Rating only: DPSHELL= or DPUNIT=, SERIES=1, PARALLEL=1
Design only: DPSHELL= or DPUNIT=5.0, 15.0 or VELOCITY=
DPSCALER=1.0}
{FINS} NUMBER=5, {THICKNESS=0.017, HEIGHT=0.625, AREA=, Page 4-248

EFFICIENCY=, MATERIAL=20, CONDUCTIVITY=128.3, BOND=0.0}
AIRSIDE FEED=, PRODUCT=, Page 4-249

Rating only: {WIDTH=, LENGTH=20
Design only: {WIDTH=5.0,12.0 FOUL= 0.002, LAYER= 0.0, HO= value,
or HSCALER= 1.0,
Rating only: DPUNIT=
Design only: DPUNIT=0.3,0.7, VELOCITY= DPSCALER= 1.0,
Rating only: PARALLEL=1}
Design only: PARALLEL=1,10}
{FAN} Rating only: DRAFT=FORCED, Page 4-251
{DIAMETER=,
Rating only: NUMBER=1,
EFFICIENCY=100.0,
Rating only: POWER=,
Design only: OPTIMIZATION=}
{TNOZZLE} {ID=, NUMBER=1,1, NONE} Page 4-252
SPECIFICATION TEMPERATURE=, and TUBE or AIR or LFRAC=, and TUBE or HOT or Page 4-252
Optional for Rating; DUTY= or HOCI= or COCI= or HIHO=, or HICO=}

{ACE2} HTRI only Page 4-255

June 2002 4-153
)
PHE UID=, {NAME=} Page 4-256
TYPE Rating only: OLD, FLOW=COUNTERCURRENT, Page 4-257

Design only: NEW, {FLOW=COUNTERCURRENT,
Design only: AREA=, UESTIMATE=100.0, USCALER=1.0}
HOTSIDE FEED=, PRODUCT=, {FOUL=0.0005, LAYER=0.0, HHOT= or Page 4-258
HSCALER=1.0,
Rating only: DPFRAME=, DPSCALER=1.0, PDESIGN=, TDESIGN=
Design only: DPFRAME=5.0, 15.0, DPSCALER=1.0, PDESIGN=,
TDESIGN=}
COLDSIDE FEED=, PRODUCT=, {FOUL=0.0005, LAYER=0.0, HCOLD= or Page 4-259

HSCALER=1.0,
Rating only: DPFRAME=, DPSCALER=1.0, PDESIGN=, TDESIGN=
Design only: DPFRAME=5.0, 15.0, DPSCALER=1.0, PDESIGN=,
TDESIGN=}
PACK Required for Rating if APC is not specified on the PLATE statement: Page 4-260
SPACE=0.1, DPORT=6, LVERTICAL=48, LHORIZONTAL=, {WIDTH=,
Rating only: PARALLEL=1, FCDIR=UP, FCFLUID=COLD
Design only: PARALLEL=1,10, MAXPASSES=1, FCDIR=UP,
FCFLUID=COLD}
PLATE APC=, {NAME=, BETA=30.0,60.0, Page 4-261

Mandatory for Mandatory for Rating, Optional for Design if no APC is entered:
Rating; AEFACTOR=1.17, AREA=6.14, THICKNESS=0.6, MATERIAL=09,
Optional for Design CONDUCTIVITY=9.4, GASKET=5}
ARRANGEMENT PFIRST=, PSECOND=, NCHOT=, NCCOLD=, HPASS=, CPASS= Page 4-264

Rating only
{FPLATE} CHNUMBER=, REYNOLDS=, FFACTOR=, or CONST=, and EXPON= Page 4-265
{JPLATE} CHNUMBER=, REYNOLDS=, JFACTOR=, or CONST=, and EXPON= Page 4-266
{HNOZZLE} {ID=, NONE} Page 4-267
{CNOZZLE} {ID=, NONE} Page 4-267
{CALCULATION} {NOCHECK} Page 4-267
SPECIFICATION TEMPERATURE=, and HOTS or COLD or LFRAC=, and HOTS or COLD Page 4-268
Optional for Rating; or DUTY= or HOCI= or COCI= or HIHO=, or HICO=,
{PRINT} {STANDARD, EXTENDED, MONITOR} Page 4-269

4-154 June 2002

CONSTANT=0.0, UNIT or FRAME}
)
MIXER UID=, {NAME=} Page 4-271
STRMS (or FEED=, PRODUCT= Page 4-271

STREAMS)
)
SPLITTER UID=, {NAME=} Page 4-273

STREAMS)
OPERATION FRACTION= or RATE= Page 4-274
PIPE UID=, {NAME=} Page 4-276

STREAMS)
{LINE} ID=6.065 or NPS= and SCHEDULE=, {LENGTH=0.0, EQLENGTH=0.0, Page 4-277

and/or ELEVATION=0.0, ROUGHNESS=0.0018, FRICTION=,
NOACCELERATION}
{FITTINGS} ID=6.065, {EQLENGTH=0.0, KFACTOR=0.0, ROUGHNESS=0.0018, Page 4-280

or FRICTION=, NOACCELERATION }
{OPERATION} POUT= or DP=0.0 Page 4-281
VALVE UID=, {NAME=} Page 4-283

STREAMS)
DESALTER UID=, {NAME=} Page 4-285
STRMS (or FEED=, PRODUCT=, BRINE= Page 4-285

STREAMS)
{OPERATION} TOUT= or DT=0.0, POUT= or DP=0.0, REJECTION=100 Page 4-286

June 2002 4-155
DECANTER UID=, {NAME=} Page 4-288
STRMS (or FEED=, PRODUCT=, WATER= Page 4-288

STREAMS)
{OPERATION} TOUT= or DT=0.0, POUT= or DP=0.0, REJECTION=100 Page 4-289
FLASH UID=, {NAME=} Page 4-291
STRMS (or FEED=, VAPOR=, LIQUID= Page 4-291

STREAMS)

)
HX UID=, {NAME=} Page 4-294

Design only: NEW,
TEMA=AES, {HOTSIDE=SHELL, FLOW=COUNTERCURRENT,
Design only: AREA=200.0, 6000.0,} UVALUE=
Rating only: PASS=2
Design only: PASS=2, 16, 2, {DPSHELL=5.0, or DPUNIT=5.0}
SHELLSIDE FEED=, PRODUCT=, Page 4-297
Rating only: SERIES=1, PARALLEL=1,
Design only: SERIES=1, 10, PARALLEL=1, 10,
{DPSHELL=5.0, or DPUNIT=5.0}
{CALCULATION} MINFT=0.8 Page 4-298
{SPECIFICATION} DUTY= or TEMPERATURE=, and SHELL or TUBE Page 4-298
{PRINT} STANDARD, {ZONES,} Page 4-299
{COST} {BSIZE=1000.0, BCOST=0.0, LINEAR=50.0, EXPONENT=0.6, CON- Page 4-299

HEATER UID=, {NAME=} Page 4-301

4-156 June 2002
STRMS (or FEED=, PRODUCT=, Page 4-301

STREAMS)
{OPERATION} DUTY= or TOUT= or DT=0.0, TUTILITY=85.0, POUT= or DP=0.0, Page 4-302

{UTILITY=HEATINGMEDIUM}

COOLER UID=, {NAME=} Page 4-305

STREAMS)

{UTILITY=WATER}

FIREDHEATER UID=, {NAME=} Page 4-309

STREAMS)

{UTILITY=OIL, EFFICIENCY=100}

COMPRESSOR UID=, {NAME=} Page 4-313

STREAMS)
{OPERATION} POUT= or DP=0.0, {REFSTREAM=, EFFICIENCY=100, TSR=35.0, Page 4-314

K=1.395, STAGES=1, UTILITY=ELECTRIC}

PUMP UID=, {NAME=} Page 4-318

June 2002 4-157

STREAMS)
{OPERATION} POUT= or DP=0.0, {REFSTREAM=, EFFICIENCY=100, TSR=35.0, Page 4-319

UTILITY=ELECTRIC}

MVC UID=, {NAME=} Page 4-322
SPECIFICATION STRM=, TEMPERATURE=, UNIT=, DUTY= Page 4-322
VARIABLE STRM=, FRACTION=, RATE=, TEMPERATURE=, UNIT=, DUTY= Page 4-323
PARAMETER ITER=, SUMSQ=, NOPRINT Page 4-325

4-158 June 2002
STE, DPE, MTE, ACE, FTE, RBE, PHE
Unit Operations Data Category of Input
This mandatory statement introduces the heat exchanger unit and must be
the first line for each heat exchanger unit. The table below provides the
keyword to be used for each type of heat exchanger model:
Keyword entry Description
STE Shell-and-tube heat exchangers of all types, including Kettle reboilers and
condensers.
DPE Double-pipe heat exchangers. Longitudinal fins are allowed.
MTE Multi-tube heat exchangers. Longitudinal fins are allowed.
ACE Air coolers. Fan calculations are included.
FTE Finned-tube exchangers. Any bank of tubes in a rectangular duct with a gas
flowing over the tubes.
RBE Heat exchangers with Rod Baffle design.
PHE Plate-and-frame heat exchangers.
The keyword descriptions below apply to all heat exchanger models, unless indicated otherwise.
Mandatory entry:
UID= Identifies the unit operation for reference and printout purposes.
Enter up to 12 alphanumeric characters. This entry must be
unique to all other unit operations. There is no default.
Optional entries:
NAME= Identifies the unit operation for printout purposes only. Enter up
to 12 alphanumeric characters. NAME supplements the UID en-
try. There is no default.
REFUNIT= Rating only. Does not apply to PHE or DPE exchangers. Refers to
another heat exchanger defined in the flowsheet that shares com-
mon data. This entry is useful where large quantities of data are
common to several exchangers. Enter up to twelve alphanumeric
characters. The referenced exchanger must be OLD, and must
have all physical and mechanical data supplied. Table 4-35 lists
the data defined as identical to the referenced exchanger unless
redefined.
Examples:
STE UID=EX1, NAME=STEXC1
.
.
.
PHE UID=EX2
The keyword descriptions for other statements are given below for specific heat exchanger
models.

June 2002 4-159
General Information
Fluid Property Requirements
All rigorous heat exchanger models require the following basic data for all
streams:
Number Property Notes
1. Enthalpy Used to compute heat transfer
2. Heat capacity Needed for Prandtl number for film coefficients.
3. Density Used in Reynolds number determination and velocity
calculations.
4. Thermal Used in Prandtl number.conductivity
5. Viscosity Used in Reynolds and Prandtl numbers.
6. Latent heat Only required for Kettle reboiler calculations.
7. Surface Only required for Kettle reboiler tension calculations.
When a stream exists in both liquid and vapor states, both liquid and vapor
values must be entered for properties 2-5 and the enthalpy values should
correspond to the total enthalpy for the liquid/vapor mixture.In addition, for
mixed-phase streams, data for the liquid condensate fraction (CFRAC)
must be supplied for HEXTRAN to use in determining the liquid/vapor
split and mixture properties. Similarly, for streams in which water may
exist in either vapor or liquid state, a water liquid fraction table (WFRAC)
must be supplied. (Note that this latter requirement is not necessary for
streams defined as WATER or STEAM only, in which case the vapor/liquid
fraction is determined from the steam tables.)
Numerous provisions exist in HEXTRAN for generating the required
property data. These have been previously discussed and are as follows:
a) Automatic property generation based on the stream data.
b) Internal property data sets for streams with defined compositions or
assay data.
c) External property data entered in tabular form or retrieved from stored
files.
Exchanger Costing Equation
A general costing equation is used to cost all exchangers. The data entries
are the same for all rigorous models with the exception that costing for air
cooled exchangers (ACE) and finned-tube exchangers (FTE) may be
qualified on a "per bay" or "per duct" basis and plate-and-frame exchangers
(PHE) may be qualified on a "frame" basis versus the terminology "per
shell" which is used for the other rigorous models. Heat exchanger cost
data may be supplied for individual modules with the HXCOST statement
or will default to the global cost data which are supplied or defaulted in the
Simulation/Optimization category of input.

4-160 June 2002
BSIZE=1000.00 Defines the base area used in the costing equation. The default
is 1000.0 ft 2 (English), or 93.0 m2 (metric and SI).
BCOST=0.00 Defines the base cost used in the costing equation. The default
is 0.00 USDOLLAR/ft 2 (English), or 0.00 USDOLLAR/m2 (met-
ric and SI).
LINEAR=50.00 Defines the linear cost factor used in the costing equation. The
default is 50.00 USDOLLAR/ft 2 (English), or 538.20 USDOL-
LAR/m 2 (metric and SI).
EXPONENT=0.60 Defines the exponential cost factor used in the costing equation.
The default is 0.60 (English, metric and SI).
CONSTANT=0.00 Defines the constant cost factor used in the costing equation.
This entry can be used to define fixed costs associated with in-
stallation of an exchanger and is not a function of exchanger
size. The default is 0.00.
UNIT or Defines the basis for the exchanger CONSTANT cost factor. UNIT
SHELL results in the constant cost factor being applied once to each
unit regardless of the number of shells or frames in the unit.
SHELL or FRAME results in the constant cost factor being ap-
plied to each shell or each frame in the unit. The default is UNIT.
The cost data defined with the above entries are used in the
general equation below:
Heat Exchanger Cost =

CONSTANT + LINEAR * AREA + ETERM
where:
ETERM = BCOST * BSIZE * (AREA/BSIZE) ** EXPONENT
and
AREA = area for a single exchanger shell (duct or bay or frame).

For exchangers costed on a per shell base, for example, the
above cost is multiplied by the number of exchangers involved
in the service.
Exchanger Construction Material

Basic data for the thermal conductivities and densities of many of the
common metals and alloys are provided by HEXTRAN for use with the
various rigorous models. These data are requested by entry of the
appropriate numeric code for the "MATERIAL" entry on the TUBESIDE or
SHELLSIDE (PLATE for PHEs) statements. Table 4-35 below lists the
available material codes in HEXTRAN.

June 2002 4-161
The default material code in HEXTRAN is 01 or carbon steel. Materials not
available in HEXTRAN may be represented by entering a label with up to 8
characters for the MATERIAL entry (for printout purposes only) and entering
the appropriate values with the "DENSITY" and "CONDUCTIVITY" entries.
Table 4-35: Available Material Codes
Material Density Conduc-tivity

Code Description Label lb/ft3 kg/m3 Btu/ kcal/
hr.ft.F hr.m.C W/m.K
01 Carbon Steel CARB STL 490.8 7862 30.0 44.6 51.9
02 Carbon - moly steel 0.1C, 0.5 MO CARB MLY 493.2 7900 29.0 43.2 50.2
03 Chrome - moly steel 1.0 CR,0.5 MO CHRM MLY 490.1 7851 27.0 40.2 46.7
04 Low chrome steel - 2.25 CR, 1.0 MO LOW CHRM 487.0 7801 25.0 37.2 43.3
05 Med. chrome steel - 5.0 CR, 0.5 MO MED CHRM 480.7 7700 21.0 31.3 36.3
06 Straight chrome steel - 12 CR STR CHRM 487.0 7801 14.0 20.8 24.2
07 304 Stainless steel - 18 Cr,8 Ni 304 S.S. 501.1 8027 9.3 13.8 16.1
08 310 Stainless steel - 25 Cr, 20 Ni 310 S.S. 501.1 8027 7.8 11.6 13.5
20 Aluminum 1060 - H14 A1060H14 170.0 2723 128.3 190.9 222.1
21 Aluminum 1100 - annealed A1100 AN 169.3 2712 128.3 190.9 222.1
22 Aluminum 3003 - H14 annealed A3003H14 171.1 2741 111.0 165.2 192.1
23 Aluminum 3003 - H25 annealed A3003H25 171.1 2741 111.0 165.2 193.1
24 Aluminum 6061 - T4 tempered A6061 T4 169.3 2712 95.0 141.4 164.4
25 Aluminum 6061 - T6 tempered A6061 T6 169.3 2712 95.0 141.4 164.4
30 Copper COPPER 556.4 8913 225.0 334.8 389.4
31 Arsenical copper AS COPPR 560.0 8970 187.0 278.3 323.6
32 Copper Nickel 90/10 CUNI9010 559.0 8954 26.0 38.7 45.0
40 Red Brass 85 Cu - 15 Zn RED BRAS 546.0 8746 92.0 136.9 159.2
41 Admiralty 71 Cu - 28 Zn - 1Sn ADMRALTY 531.0 8506 64.0 95.2 110.8
42 Commercial Brass 55 Cu - 34 Zn COM BRAS 529.0 8474 67.0 99.7 116.0
43 Muntz Metal 60 Cu - 40 Zn MUNTZ 524.0 8394 71.0 105.7 122.9
44 Aluminum Bronze 93 Cu - 5 Al AL BRONZ 510.0 8169 48.0 71.4 83.1
45 Aluminum Brass 78 Cu - 2 Al - 20 Zn AL BRASS 520.0 8330 58.0 86.3 100.4
50 Nickel annealed NICKEL 556.4 8913 45.2 67.3 78.2
51 Low Carbon nickel annealed L CRB NI 554.7 8885 35.0 52.1 60.6
52 Monel Nickel - 70 Ni - 30 Cu MONEL NI 551.2 8829 14.5 21.6 25.1
53 Inconel 600 76 Ni - 16 Cr - 8 Fe INCNL600 525.3 8414 8.7 12.9 15.1
60 Titanium - Grade 2 TITANIUM 281.6 4511 9.5 14.1 16.4

4-162 June 2002
Exchanger Printout Options
Printout control is available for individual exchangers via the PRINT
statement. If this statement is not supplied, the printout options default to
the options globally selected (or defaulted) on the Calculation Statement.
STANDARD Print standard TEMA-style data sheet for exchanger. The default
is that the data sheet will be printed.
EXTENDED Print extended data sheet for exchanger. The default is that the
data sheet will be printed.
ZONES Print zones analysis for exchanger with vaporization/condensa-
tion. The default is that the data sheet will be printed.
MONITOR Print design monitor summary for STE, ACE, FTE and PHE that
are designed. The monitor summary will not be printed by de-
fault. Note that this entry is not applicable to the other ex-
changer models.
Nozzle Pressure Drops

The pressure drops reported on the standard exchanger data sheets include
nozzle pressure drops for all rigorous models for both the tube and shell
sides, or cold and hot sides for PHEs. Notice that for FTE and ACE
shellside is not applicable.
The nozzle inside diameters may be furnished via the TNOZZLE and
SNOZZLE statements (CNOZZLE and HNOZZLE for PHEs, respectively)
as appropriate where the general format is:
TNOZZLE ID=in, out or
NONESNOZZLE ID=in, out or
NONE
For shell and tube exchangers (STE) and rod baffle exchangers (RBE),
additional details may be given for rating calculations involving annular
nozzles.
Note that if nozzle data are not supplied by the user, HEXTRAN will size
the nozzles using standard design rules and then calculate the
corresponding pressure drops. To suppress nozzle sizing and nozzle
pressure drop calculations, use the NONE keyword.
Tuning Exchanger Models
Several input parameters are available to tune exchanger models to match
plant data when performing rating calculations for exchangers. A
description of these entries is given in Table 4-36.

June 2002 4-163
Table 4-36: Keywords for Tuning Exchangers
Keyword Input
Entry Statement Description
USCALER TYPE Scaler for computed overall U value. Default is 1.0.
HSCALER TUBE Scaler for tubeside film coefficient. Default is 1.0.
HSCALER SHELL, DUCT, or AIRSIDE Scaler for shell (duct, air)side coefficient. Default is 1.0.
HSCALER HOTSIDE, COLDSIDE Scaler for hotside and coldside film coefficient is plate-and-
frame exchangers. Default is 1.0.
HI TUBE Supplied tubeside film coefficient in appropriate units.
HO SHELL,DUCT, or AIRSIDE Supplied shell (duct, air) side coefficient in appropriate units.
HHOT HOTSIDE Supplied hotside film coefficient in appropriate units.
HCOLD COLDSIDE Supplied coldside film coefficient in appropriate units.
DPUNIT TUBE or SHELL or DUCT or Supplied constant pressure drop for the service which may
AIRSIDE or HOTSIDE or encompass multiple shells (ducts or bays).
COLDSIDE
DPSCALER TUBE or SHELL Scaler for computed pressure drop. Default is 1.0.
or DUCT or AIRSIDE or
HOTSIDE or COLDSIDE
DPSHELL, TUBE or SHELL Supplied pressure drop for a single shell, bay or duct.
DPDUCT, or AIRSIDE
DPBAY
DPFRAME HOTSIDE, COLDSIDE Suppliedpressure drop for a single frame
FOUL TUBE or SHELL or Fouling factor. A default value of 0.002 (0.0005 for PHE)
AIRSIDE or DUCT or HOTSIDE is used for all rigorous models.
or COLDSIDE
LAYER TUBE or SHELL or Fouling layer thickness in appropriate units. Default is 0.

AIRSIDE or DUCT or HOTSIDE Note that this entry affects the computed velocities and
or COLDSIDE associated properties.
RESTRICTIONS: 1) DPUNIT is mutually exclusive with DPSHELL, DPDUCT, DPBAY, and DPFRAME.
2) USCALER and HSCALER should not both be used for a given exchanger.
3) Scaling Factors (USCALER, HSCALER, and DPSCALER) should not be used in conjunction with
corresponding supplied constant values (HI, HO, HHOT, HCOLD, DPSHELL, DPUNIT,
DPFRAME).

4-164 June 2002
STE HEAT EXCHANGERS
Table 4-37: Allowable Referenced Data

Statement Allowed Entry
TYPE TEMA, ORIENTATION, FLOW, AREA

TUBESIDE LENGTH, OD, ID, BWG, THICKNESS, NUMBER, PASS, PATTERN, PITCH,
MATERIAL, DENSITY, CONDUCTIVITY, FOUL, LAYER
FINS NUMBER, AREA, HEIGHT, ROOT, THICKNESS, EFFICIENCY
TNOZZLE ID, NUMBER, TYPE
SHELLSIDE ID, SERIES, PARALLEL, SEALS, MATERIAL, DENSITY, FOUL, LAYER
BAFFLE TYPE, SEGMENTAL, NONE, NTIW, CUT, NFAR, SPACING, INSPACING,
OUTSPACING, THICKNESS, SHEETS
SNOZZLE TYPE, ID, LENGTH, AREA, CLEARANCE, NUMBER
INOZZLE ID, NUMBER
LNOZZLE ID, NUMBER
TYPE UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Mandatory statement. This statement defines the basic characteristics of the exchanger.
Mandatory entries:
OLD or Rating only. Identifies the exchanger as an existing exchanger
that is to be rated.
NEW Design only. Identifies the exchanger as a new exchanger that is
to be designed.
Examples:
STE UID=STE2
TYPE OLD
DPE UID=EX23
TYPE NEW
TEMA=AES
Specifies the TEMA designation for STE and RBE exchangers only. Enter a three- or four-
character designation as described in Figure 4-4. Acceptable TEMA designations are given in Ta-
ble 4-36. For J-type (divided flow) shells, enter J1 (or J) for shells with one inlet and two outlet
nozzles. For J-type shells with two inlet and one outlet nozzles, enter J2. The default is AES.
Note: Design cases with ‘‘P’’, ‘‘S’’, ‘‘T’’, or ‘‘W’’ rear head types require sealing strips (SEALS)
to be specified on the SHELL statement.

June 2002 4-165
Figure 4-4: TEMA Designations

4-166 June 2002
Acceptable TEMA Designations
Front end head types: A, B, C, N, D
Shell types: E, F, G, H, J (or J1, J2), K, X
Rear end head types: L, M, N, P, S, T, U, W
Acceptable TEMA Designations
Front end head types: A, B, C, N, D
Shell types: E, F, G, H, J, (or J1, J2), , X
Read end head types L, M, N, P, S, T, U, W
UVALUE= Specifies the U-value for the exchanger calculations. Standard

dimensional units are Btu/hr-ft2-F (English), kcal/hr-m 2 -C
(metric), or W/m 2 -K (SI).
Example:
STE UID=HX2B
TYPE OLD, TEMA=NKT, UVALUE=50
Optional entries:
HOTSIDE=SHELL Specifies the side of the exchanger receiving the hotside fluid.
Enter SHELL or TUBE. This entry is required for the HTRI option.
SHELL is the default.
ORIENTATION=HORIZONTAL Specifies the bundle orientation, which affects both the film co-
efficient for condensers and the static head for vertical single-
pass tubes and/or shells. Enter HORIZONTAL or VERTICAL. In
vertical exchangers, the condensing, or hot fluid, is assumed to
flow down and the cold, or boiling fluid, is assumed to flow up.
The default is HORIZONTAL.
FLOW=COUNTERCURRENT Specifies the relative flow direction between the shellside fluid
and the tubeside fluid. Enter COUNTERCURRENT or COCUR-
RENT. This entry affects the calculation of the LMTD correction
factor (FT). This entry has no effect if the number of shellside
passes and the number of tubeside passes are not the same.
The default is COUNTERCURRENT.
Note: COCURRENT flow does not allow the two outlet tempera-
tures to ‘‘cross,’’ which makes it useful for temperature-control
applications (see Figure 4-5).
AREA=1000 or Rating only. Specifies the shellside effective or “installed” area per
unit for OLD exchanger calculations. The area covered by the
tubesheets and baffles is subtracted from the outside area of the
tubes. For finned tubes, fin area must also be included. If AREA is
not entered, this value will be calculated from the input tube infor-
mation. AREA is checked for consistency with tube information.
The default is 1000 ft 2 (English), or 92.9 m 2 (metric and SI).

June 2002 4-167
AREA=200,6000 Design only. Limits the area per shell (see Figure 4-6). Enter
minimum and maximum values. Values specified on the LIMITS
statement in the CALCULATION section override the defaults for
this keyword. Default values are 200 and 6000 ft2 (English), or
18.58 m2 and 557.43 m2 (metric and SI).
The area for heat transfer is computed using the following for-
mula, and is cross-checked against the AREA entry supplied on
the TYPE statement:
AREA= π* OD * (LENGTH - SHEETS) * NUMBER
where:
OD, LENGTH, and NUMBER are defined on TUBE statement
Note that the tube outside diameter in the above calculations can
be determined from the inside diameter and the Birmingham
Wire Gauge (BWG) or THICKNESS entries on the TUBE state-
ment. Conversely, the tube inside diameter can be determined
from the outside diameter and either the BWG or THICKNESS
entries on the TUBE statement.
UESTIMATE=50 Specifies the initial U-value for the flowsheet energy balance.
The default is 50 Btu/hr-ft 2 -F (English), 244.1 kcal/hr-m2-C
(metric), or 283.9 W/m 2 -K (SI).
USCALER=1.0 Specifies a multiplier used to adjust the rigorously computed
U-value. The default is 1.0.
Example:
TYPE OLD, HOTSIDE=TUBE, TEMA=AJ2S, AREA=5000,*
UESTIMATE=60, USCALER=0.9

4-168 June 2002
Figure 4-5: Fluid Temperature Distribution
Tin1 Cooling
2
Tout 1
Tout
Heating Tin2
Countercurrent Flow
Tin1 1
Cooling Tout
Tin2
Heating
2
Tout
Cocurrent Flow
Figure 4-6: Dual Design Limits: AREA and ID

June 2002 4-169
TUBESIDE UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Mandatory statement. This statement defines all necessary details for the tubeside of the ex-
changer. Tubes may be plain or finned, and several options for defining baffle details are
available.
Mandatory entries:
FEED= Identifies the feed, or inlet stream and its associated properties.
Enter up to twelve alphanumeric characters. The FEED entry will
be printed as a label in the output. There is no default.
PRODUCT= Identifies the product, or outlet stream and its associated prop-
erties. Enter up to twelve alphanumeric characters. The PROD-
UCT entry will be printed as a label in the output. There is no
default.
Example:
TUBE FEED=CRD1, PRODUCT=CRD2
Optional entries:
LENGTH=20 or Rating only. Specifies the exchanger tube length. For straight
tubes, tube length is measured as the distance from the outer
face of both tubesheets. For U-bends, tube length is measured
as the distance from the outer face of the tubesheet to the cen-
terline of the U-bend radius (see Figure 4-7.) The default value is
20 ft (English), or 6.1 m (metric and SI).

4-170 June 2002
Figure 4-7: Effective Length of a U-tube Bundle
Bend Radius
LENGTH=8,20,4 Design only. Specifies minimum, maximum, and incremental

lengths. HEXTRAN uses the maximum length to initiate the de-
sign and reduces the length by specified increments if the tube-
side pressure drop and velocity specifications cannot be met at
the minimum number of passes allowed for the design. The de-
fault values are: 8, 20, 4 ft (English), or 2.4, 6.1, 1.2 m (metric
and SI).
ID=0.584 and/or Specifies the inside diameter of the tube. This value will be auto-
matically computed from the OD and THICKNESS or BWG en-
tries for bare tubes. For finned tubes, it is computed from the fin
ROOT diameter and THICKNESS or BWG. The default values are
0.584 in. (bare tubes), 0.495 in. (finned tubes) (English), or
14.834 mm (bare tubes) and 12.573 mm (finned tubes) (metric
and SI).
OD=0.75 Specifies the outside diameter of the tube. The default is 0.75 in.
(English), or 19.05 mm (metric and SI).
THICKNESS=0.083 or Specifies the thickness of the tube wall. The default is 0.083 in.
(bare tubes), 0.065 in. (finned tubes) (English), or 2.108 mm
(bare tubes), 1.651 mm (finned tubes) (metric and SI).
BWG=14 Specifies a value from the Birmingham Wire Gauge, an alternate
way todefine tube thickness. The default is 14.
Note: Either BWG or THICKNESS may be given if OD is entered,
but not both. If both ID and OD are given, neither BWG nor
THICKNESS is allowed.

June 2002 4-171
NUMBER=257 This represents the tube count per bundle on a ‘‘per shell’’ basis.
For U tubes, NUMBER corresponds to the number of holes in
the tubesheet (twice the number of complete U-tubes). If not
specified, this value will be derived based on the AREA supplied
on the TYPE statement and the SHELL ID, using the tube count
method described in The Heat Exchanger Design Handbook, sec-
tion 4.2.5 (E), Hemisphere Publishing Corporation, New York,
1983. The default is 257 (for bare tubes), and 96 (for finned
tubes).
PASS=2 or Rating only. Specifies the number of tube passes per shell. Valid
entries are integers from 1 to 16, excluding odd numbers
greater than 3. One pass corresponds to true counterflow. The
default is 2.
PASS=2,16,2 Design only. Specifies the number of tube passes per shell. En-
ter values for minimum, maximum, and incremental (integers
from 1 to16, separated by commas). HEXTRAN maximizes the
number of passes up to the pressure drop limit for the shell or
service. If the pressure drop limit is exceeded for the minimum
PASS entry, the LENGTH will be reduced.
PATTERN=90 Specifies a tube pattern code. Valid patterns are shown in Figure
4-10. Enter 30, 45, 60, or 90. The default is 90.
Figure 4-8: Tube Patterns
PITCH=1.0 Specifies the tube pitch, which is defined as the center-to-center

distance between adjacent tubes. Tube pitch is typically 1.25
times tube outside diameter (OD). You must also account for fin
HEIGHT when supplying PITCH for finned tubes. The default is
1.0 in. (English) or 25.4 mm (metric and SI).
4-172 June 2002
MATERIAL=01 Specifies the tube material, either by code or by an alphanu-
meric name. When an appropriate code number is entered, the
thermal conductivity and density are selected from the material
code table given in Table 4-35, Allowable Material Codes. Alpha-
numeric entries are treated as names for printout purposes only.
The default is 01 (CARBON STEEL).
DENSITY=490.8 Specifies tube material density. This entry is used to compute
the total weight of the exchanger when MATERIAL is specified
by alphanumeric name. When a valid MATERIAL code is entered,
the density value is selected automatically from Table 4-35. The
default is 490.8 lb/ft3 (English), or 7862 kg/m3 (metric and SI).
CONDUCTIVITY=30 Specifies tube metal thermal conductivity. This entry is used to
determine the resistance to heat transfer through the tube wall.
When a valid MATERIAL code is entered, this value is selected
from Table 4-35. The default is 30 Btu/hr-ft-F (English), 44.6
kcal/hr-m-C (metric), or 51.9 W/m-K (SI).
FOUL=0.002 Specifies the tubeside fouling resistance based on tubeside area.
To simulate a ‘‘clean’’ exchanger, enter a value of zero on both
TUBE and SHELL statements. The default is 0.002 hr-ft 2 -F/Btu
(English), 0.00041 hr-m 2 -C/kcal (metric), or 0.00035 m 2 -K/W
(SI).
LAYER=0.0 Specifies the tubeside fouling layer thickness. This entry repre-
sents the effect of fouling on the tubeside pressure drop. The ef-
fect of fouling on heat transfer is represented bythe FOUL entry.
The default is 0.0 in. (English), or 0.0 mm (metric and SI).
HI= or Specifies a user-supplied inside film coefficient. This entry over-
rides the computed value for both rating and design cases.
HSCALER=1.0 Specifies a multiplier for the computed film coefficient. You can-
not use HSCALER if USCALER is specified on the TYPE state-
ment. The default is 1.0.
VELOCITY=0,1000 Design only. Specifies the upper and lower limits for tubeside
velocity. Enter lower and upper limits, separated by a comma.
The default is 0,1000 ft/sec (English), or 0,305 m/s (metric and
SI).
DPSHELL= or Rating only. Specifies the value for pressure drop per bundle.
This entry overrides the computed value. You cannot enter
DPSHELL and DPUNIT together.
DPSHELL= 5,15 or Design only. Specifies the value for pressure drop per bundle.
Enter lower and upper limits to accommodate the specified pass
arrangement. The defaults are 5, 15 psi (English), 0.35, 1.05
kg/cm 2 (metric), or 34.5, 103.4 kPa (SI). You cannot enter
DPUNIT= Rating only. Specifies the value for pressure drop per service.
This entry overrides the computed value. There are no defaults.
You cannot enter DPSHELL and DPUNIT together.
DPUNIT= Design only. Specifies the value for pressure drop per service.
Enter lower and upper limits. There are no defaults. You cannot
enter DPSHELL and DPUNIT together.

June 2002 4-173
DPSCALER=1.0 Specifies an optional multiplier to adjust the computed tubeside
pressure drop to more closely approximate actual plant per-
formance. The default is 1.0.
PDESIGN= Specifies a user-supplied tubeside design pressure. This entry
overrides the computed value. There is no default.
TDESIGN= Specifies a user-supplied tubeside design temperature. This en-
try overrides the computed value. There is no default.
Examples:
(Rating example)
TUBE FEED=CRD1, PROD=CRD2, LENGTH=20, OD=0.75,*
BWG=16, NUMBER=400, PASS=4, PATTERN=30,*
FOUL=0.005, DPSCALER=1.1, HSCALER=0.9
(Design example)
TUBE FEED=CRD1, PROD=CRD2, LENGTH=16,40,4, OD=1.0,*
BWG=14, PASS=2,16,2, PATTERN=60, FOUL=0.004,*
DPSHELL=8,12
FINS UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Optional statement. This statement specifies details for finned tubes. Acceptable finned tube
dimensions are illustrated in Figure 4-9. Table 4-38 lists dimensions of some commonly used
radial low-fin tubes.
Mandatory entries:
NUMBER =19 Specifies the fin density. The default is 19 fins/in. (English), or
748 fins/m (metric and SI).
Optional entries:
ROOT= 0.625 Specifies the fin root diameter. The default is 0.625 in (English),
or 15.9 mm (metric and SI).
THICKNESS=0.026 Specifies the fin thickness. The default is 0.026 in. (English), or
0.668 (metric and SI).
HEIGHT=0.0625 Specifies the fin height. If HEIGHT is not specified, this value will
be calculated from OD and ROOT. If OD and ROOT are not speci-
fied, the default value will be used. The default is 0.0625 in.
AREA= Specifies the fin area per unit length of one tube. This entry is
used to compute the shellside area in place of the fin geometry
supplied. No consistency check is made between this entry and
the area value determined from NUMBER, HEIGHT, THICKNESS
and ROOT. There is no default.
EFFICIENCY= Specifies the fin efficiency. If not specified, HEXTRAN will calcu-
late the value.

4-174 June 2002
Figure 4-9: Tube Dimensions
Examples:
FINS NUMBER=26, ROOT=0.75, HEIGHT=0.0625, EFFICIENCY=0.90
FINS HEIGHT=0.0625, AREA=0.52

June 2002 4-175
Table 4-38: Dimensions For Some Commonly Used Radial Low-fin Tubes*
NUMBER = 19 fins/in, HEIGHT = 0.0625 in (1.588 mm)

TUBE OD WALL THICKNESS ROOT DIAMETER TUBE ID OUTSIDE AREA
——————- ——————————— ———————- ——————— ———————
in mm BWG in mm in mm in mm ft2/ft 2
m /m
—————-——-—- ——— —— —— ——- ——— ——- ——— —— ———-
0.625 15.875 22 0.028 0.711 0.500 12.700 0.444 11.278 0.405 0.123
0.625 15.875 20 0.035 0.889 0.500 12.700 0.430 10.922 0.405 0.123
0.625 15.875 19 0.042 1.067 0.500 12.700 0.416 10.566 0.405 0.123
0.625 15.875 18 0.049 1.245 0.500 12.700 0.402 10.211 0.405 0.123
0.625 15.875 16 0.065 1.651 0.500 12.700 0.370 9.398 0.405 0.123
0.750 19.050 22 0.028 0.711 0.625 15.875 0.569 14.453 0.496 0.151
0.750 19.050 20 0.035 0.889 0.625 15.875 0.555 14.097 0.496 0.151
0.750 19.050 19 0.042 1.067 0.625 15.875 0.541 13.741 0.496 0.151
0.750 19.050 18 0.049 1.245 0.625 15.875 0.527 13.386 0.496 0.151
0.750 19.050 16 0.065 1.651 0.625 15.875 0.495 12.573 0.496 0.151
0.750 19.050 14 0.083 2.108 0.625 15.875 0.459 11.659 0.496 0.151
0.750 19.050 13 0.095 2.413 0.625 15.875 0.435 11.049 0.496 0.151
0.875 22.225 20 0.035 0.889 0.750 19.050 0.680 17.272 0.588 0.179
0.875 22.225 19 0.042 1.067 0.750 19.050 0.666 16.916 0.588 0.179
0.875 22.225 18 0.049 1.245 0.750 19.050 0.652 16.561 0.588 0.179
0.875 22.225 16 0.065 1.651 0.750 19.050 0.620 15.748 0.588 0.179
0.875 22.225 14 0.083 2.108 0.750 19.050 0.584 14.834 0.588 0.179
1.000 25.400 19 0.042 1.067 0.875 22.225 0.791 20.091 0.678 0.207
1.000 25.400 18 0.049 1.245 0.875 22.225 0.777 19.736 0.678 0.207
1.000 25.400 16 0.065 1.651 0.875 22.225 0.745 18.923 0.678 0.207
1.000 25.400 14 0.083 2.108 0.875 22.225 0.709 18.009 0.678 0.207
1.000 25.400 13 0.095 2.413 0.875 22.225 0.685 17.399 0.678 0.207
1.000 25.400 12 0.109 2.769 0.875 22.225 0.657 16.688 0.678 0.207
NUMBER = 19 fins/in, HEIGHT = 0.0625 in (1.588 mm)

TUBE OD WALL THICKNESS ROOT DIAMETER TUBE ID OUTSIDE AREA
--------------------- ----------------------------------- ------------------------- --------- --------- ------ -------
in mm BWG in mm in mm in mm ft2/ft 2
m /m
------------------- ------- --------- -------- -------- ------- --------- -------- --------- -------- ----------
0.625 15.875 16 0.065 1.651 0.500 12.700 0.370 9.398 0.368 0.112
0.750 19.050 16 0.065 1.651 0.625 15.875 0.495 12.573 0.438 0.134
0.750 19.050 14 0.083 2.108 0.625 15.875 0.459 11.659 0.438 0.134
0.875 22.225 16 0.065 1.651 0.750 19.050 0.620 15.748 0.520 0.158
0.875 22.225 14 0.083 2.108 0.750 19.050 0.584 14.834 0.520 0.158
1.000 25.400 16 0.065 1.651 0.875 22.225 0.745 18.923 0.598 0.182
1.000 25.400 14 0.083 2.108 0.875 22.225 0.709 18.009 0.598 0.182
* Kern, Donald Q. and Allan D. Kraus, Extended Surface Heat Transfer, pp. 502-3, McGraw-Hill, New York (1972).

4-176 June 2002
SHELLSIDE UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Mandatory statement. This statement defines all details for the shellside of the exchanger.
Mandatory entries:
default.
Optional entries:
ID=23 or Rating only. Specifies the shell inside diameter. This entry is
checked for consistency with the supplied values for AREA and
tube details. If AREA or tube details are not supplied, the default
is used. The default for bare tubes is 23 in. (English), or 550
mm (metric and SI). The default for finned tubes is 15 in. (Eng-
lish), or 400 mm (metric and SI).
ID=8.0,60.0 Design only. Specifies minimum and maximum values for the
shell inside diameter. Enter both minimum and maximum allow-
able values. The actual shell size is determined by the area re-
quired per shell and the tube details. Based on these data and
the TEMA type, HEXTRAN selects a standard shell size from Ta-
ble 4-39. Defaults are: 8.0, 60.0 in. (English), or 203.2, 1524.0
mm (metric and SI).
Table 4-39: Standard Shell Inside Diameters

in (English units)
6.00 8.00 10.00 12.00
13.00 13.25 15.00 15.25
17.00 17.25 19.00 19.25
21.00 21.25 23.00 23.25
24.00 - 60.00 (1.0-in increments)

60.00 - 80.00 (2.0-in increments)
80.00 - 122.0 (3.0-in increments)
mm (metric and SI)
150.0 - 600.0 (50-mm increments)

600.0 - 3100 (100-mm increments)

June 2002 4-177
SERIES=1 Rating only. Specifies the number of identical shells in series.
Enter an integer from 1 to 10. The default is 1. Figure 4-10
shows combinations of shells in series and parallel.
Figure 5-10: Shells in Series and Parellel
SERIES=1,10 Design only. Limits the number of exchanger shells in series.

Enter minimum and maximum values, separated by a comma.
Valid range is 1 to 10. SHELLS in series are incremented from 1
to meet the minimum LMTD correction factor, MINFT, which is
supplied on the CALCULATION statement or defaulted globally in
the CALCULATION Data Section. In design mode, you cannot en-
ter SERIES and PARALLEL keywords together.

4-178 June 2002
PARALLEL=1 Rating only. Specifies the number of identical shells in parallel.
Enter an integer from 1 to 10. The default is 1. Figure 4-10
shows combinations of shells in series and parallel.
PARALLEL=1,10 Design only. Limits the number of exchanger shells in parallel.
Valid range is 1 to 10. Shells in parallel are added as required to
keep within the specified limit of area per shell supplied on the
TYPE statement. In design mode, you cannot enter SERIES and
PARALLEL keywords together. Figure 4-10 shows combinations
of shells in series and parallel.
SEALS= Specifies the number of pairs of sealing strips. Sealing strips are
illustrated in Figure 4-11. If not entered, HEXTRAN will use 1
pair for each 5 tube rows in the bundle.
Figure 4-11: Sealing Strip Description

thermal conductivity and density are selected from Allowable
Material Codes (Table 4-36). Alphanumeric entries are treated as
names for printout purposes only. The default is 01 (CARBON
STEEL).

June 2002 4-179
FOUL=0.002 Specifies the shellside fouling resistance based on shellside
area. To simulate a ‘‘clean’’ exchanger, enter a value of zero for
FOUL on both TUBE and SHELL statements. The default is 0.002
hr-ft 2 -F/Btu (English), 0.00041 hr-m 2 -C/kcal (metric), or
0.00035 m 2 -K/W (SI).
LAYER=0.0 Specifies the shellside fouling layer thickness. This entry repre-
sents the effect of fouling on the shellside pressure drop. The ef-
fect of fouling on heat transfer is represented by the FOUL entry.
HO= or Specifies a user-supplied shellside film coefficient. This entry
overrides the computed value for both rating and design cases.
HSCALER=1.0 Specifies a multiplier for the computed film coefficient. Do not
use HSCALER if USCALER is specified on the TYPE statement.
The default is 1.0.
VELOCITY=0,1000 Design only. Specifies the upper and lower limits for the shell-
side velocity. Enter lower and upper limits, separated by com-
mas. The default is 0, 1000 ft/sec (English), or 0, 305 m/s
(metric and SI).
DPSHELL= or Rating only. Specifies the value for pressure drop per bundle.
DPSHELL=5,15 or Design only. Specifies the value for pressure drop per bundle.
Enter lower and upper limits to accommodate the specified shell
design. The defaults are 5, 15 psi (English), 0.35, 1.05 kg/cm 2
(metric), or 34.5, 103.4 kPa (SI). You cannot enter DPSHELL
and DPUNIT together.
You cannot enter DPUNIT and DPSHELL together.
Enter lower and upper limits to accommodate the specified shell
design. There are no defaults. You cannot enter DPSHELL and
DPUNIT together.
DPSCALER=1.0 Specifies an optional multiplier to adjust the computed shellside
PDESIGN= Specifies a user-supplied shellside design pressure. This entry
overrides the computed value. There is no default.
TDESIGN= Specifies a user-supplied shellside design temperature. This en-
try overrides the computed value. There is no default.

4-180 June 2002
Examples:
(Rating example)
SHELL FEED=AG01, PROD=AG02, ID=28, SERIES=4,*
SEALS=4, FOUL=0.001, PDESIGN=500,*
TDESIGN=1000
(Design example)
SHELL FEED=AG01, PROD=AG02, ID=20,36,*
SERIES=1,10, FOUL=0.003, DPSHELL=8,16
BAFFLE UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Optional statement. This statement specifies details for the baffles and tube sheet.
Optional entries:
SEGMENTAL=SINGLE Specifies the number of segments (or cuts) for each baffle. En-
ter SINGLE, DOUBLE, or TRIPLE. (TRIPLE is available for HTRI
models only - see the HEXTRAN HTRI Input Guide). Available
baffle types are illustrated in Figure 4-12. HEXTRAN does not
vary the value of this keyword in design mode. The default is
SINGLE.

June 2002 4-181
Figure 4-12: Segmental Baffle Types
NTIW Specifies that there are no tubes in the baffle windows (see Fig-
ure 4-13). You can only use this keyword with SINGLE segmen-
tal baffles. HEXTRAN does not vary the value of this keyword in
design mode.
NONE Specifies that the exchanger has no baffles. You can use this
keyword to design exchangers without baffles, for example, ket-
tle reboilers. No other entries are required on the BAFFLE state-
ment when NONE is specified.
CUT=0.20 or Rating only. Specifies the baffle ‘‘cut,’’ (ratio of the height of the
window to the shell inside diameter) as shown in Figure 4-14.
Enter the value as a percentage or a fraction. The default is 0.20.
CUT=0.20,0.20 Design only. Enter minimum and maximum values. When baffle
cut is allowed to vary during design, HEXTRAN varies both the
baffle cut and the baffle spacing to meet the performance speci-
fication for the shell. The linear relationship used to select the

4-182 June 2002
appropriate combination of cut and spacing is shown in Figure
4-16. The default is 0.20, 0.20.
Note: HEXTRAN issues a warning for baffle cuts outside the fol-
lowing ranges: 0.10 - 0.49 (SINGLE) and 0.10 - 0.34 (DOUBLE).
NFAR=0.14 or Rating only. Specifies the baffle net free area ratio. This is an al-
ternate method for defining the baffle cut (see Figure 4-15).
Some common baffle cuts and their equivalent NFAR values are
listed in Table 4-40. You cannot use NFAR with NTIW or CUT.
The default is 0.14, corresponding to CUT=0.20.
Figure 4-13: No Tubes in Window (NTIW)

June 2002 4-183
Figure 4-14: Baffle Cut Definition
Baffle Cut Definition
H
Baffle Cut = —
D
Figure 4-15: Net Free Area Ratio Definition
Net Free Area Ratio Definition
Net Area“ A“
Net Area“ B“
A
Net Free Ratio = —
A+B
NFAR=0.14,0.14 Design only. Specifies the minimum and maximum baffle net
free area ratio. This is an alternate method for defining the baffle
cut (see Figure 4-15). Enter minimum and maximum values.
Some common baffle cuts and their equivalent NFAR values are
listed in Table 4-40. You cannot use NFAR with NTIW. The de-
fault is 0.14,0.14.

4-184 June 2002
Figure 4-16: Dual Design Limits for Cut and Spacing
Table 4-40: Baffle Cut and NFAR Equivalents

CUT NFAR
SINGLE-SEGMENT DOUBLE SEGMENT
0.10 0.05 0.10
0.20 0.14 0.28
0.25 0.20 0.40
0.34 0.30 0.60
0.50 0.50 n/a
SPACING=4.6 Rating only. Specifies the central baffle spacing for exchangers.
HEXTRAN assumes that all central baffles are evenly spaced.
The defaults are 4.6 in. (bare tubes), 3.00 in. (finned tubes)
(English); or 110 mm (bare tubes), 80 mm (finned tubes) (met-
ric and SI).
SPACING= Design only. Specifies minimum and maximum central baffle
spacings for exchangers. Enter minimum and maximum values.
The minimum and maximum values are calculated as 0.2 and
1.0 times the shell ID, respectively. HEXTRAN assumes that all
central baffles are evenly spaced. If the baffle cut varies, SPAC-
ING will vary in conjunction with it. The spacing and cut relation-
ship is shown in Figure 4-16.
INSPACING= Rating only. Specifies the spacing between the tubesheet and
the inlet baffle (see Figure 4-17). If not specified, this value is
computed from the SPACING entry.

June 2002 4-185
Figure 5-17: Baffle Spacing for Exchangers
OUTSPACING= Rating only. Specifies the spacing between the tubesheet and
the outlet baffle (see Figure 4-17). If not specified, this value is
computed from the SPACING entry.
THICKNESS=0.1875 Specifies the single baffle thickness. Standard baffle thicknesses
are listed in Table 4-41. The default is 0.1875 in. (English) or
4.763 mm (metric and SI).

4-186 June 2002
Table 4-41: Standard Baffle Thickness Values*
in (English)
BAFFLE SPACING (in)
SHELL ID (in) >24 >36 >48 >60
≤24 ≤36 ≤48 ≤60
8 - 14 0.125 0.1875 0.250 0.375 0.375
15 - 28 0.1875 0.250 0.375 0.375 0.500
29 - 38 0.250 0.3125 0.375 0.500 0.625
39 - 60 0.250 0.375 0.500 0.625 0.625
61 - 100 0.375 0.500 0.625 0.750 0.750
mm (metric and SI)
BAFFLE SPACING (mm)
SHELL ID (mm) >610 >914 >1219 >1524
≤610 ≤914 ≤1219 ≤1524
203 - 356 3.18 4.76 6.35 9.53 9.53
381 - 711 4.76 6.35 9.53 9.53 12.70
737 - 965 6.35 7.94 9.53 12.70 15.88
991 - 1524 6.35 9.53 12.70 15.88 15.88
1549 - 2540 9.53 12.70 15.88 19.05 19.05
* Standards of Tubular Manufacturers Association (TEMA), 6th Edition, 1978.
SHEETS= Specifies the total thickness of both tubesheets. If not specified,

TEMA standards will be used. Units are in (English) and mm
(metric and SI).
Examples:
(Rating example)
BAFFLE SEGMENTAL=SINGLE, CUT=0.15, SPACING=12,*
THICKNESS=0.5
(Design example)
BAFFLE SEGMENTAL=DOUBLE, CUT=0.10,0.20,*
SPACING=8,20

June 2002 4-187
TNOZZLE UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Optional Statement. This statement defines the tubeside nozzle characteristics. Nozzles are
automatically included in pressure drop calculations unless NONE is specified on the TNOZZLE
statement. Nozzles are automatically sized when data are not provided.
Optional entries:
ID= Specifies the inside diameters of the inlet and outlet tubeside
nozzles. If not entered, HEXTRAN uses a conventional nozzle
size.
NUMBER=1,1 Specifies the number of tubeside nozzles at the inlet and outlet.
Enter a value for the number of inlet nozzles, and outlet nozzles,
separated by a comma. The default is 1,1.
NONE Suppresses nozzle pressure drop calculations.
TYPE= CONVENTIONAL Specifies the type of tubeside nozzles. Enter CONVENTIONAL,
AXIAL, or DISTRIBUTOR. The default is CONVENTIONAL.
Examples:
TNOZZLE ID=6,6, NUMBER=1,1,*
SNOZZLE UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Optional Statement. This statement defines the shellside nozzle characteristics. Nozzles are
automatically included in pressure drop calculations unless NONE is specified on the SNOZ-
ZLE statement. Nozzles are automatically sized when data area not provided.
Optional entries:
ID= Specifies the inside diameters of the inlet and outlet shellside
size.
NUMBER=1,1 Specifies the number of shellside nozzles at the inlet and outlet.
Enter a value for the number of inlet nozzles, and outlet nozzles,
separated by a comma. The default is 1,1.
TYPE= CONVENTIONAL Specifies the type of shellside nozzles. Enter CONVENTIONAL or
ANNULAR. See Figure 4-18 for the illustration of an annular noz-
zle design. The default is CONVENTIONAL.
AREA= Specifies the total groove area for an annular nozzle. Units are
in2 (English) and mm2 (metric and SI). There is no default.
LENGTH= Specifies the length of the annular distributor. See Figure 4-18,
dimension (note). Units are in. (English) and mm (metric and
SI). There is no default.

4-188 June 2002
CLEARANCE= Specifies the distance between the annular wall and the ex-
changer wall for an annular exchanger. See Figure 4-18, dimen-
sion (note). Units are in. (English) and mm (metric and SI).
Figure 4-18: Annular Nozzle Design
Examples:
SNOZZLE ID=8,4, NUMBER=2,1
INOZZLE UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Optional Statement. This statement defines the shellside intermediate nozzle characteristics.
Nozzles are automatically sized when data are not provided.
Optional entries:
ID= Specifies the inside diameters of the intermediate shellside noz-
zles. There is no default.
NUMBER=0 Specifies the number of shellside intermediate nozzles. The de-
fault is 0.
Examples:
INOZZLE ID=8, NUMBER=1

June 2002 4-189
LNOZZLE UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Optional Statement. This statement defines the shellside liquid nozzle characteristics. Nozzles
are automatically sized when data are not provided.
Optional entries:
ID= Specifies the inside diameters of the shellside liquid nozzles.
NUMBER=0 Specifies the number of shellside liquid nozzles. If a value is en-
tered here, then the shellside outlet nozzle information on the
SNOZZLE statement will be used for vapor outlet nozzle(s). The
default is 0.
Examples:
LNOZZLE ID=4, NUMBER=1
HTRI UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Optional statements. These statements specify HTRI modules will be used for rating or design.
See the HEXTRAN HTRI Input Guide for details.
Mandatory entries:
ST5 and/or
CST3 and/or
RKH3
HTFS UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Optional statements. These statements specify the HTFS module will be used for rating or de-
sign. See the HEXTRAN HTRI Input Guide for details.
Mandatory entry:
TASC3

4-190 June 2002
CALCULATION UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Optional statement. This statement sets calculation methods for individual exchangers on a
global basis. Methods can be selected globally using the CALCULATION statement in the
categories of input.
Optional entries:
NOCHECK Suppresses HEXTRAN geometry consistency checks and pre-
ometry data. NOCHECK is designed to allow you to access HTRI
or HTFS defaults in place of HEXTRAN defaults. When using NO-
CHECK, ensure that all exchanger data are explicitly specified, or
that one of the HTRI (ST5, CST3, RKH3) or HTFS (TASC3) mod-
ules is referenced, (see the HTRI and HTFS documentation).
sion by zero, overflow, etc.).
MINFT=0.8 Specifies the minimum allowable LMTD correction factor (FT).
The default is 0.8.
DPSMETHOD=STREAM Specifies the pressure drop calculation method used for shell-
side calculations. Enter BELL (Kenneth Bell of Delaware Univer-
sity method) or STREAM (stream analysis method). STREAM is
the default.
Reference: ‘‘A New and Accurate Hand Calculation Method for
Shellside Pressure Drop and Flow Distribution,’’ Wills, M. J. N.,
and D. Johnston, Presented at the 22nd Heat Transfer Confer-
ence and Exhibition, Niagara Falls, N.Y., 1984.
TWOPHASE=NEW Specifies the methods for thermal and hydraulic calculations for
all rigorous exchangers. Enter NEW or OLD. NEW uses the
Modified Chen vaporization method for convective boiling, and
includes predictions for sub-cooled and film boiling. Condensa-
tion methods account for flow regimes and gravity versus shear
effects. Pressure drops are calculated using a stream analysis-
based method. NEW automatically sets DPSMETHOD=STREAM.
OLD selects algorithms used in versions 5.0x and earlier. Use
this option to make comparison runs with earlier versions of
HEXTRAN. The default is NEW.

June 2002 4-191
SPECIFICATION UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Optional for rating, mandatory for design (unless the exchanger is a part of an exchanger net-
work and the heat duty is indirectly specified). This statement specifies exchanger perform-
ance criteria. When the exchanger is being rated, HEXTRAN reports the required shellside
fouling factor to match the specified area. For exchangers being designed, this statement de-
termines the area required for the desired heat transfer.
TEMPERATURE= and Specifies the outlet temperature of the stream. This keyword
must be used in conjunction with the SHELL, TUBE, HOT, or
COLD keyword to apply the TEMPERATURE to the correct
stream. The units are F (English), C (metric), or K (SI). You can-
not enter TEMPERATURE with any other specification keywords.
SHELL or Specifies the side of the exchanger being used by the TEMPERA-
TUBE or TURE specification. These keywords can also be used with
HOT or LFRACTION. There is no default.
COLD or
LFRAC= and Specifies the liquid weight fraction of the stream. Enter a value
from 0.0 (all vapor) to 1.0 (all liquid). This keyword must be used
in conjunction with the SHELL, TUBE, HOT, or COLD keyword to
apply the LFRACTION to the correct stream. You cannot enter
LFRAC with any other specification keywords. There is no default.
TUBE or TURE specification. These keywords can also be used with
HOT or LFRACTION. There is no default.
COLD or
DUTY= or Specifies the total heat transferred in the exchanger. You cannot
use DUTY with any other specification keywords. Units are:
MMBtu/hr (English), MMkcal/hr (metric), and MMkJ/hr (SI).
HOCI= or Specifies the exchanger approach temperature. Use only one of
COCI= or these four and enter a numerical value. Each keyword specifies a
HIHO= or subtraction operation where the first set of two characters de-
HICO= fines a value, and the second set of two characters defines a
value that is subtracted from it. In the operation, H refers to HOT
side, C refers to COLD side, I refers to inlet, and O refers to out-
let. Therefore, HOCI specifies hot outlet temperature minus cold
inlet temperature. You cannot use these keywords with any other
specification keywords. Valid units are F (English), C (metric and
Examples:
SPEC TEMP=100, HOT
SPEC TEMP=200, SHELL
SPEC DUTY=8.5
SPEC LFRAC=0.8, HOT
SPEC LFRAC=0.9, SHELL
SPEC HOCI=40

4-192 June 2002
PRINT UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Optional statement. This statement specifies report print options for the exchanger statement.
The default printout options are the global values specified in the CALCULATION section.
STANDARD and EXTENDED are defaults. STANDARD will be printed in addition to any speci-
fied keywords. EXTENDED will be overwritten by any specified keywords.
Optional entries:
STANDARD Prints the standard TEMA Data Sheet. This is the default.
EXTENDED Prints the Extended Data Sheet. This is the default.
ZONES Prints the zones analysis for two-phase exchangers.
MONITOR Prints the design logic monitor for NEW exchangers.
Examples:
PRINT EXTENDED, ZONES
This example prints standard, extended, and zones analysis reports.
PRINT MONITOR
This example prints standard and design logic monitor reports.
PRINT STANDARD
This example prints only the standard report.
PRINT ZONES, MONITOR
This example prints standard, zones analysis, and design logic monitor reports.
COST UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Optional statement. This statement provides special costing data for an exchanger. The de-
faults are the global values given in the CALCULATION category of input.
Optional Entries:
is 0.00 USDOLLAR/ft 2 (English), or 0.00 USDOLLAR/m2 (metric
and SI).
This entry can be used to define fixed costs associated with

June 2002 4-193
installation of an exchanger and is not a function of exchanger
SHELL results in the constant cost factor being applied to each
shell or each frame in the unit. The default is UNIT.

4-194 June 2002
RBE HEAT EXCHANGERS
The Rod Baffle Exchanger (RBE) is an adaptation of the shell and tube
exchanger (STE) that uses the rod baffle design developed by Phillips
Petroleum. The model may be used in rating mode only and shellside flow
must be single phase. Tubeside flow may be single or two phase.
Rod baffles are useful for reduction of vibration failure, lowering the shell-
side pressure drop, reducing shellside fouling and simplifying exchanger
cleaning. They are widely used in gas to gas applications. The internal details
for rod baffles are illustrated in Figures 4-19 and 4-20 below.
Figure 4-19: Rod Baffle Cage Assembly
Rod Baffle Cage Assembly
Baffle D
Baffle C
Baffle B
Baffle A
Skid Bar
Rods
Baffle Ring
Figure 4-20: Rod Baffle Tube Support Rod Layout

June 2002 4-195
Pressure drops across the nozzles are included in the calculations by default,
and nozzles are automatically sized when nozzle data are not provided.
For HTRI members, the ST5 and CST3 programs are available as a special
rating option. See the HEXTRAN HTRI Input Guide for further details.
TYPE RBE UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Mandatory statement. This statement defines the basic characteristics of the rodbaffle
exchanger.
Mandatory entry:
OLD Identifies the exchanger as an existing exchanger that is to be
rated. There is no default.
Examples:
RBE UID=STE2
TYPE OLD
Optional entries:
TEMA=AES Specifies the TEMA designation. Enter a three- or four-character
designation as described in Figure 4-19. Acceptable TEMA des-
ignations are given in Table 4-38. For J-type (divided flow)
shells, enter J1 (or J) for shells with one inlet and two outlet
nozzles. For J-type shells with two inlet and one outlet nozzles,
enter J2. The default is AES.
Enter SHELL or TUBE. If not specified, this value is determined
from the stream inlet temperatures. SHELL is the default.
ORIENTATION=HORIZONTAL Specifies the exchanger orientation, which affects both the film
coefficient for condensers and the static head for vertical
single-pass tubes and/or shells. Enter HORIZONTAL or VERTI-
CAL. The default is HORIZONTAL.
factor (FT). The default is COUNTERCURRENT.
AREA=1000 or Specifies the shellside effective or “installed” area per unit. The
area covered by the tubesheets and baffles is subtracted from
the outside area of the tubes. If AREA is not entered, this value
will be calculated from the tube information. AREA is checked
for consistency with tube information. The default is 1000 ft 2
(English) or 92.9 m 2 (metric and SI).
(metric), or 283.9 W/m 2 -K (SI).

4-196 June 2002
USCALER=1.0 Specifies a multiplier used to adjust the rigorously computed U-
value to approximate actual plant data. The default is 1.0.
Example:
TUBESIDE RBE UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Mandatory statement. This statement defines details for the tubeside of the exchanger. The
area for heat transfer is computed using the following formula, and is cross-checked against
the AREA entry supplied on the TYPE statement:
AREA= π* OD * (LENGTH - SHEETS) * NUMBER

where:
Note that the tube outside diameter in the above calculations can be determined from the in-
side diameter and the Birmingham Wire Gauge (BWG) or THICKNESS entries on the TUBE
statement. Conversely, the tube inside diameter can be determined from the outside diameter
and either the BWG or THICKNESS entries on the TUBE statement.
Mandatory entries:
FEED= Identifies the feed, or inlet stream, and its associated properties.
PRODUCT= Identifies the product, or outlet stream, and its associated prop-
default.
Example:
TUBE FED=CRD1, PRODUCT=CRD2
Optional entries:
LENGTH=20 or Specifies the exchanger tube length. The default value is 20 ft
(English) or 6.1 m (metric and SI).
tries. The default values are 0.584 in. (English) or 14.834 mm
(metric and SI).
OD=0.75 and/or Specifies the outside diameter of the tube. The default is 0.75 in.
(English) or 19.05 mm (metric and SI).
way to define tube thickness. The default is 14.

June 2002 4-197
NUMBER= This represents the tube count per bundle on a ‘‘per shell’’ basis.
For U-tubes, NUMBER corresponds to the number of holes in
the tubesheet (twice the number of complete U tubes). If not
method described in The Heat Exchanger Design Handbook,
page 3.5-11, Hemisphere Publishing Corporation, New York,
1983. There is no default.
PASS=2 or Specifies the number of tube passes per shell. Enter an integer
from 1 to 16. One pass corresponds to true counterflow. The de-
fault is 2.
PATTERN= Specifies a tube pattern code. 90 (square) is the only valid entry.
PITCH= Specifies the tube pitch, which is defined as the center-to-center
times tube outside diameter (OD). There is no default.
thermal conductivity and density are selected from Table 4-36,
Allowable Material Codes. Alphanumeric entries are treated as
STEEL).
the density value is selected automatically from Table 4-36; how-
ever, this entry will override the selected value. The default is
490.8 lb/ft3 (English) or 7862 kg/m3 (metric and SI).
(SI).
sents the effect of fouling on the tubeside pressure drop. (The
effect of fouling on heat transfer is represented by the FOUL en-
try). The default is 0.0 in. (English) or 0.0 mm (metric and SI).
HI= or Specifies an inside film coefficient. This entry overrides the
computed value.

4-198 June 2002
DPSHELL= or Specifies the value for pressure drop per bundle. This entry
overrides the computed value.
DPUNIT= Specifies the value for pressure drop per service. This entry
overrides the computed value. There are no defaults.
PDESIGN= Specifies a tubeside design pressure. This entry overrides the
computed value. There is no default.
Example:
SHELLSIDE RBE UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Mandatory entries:
default.
Optional entries:
ID=23 or Specifies the shell inside diameter. This entry is checked for
consistency with the supplied values for AREA and tube details.
If AREA or tube details are not supplied, the default is used. The
default is 23 in. (English) or 550 mm (metric and SI).
SERIES=1 Specifies the number of identical shells in series. Enter an inte-
ger from 1 to 10. The default is 1.
PARALLEL=1 Specifies the number of identical shells in parallel. Enter an inte-
STEEL).

June 2002 4-199
ever, this entry overrides the selected value. The default is 490.8
lb/ft3 (English) or 7862 kg/m3 (metric and SI).
0.00035 m 2 -K/W (SI).
sents the effect of fouling on the shellside pressure drop. (The
HO= or Specifies a shellside film coefficient. This entry overrides the
computed value.
The default is 1.0.
DPSHELL= or Specifies the value for pressure drop per shell. This entry over-
rides the computed value.
pressure drop to approximate actual plant performance. The de-
fault is 1.0.
PDESIGN= Specifies a shellside design pressure. This entry overrides the
Examples:
SHELL FEED=AG01, PROD=AG02, ID=28, SERIES=4,*
SEALS=4, FOUL=0.001, PDESIGN=500,*
TDESIGN=1000
SHELL FEED=AG01, PROD=AG02, ID=20,36,*
SERIES=1,10, FOUL=0.003, DPSHELL=8,16

4-200 June 2002
BAFFLE RBE UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Mandatory statement. This statement specifies details for baffles and tube sheet.
Mandatory entries:
TYPE=RING Specifies the rod baffle type. Enter RING, CONTOUR or
CHORDAL. The default is RING.
SPACING=4.60 Specifies the rod baffle spacing for exchangers. The default is
4.60 in. (English) or 110 mm (metric and SI).
THICKNESS=1.00 Specifies the baffle ring thickness. The default is 1.00 in. (Eng-
lish) or 25.4 mm (metric and SI).
Optional entries:
SHEETS= Specifies the total thickness of both tubesheets. This entry de-
faults to TEMA standards. Units are in. (English) and mm (met-
ric and SI).
CLEARANCE=0.125 Specifies baffle ring-to-shell clearance. The default is 0.125 in.
TNOZZLE RBE UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
statement. Nozzles are automatically sized when data area not provided.
Optional entries:
size.

June 2002 4-201
SNOZZLE RBE UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Optional entries:
TYPE= CONVENTIONAL Specifies the type of shellside nozzles. Enter CONVENTIONAL or
ANNULAR. See Figure 4-18 for the illustration of an annular noz-
zle design. The default is CONVENTIONAL.
size.
LENGTH= Specifies the length of the annular distributor. Units are in. (Eng-
lish) and mm (metric and SI). There is no default.
CLEARANCE= Specifies the distance between the annular wall and the ex-
changer shell wall. Units are in. (English) and mm (metric and
AREA= Specifies the total groove area for an annular nozzle. Units are
in2 (English) and mm2 (metric and SI). There is no default.
CALCULATION RBE UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Optional entries:
or HTFS defaults in place of HEXTRAN defaults. When using
NOCHECK, ensure that all exchanger data is explicitly specified,
or that one of the HTRI (ST5, CST3, RKH3) or HTFS (TASC3)
modules is referenced (See the HEXTRAN HTRI and HTFS Input
Guides).

4-202 June 2002
TWOPHASE= Specifies the methods for thermal and hydraulic calculations for
HEXTRAN. There is no default.
SPECIFICATION RBE UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Optional statement. This statement specifies exchanger performance criteria. HEXTRAN calcu-
lates the required fouling factor to match the specified area.
LFRAC= and Specifies the liquid weight fraction of the stream. The stream
must be specified by the SHELL, TUBE, HOT, or COLD keyword
in order to correctly apply the LFRACTION. Enter a value from
0.0 (all vapor) to 1.0 (all liquid). There are no defaults.
SHELL or Specifies the side of the exchanger being used by the LFRAC-
TUBE or TION keyword. SHELL and TUBE are also used with the TEM-
HOT or PERATURE keyword. There are no defaults.
COLD or
TEMPERATURE= and Specifies the outlet temperature of the stream specified by the
SHELL or TUBE keyword. The units are F (English), C (metric),
or K (SI). There are no defaults.
SHELL or Specifies the side of the exchanger being used by the
TUBE or TEMPERATURE keyword. SHELL and TUBE are also used with
the LFRACTION keyword. There are no defaults.
There are no defaults.
inlet temperature. You cannot use DUTY with any other specifi-
cation keywords. Valid units are F (English), C, (metric and SI).

June 2002 4-203
PRINT RBE UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Optional entries:
Examples:

PRINT STANDARD

PRINT ZONES
This example prints standard and zones analysis reports.
COST RBE UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Optional Entries:
is 1000.00 ft 2 (English) or 93.0 m2 (metric and SI).
is 0.00 USDOLLAR/ft 2 (English) or 0.00 USDOLLAR/m2 (metric
and SI).
default is 50.00 USDOLLAR/FT 2 (English) or 538.20 USDOL-
LAR/m2 (metric and SI).
size. The default is 0.00 USDOLLAR.

4-204 June 2002

June 2002 4-205
DPE HEAT EXCHANGERS
A double pipe exchanger (DPE) consists of two concentric pipes connected

by end closures. The tubeside flow is through the inner pipe, and the
shellside flow is through the annulus formed by the inner and outer pipes.
The outer pipe is designated as the shell. Figure 4-21 illustrates a double
pipe exchanger consisting of two shells in series. Note that these
exchangers can have either true countercurrent or cocurrent flow.
The double pipe exchanger available only in rating mode. It provides
rigorous thermal and hydraulic performance rating for countercurrent or
cocurrent flow. All fluid types are supported on either side of the
exchanger, and vaporization and/or condensation are automatically treated
by zone analysis.
Double pipe exchangers are typically constructed from seamless steel pipe
ranging in size from 2-6 inches Nominal Pipe Size (NPS). Tubes range
from 0.75 inches to 4 inch NPS and may be bare or have longitudinal fins.
Computed pressure drops include the pressure drops across the nozzles by
default, and nozzles are automatically sized when nozzle data are not
provided.
Figure 4-21: Double Pipe Exchanger
Two shells in Series

4-206 June 2002
TYPE DPE UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Mandatory statement. This statement defines the basic characteristics of the double pipe
exchanger.
The area for heat transfer is computed using the following formula, and is cross-checked
against the AREA entry supplied on the TYPE statement:
AREA = π * OD * LENGTH
where:
OD and LENGTH are defined on TUBE statement
Mandatory entries:
OLD Identifies an existing exchanger to be rated. There is no default.
Example:
DPE UID=DPE2
TYPE OLD
Optional entries:
Enter SHELL or TUBE. If not specified, the hotside stream is de-
termined from the stream inlet temperatures. SHELL is the
default.
coefficient for condensers. Enter HORIZONTAL or VERTICAL.
The default is HORIZONTAL.
RENT. This entry affects the calculation of the LMTD, and the
LMTD correction factor (FT). The default is COUNTERCURRENT.
AREA=23.6 Specifies the shellside effective or “installed” area per shell. The
the outside area of the tubes. For finned tubes, fin area must
also be included. If AREA is not entered, this value will be calcu-
lated from the input tube information. AREA is checked for con-
sistency with tube information. The default for bare tubes is 23.6
ft 2 (English), or 2.19 m 2 (metric and SI). The default for finned
tubes is 86.0 ft 2 (English), or 7.99 m 2 (metric and SI).
(metric), or 283.9 W/m 2 -K (SI).
U-value. The default is 1.0.
Example:
TYPE OLD, HOTSIDE=TUBE, AREA=5000,*

June 2002 4-207
TUBESIDE DPE UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Mandatory statement. This statement defines all necessary details for the tubeside of the ex-
changer.
Mandatory entries:
PRODUCT= Identifies the product, or outlet stream, and its associated
properties. Enter up to twelve alphanumeric characters. The
PRODUCT entry will be printed as a label in the output. There is
no default.
Example:
Optional entries:
LENGTH=20 or Specifies the exchanger tube length. The default is 20 ft (Eng-
lish), or 6.1 m (metric and SI).
tries for bare tubes. or if NPS and SCHEDULE are specified. The
default is 4.026 in. (English), or 102.26 mm (metric and SI).
BWG= or Specifies a value from the Birmingham Wire Gauge, an alternate
way to define tube thickness. There is no default.
NPS= Specifies the nominal pipe size in inches. If supplied, SCHEDULE
must also be supplied. Valid NPS entries are shown in Table
4-42.
SCHEDULE= and Specifies the steel pipe schedule. If supplied, NPS must also be
suplied. Valid SCHEDULE entries are shown in Table 4-43.
Note: You cannot enter OD, ID, BWG or THICKNESS with NPS
and SCHEDULE.

4-208 June 2002
Table 4-42: Allowable Pipe Nps Values In Inches
0.125 2.0 8.0 24.0
0.25 2.5 10.0 26.0
0.375 3.0 12.0 28.0
0.5 3.5 14.0 30.0
1.0 4.0 16.0 32.0
1.25 5.0 20.0 34.0
1.5 6.0 22.0 36.0
Allowable Pipe Schedule
10, 20, 30, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120, 140, 160

(SI).
rides the computed value for both rating and design cases.

June 2002 4-209
DPSHELL= Specifies the value for pressure drop per unit. This entry over-
rides the computed value. There are no defaults. You cannot en-
ter DPSHELL and DPUNIT together.
overrides the computed value. There are no defaults. You cannot
FINS DPE UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Optional statement. This statement specifies details for finned tubes. Figure 4-22 illustrates
the longitudinal fin construction for double pipe exchangers. The fins are manufactured as
U-channels and welded onto the inner pipe. They are installed in multiples of 4 and can be
made of a different material than the pipe.
Mandatory entries:
None.
Optional entries:
NUMBER =24 Specifies the number of fins per pipe. The default is 24.
be calculated from inside and outside pipe diameters as: HEIGHT
= (SHELL ID - TUBE OD) / 2. The default is 0.7815 in. (English),
MATERIAL=01 Specifies the fin material, either by code or by an alphanumeric
name. When an appropriate code number is entered, the thermal
conductivity and density are selected from Table 4-36, Allowable
Material Codes. Alphanumeric entries are treated as names for
printout purposes only. The default is 01 (CARBON STEEL).
CONDUCTIVITY=30 Specifies fin metal thermal conductivity. This entry is used to
from Table 4-36; however, this entry overrides the selected
value. The default is 30 Btu/hr-ft-F (English), 44.6 kcal/hr-m-C
(metric), or 51.9 W/m-K (SI).
used to compute the fin area in place of the fin geometry sup-
plied. No consistency check is made between this entry and the

4-210 June 2002
area value determined from NUMBER, HEIGHT, and THICKNESS.
late the value.
Examples:
SHELLSIDE DPE UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Mandatory entries:
FEED= Identifies the feed, or inlet, stream and its associated properties.
PRODUCT= Identifies the product, or outlet, stream and its associated
no default.
Optional entries:
ID=6.065 or Specifies the inside diameter of the outer pipe (shell). The de-
fault is 6.065 in. (English), or 154 mm (metric and SI).
NPS= and Specifies the nominal pipe size in inches. If supplied, SCHEDULE
4-42.
SCHEDULE= Specifies the steel pipe schedule. If supplied, NPS must also be
MATERIAL=01 Specifies the outer pipe (shell) material, either by code or by an
alphanumeric name. When an appropriate code number is en-
tered, the thermal conductivity and density are selected from
Table 4-36, Allowable Material Codes. Alphanumeric entries are
treated as names for printout purposes only. The default is 01
(CARBON STEEL).
DENSITY=490.8 Specifies outer pipe (shell) material density. This entry is used
to compute the total weight of the exchanger when MATERIAL is
specified by alphanumeric name. When a valid MATERIAL code
is entered, the density value is selected automatically from Table
4-36; however, this entry overrides the selection. The default is
490.8 lb/ft3 (English), or 7862 kg/m3 (metric and SI).
June 2002 4-211
0.00035 m 2 -K/W (SI).
try.) The default is 0.0 in. (English), or 0.0 mm (metric and SI).
The default is 1.0.
DPSHELL= Specifies the value for pressure drop per shell. This entry over-
rides the computed value. There is no default. You cannot enter
overrides the computed value. There is no default. You cannot
enter DPUNIT and DPSHELL together.
fault is 1.0.
TNOZZLE DPE UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Optional entries:
nozzles. Enter inlet and outlet values, separated by a comma. If
not entered, HEXTRAN uses a conventional nozzle size.
NONE Suppresses nozzle sizing and pressure drop calculations.

4-212 June 2002
SNOZZLE DPE UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Optional entries:
CALCULATION DPE UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Optional entries:
that one of the HTRI (ST5, CST3, RKH3, ACE2) or HTFS (TASC3)
modules is referenced (see the HTRI and HTFS documentation).

June 2002 4-213
SPECIFICATION DPE UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Optional statement. This statement specifies exchanger performance criteria. HEXTRAN re-
ports the required shellside fouling factor to match the specified area.
Optional entries:
or K (SI). You cannot enter TEMPERATURE with any other speci-
fication keywords. There is no default.
TUBE or TURE keyword. SHELL and TUBE can also be used with the
LFRAC keyword. There is no default.
from 0.0 (all vapor) to 1.0 (all liquid). This keyword must be
used in conjunction with the SHELL, TUBE, HOT, or COLD key-
word to apply the LFRACTION to the correct stream. You cannot
enter LFRAC with any other specification keywords. There is no
default.
TUBE or TION keyword. You cannot use these keywords with any other
HOT or specification keywords. There is no default.
COLD or
inlet temperature. You cannot use these keywords with any other
specification keywords. Valid units are F (English) or C (metric
and SI). There is no default.
Examples:
SPEC TEMP=100, HOT
SPEC DUTY=8.5
SPEC LFRAC=0.8, HOT
SPEC HOCI=40

4-214 June 2002
PRINT DPE UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Optional entries:
Examples:

PRINT MONITOR

PRINT STANDARD

PRINT ZONES MONITOR
COST DPE UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
faults are the global values given in the CALCULATION section.
Optional Entries:
and SI).
default is 50.00 USDOLLAR/ft 2 (English), or 538.20 USDOLLAR/
m 2 (metric and SI).

June 2002 4-215
Figure 4-22: Longitudinal Fin Details
Double Pipe Cross Section
Shell ID
Tube OD
Tube ID
Fin Height
Fin Thickness

4-216 June 2002
MTE HEAT EXCHANGERS
Multi-tube exchangers (MTEs) are similar in construction to double pipe

exchangers, except the inner pipe is replaced with a bundle of tubes. Each
leg of the MTE’s U-tube bundle is welded into a separate shell with a
housing for the return bend.
Figure 4-23: Multi-tube Exchanger
Multi-Tube Exchanger
Effective Tube Length
Front View Side View
Figure 4-23 shows a typical MTE. The HEXTRAN specifications for this
MTE are:
■ 1 Shell
■ 7 Tubes
■ 1 Tube pass
The MTE model is available only in rating mode. It provides rigorous
thermal and hydraulic performance for countercurrent and cocurrent flow.
All fluid types are supported on either side of the exchanger, and
vaporization and condensation are automatically treated by zone analysis.
Multi-tube exchangers are typically constructed from seamless steel pipe
ranging in size from 3-8 inches Nominal Pipe Size (NPS). Tubes range
from 0.75 inches to 1 inch NPS and may be bare or have longitudinal fins.
Computed pressure drops include the pressure drops across the nozzles by
default, and nozzles will be automatically sized when data are not provided.
Numerous tuning parameters have been provided for matching plant data as
described in Table 4-37.

June 2002 4-217
TYPE MTE UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Mandatory statement. This statement defines the basic characteristics of the rodbaffle
exchanger.
Mandatory entries:
OLD Identifies the exchanger as an existing exchanger that is to be
rated. There is no default.
Examples:
MTE UID=STE2
TYPE OLD
Optional entries:
Enter SHELL or TUBE. If not specified, this value is determined
from the stream inlet temperatures. SHELL is the default.
coefficient for condensers and the static head for vertical
single-pass tubes and/or shells. Enter HORIZONTAL or VERTI-
CAL. The default is HORIZONTAL.
factor (FT). The default is COUNTERCURRENT.
AREA=1000 or Specifies the shellside effective or “installed” area per unit. The
the outside area of the tubes. If AREA is not entered, this value
will be calculated from the tube information. AREA is checked
for consistency with tube information. The default is 1000 ft 2
(English) or 92.9 m 2 (metric and SI).
(metric), or 283.9 W/m 2 -K (SI).
U-value to approximate actual plant data. The default is 1.0.
Example:

4-218 June 2002
TUBESIDE MTE UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Mandatory statement. This statement defines details for the tubeside of the exchanger. The
area for heat transfer is computed using the following formula, and is cross-checked against
the AREA entry supplied on the TYPE statement:
AREA = π * OD * (LENGTH − SHEETS _ * NUMBER
where:
Note that the tube outside diameter in the above calculations can be determined from the in-
side diameter and the Birmingham Wire Gauge (BWG) or THICKNESS entries on the TUBE
statement. Conversely, the tube inside diameter can be determined from the outside diameter
and either the BWG or THICKNESS entries on the TUBE statement.
Mandatory entries:
PRODUCT= Identifies the product, or outlet stream, and its associated
no default.
Example:
Optional entries:
LENGTH=20 or Specifies the exchanger tube length. The default value is 20 ft
(English) or 6.1 m (metric and SI).
tries. The default values are 0.584 in. (English) or 14.834 mm
(metric and SI).
way to define tube thickness. The default is 14.
NPS= Specifies the nominal pipe size in inches. If supplied, SCHEDULE
4-42.

June 2002 4-219
SCHEDULE= and Specifies the steel pipe schedule. If supplied, NPS must also be
Note: You cannot enter OD, ID, BWG or THICKNESS with NPS
and SCHEDULE.
NUMBER= This represents the tube count per bundle on a ‘‘per shell’’ basis.
For U tubes, NUMBER corresponds to the number of holes in
the tubesheet (twice the number of complete U tubes). If not
method described in The Heat Exchanger Design Handbook,
page 3.5-11, Hemisphere Publishing Corporation, New York,
1983. There is no default.
PASS=2 or Specifies the number of tube passes per shell. Enter an integer
from 1 to 16. One pass corresponds to true counterflow. The de-
fault is 2.
PATTERN= Specifies a tube pattern code. 90 (square) is the only valid entry.
PITCH= Specifies the tube pitch, which is defined as the center-to-center
times tube outside diameter (OD). There is no default.
STEEL).
ever, this entry will override the selected value. The default is
490.8 lb/ft3 (English) or 7862 kg/m3 (metric and SI).
(SI).
HI= or Specifies an inside film coefficient. This entry overrides the
computed value.
4-220 June 2002
DPSHELL= or Specifies the value for pressure drop per bundle. This entry
overrides the computed value.
Example:
FINS MTE UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Optional statement. This statement specifies details for finned tubes. Figure 4-22 illustrates
the longitudinal fin construction for double pipe exchangers. The fins are manufactured as U-
channels and welded onto the inner pipe. They are installed in multiples of 4 and can be made
of a different material than the pipe.
Mandatory entries:
None.
Optional entries:
NUMBER =24 Specifies the number of fins per pipe. The default is 24.
be calculated from inside and outside pipe diameters as: HEIGHT
= (SHELL ID - TUBE OD) / 2. The default is 0.7815 in. (English),
MATERIAL=01 Specifies the fin material, either by code or by an alphanumeric
printout purposes only. The default is 01 (CARBON STEEL).
CONDUCTIVITY=30 Specifies fin metal thermal conductivity. This entry is used to
from Table 4-36; however, this entry overrides the selected

June 2002 4-221
plied. No consistency check is made between this entry and the
area value determined from NUMBER, HEIGHT, and THICKNESS.
late the value.
Examples:
SHELLSIDE MTE UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Mandatory entries:
FEED= Identifies the feed, or inlet, stream and its associated properties.
PRODUCT= Identifies the product, or outlet, stream and its associated
no default.
Optional entries:
ID=6.065 or Specifies the inside diameter of the outer pipe (shell). The de-
fault is 6.065 in. (English), or 154 mm (metric and SI).
NPS= and Specifies the nominal pipe size in inches. If supplied, SCHEDULE
4-42.
SCHEDULE= Specifies the steel pipe schedule. If supplied, NPS must also be
MATERIAL=01 Specifies the outer pipe (shell) material, either by code or by an
alphanumeric name. When an appropriate code number is en-
tered, the thermal conductivity and density are selected from Ta-
ble 4-36, Allowable Material Codes. Alphanumeric entries are
treated as names for printout purposes only. The default is 01
(CARBON STEEL).

4-222 June 2002
DENSITY=490.8 Specifies outer pipe (shell) material density. This entry is used
to compute the total weight of the exchanger when MATERIAL is
specified by alphanumeric name. When a valid MATERIAL code
is entered, the density value is selected automatically from Table
4-36; however, this entry overrides the selection. The default is
490.8 lb/ft3 (English), or 7862 kg/m3 (metric and SI).
0.00035 m 2 -K/W (SI).
The default is 1.0.
DPSHELL= Specifies the value for pressure drop per shell. This entry over-
rides the computed value. There is no default. You cannot enter
overrides the computed value. There is no default. You cannot
enter DPUNIT and DPSHELL together.
fault is 1.0.
TNOZZLE MTE UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Optional entries:
NONE Suppresses nozzle sizing and pressure drop calculations.

June 2002 4-223
SNOZZLE MTE UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Optional entries:
CALCULATION MTE UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Optional entries:
that one of the HTRI (ST5, CST3, RKH3, ACE2) or HTFS (TASC3)
modules is referenced, (see the HEXTRAN HTRI and HTFS Input
Guides).
MINFT=0.8 Specifies the minimum allowable LMTD correction factor (FT).
The default is 0.8.
DPSMETHOD=STREAM Specifies the pressure drop calculation method used for shell-
side calculations. Enter BELL (Kenneth Bell of Delaware Univer-
sity method) or STREAM (stream analysis method). STREAM is
the default.
Reference: ‘‘A New and Accurate Hand Calculation Method for
Shellside Pressure Drop and Flow Distribution,’’ Wills, M. J. N.,
and D. Johnston, Presented at the 22nd Heat Transfer Confer-
ence and Exhibition, Niagara Falls, N.Y., 1984.

4-224 June 2002
all rigorous exchangers. Enter NEW or OLD. NEW uses the Modi-
fied Chen vaporization method for convective boiling, and in-
cludes predictions for sub-cooled and film boiling. Condensation
methods account for flow regimes and gravity versus shear ef-
fects. Pressure drops are calculated using a stream analysis-
OLD selects algorithms used in versions 5.0x and earlier. Use this
option to make comparison runs with earlier versions of HEX-
TRAN. The default is NEW.
SPECIFICATION MTE UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Optional statement. This statement specifies exchanger performance criteria. HEXTRAN re-
ports the required shellside fouling factor to match the specified area.
Optional entries:
or K (SI). You cannot enter TEMPERATURE with any other speci-
fication keywords. There is no default.
SHELL or
TUBE or Specifies the side of the exchanger being used by the TEMPERA-
TURE keyword. SHELL and TUBE can also be used with the
used in conjunction with the SHELL, TUBE, HOT, or COLD key-
word to apply the LFRACTION to the correct stream. You cannot
enter LFRAC with any other specification keywords. There is no
default.
TUBE or TION keyword. You cannot use these keywords with any other
HOT or specification keywords. There is no default.
COLD or
side, C refers to COLD side, I refers to inlet, and O refers to

June 2002 4-225
outlet. Therefore, HOCI specifies hot outlet temperature minus
cold inlet temperature. You cannot use these keywords with any
other specification keywords. Valid units are F (English) or C
(metric and SI). There is no default.
Examples:
SPEC TEMP=100, HOT
SPEC DUTY=8.5
SPEC LFRAC=0.8, HOT
SPEC HOCI=40
PRINT MTE UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Optional entries:
Examples:
PRINT MONITOR
PRINT STANDARD

4-226 June 2002
COST MTE UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
faults are the global values given in the CALCULATION section.
Optional Entries:
and SI).
default is 50.00 USDOLLAR/ft 2 (English), or 538.20 USDOLLAR/
m 2 (metric and SI).

June 2002 4-227
FTE HEAT EXCHANGER
FTE FTE UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Mandatory statement. This statement identifies the unit as a finned-tube exchanger. It must be
the first input line for any FTE model.
The finned-tube exchanger (FTE) is a general model which can be used to rate or design any
piece of equipment which has a gas flowing through a rectangular duct over a bank of tubes.
Only a horizontal tube arrangement is allowed. The tubeside may have a single-phase or two-
phase fluid.
The most common application is for waste heat boilers, but air pre-heaters or coolers may
also be rated or designed. Note that the air-cooled exchanger (ACE) in HEXTRAN is more con-
venient for representation of air coolers and also performs calculations for the fans.
Tubes may be plain or finned and the fins may be of a different metal than the tubes. When a
performance specification is provided, the fouling which corresponds to the specified heat
transfer is computed. By default, the presure drop across the tubeside nozzles is included in
the calculations.
Design Process
This section describes the general process performed by HEXTRAN for the design option.
First, the rating module is called using some reasonable assumptions for the various perform-
ance and geometric parameters. These include:
n An estimated U-value based on the outside area. The user may input a value or the
program will assign a value of 5 Btu/hr-ft 2 -F in the English system of units.
n The number of tube passes is set equal to the average between the user-specified up-
per and lower limits, subject to a minimum value of 1 pass.
n The number of tube rows is set equal to 4.
n The tube length is set equal to the average value between the user-specified upper and
lower values.
Next, knowing the heat duty, the required area, A, is estimated using the following
relationship:
Q
A= )
U (LMTD )
where:
LMTD = log mean temperature difference

This area is then used to estimate the number of tubes in the bundle, as given by:
A
N=
L ( APUL )

4-228 June 2002
where:
APUL = the tube outside area per tube per unit length L = tube length
With the above information calculated, the existing rating module is then called. The perform-
ance values generated by this module are used to systematically modify various parameters
and achieve the user-specified constraints. For example, the number of tube rows is modified
using the fact that the ductside pressure drop is proportional to ROWS 2.8 , for a given sur-
face area.
For the design option, the program attempts to arrive at a reasonable aspect ratio (i.e.,
LENGTH/ WIDTH ratio). However, if a very tight tolerance has been specified for bundle (i.e.,
bay) width, the aspect ratio criteria are ignored by the program. For this situation, the tube
length constraints may also be violated.

June 2002 4-229
FTE Design Logic

4-230 June 2002
TYPE FTE UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Mandatory statement. This statement defines the basic characteristics of the finned-tube
exchanger.
Mandatory entries:
OLD or Rating only. Identifies an existing exchanger to be rated.
NEW Design only. Identifies a new exchanger to be designed.
Examples:
FTE UID=FTE2
TYPE OLD
FTE UID=EX23
TYPE NEW
Optional entries:
HOTSIDE=TUBE Specifies the side of the exchanger receiving the hotside fluid.
Enter TUBE or DUCT. If not specified, this value is determined
from the stream inlet temperature. TUBE is the default.
FLOW=COUNTERCURRENT Specifies the relative flow direction between the tubeside fluid
and the ductside fluid. Enter COUNTERCURRENT or COCUR-
factor (FT), and, thereby, the MTD. The default is
COUNTERCURRENT.
AREA=79.0 or Rating only. Specifies the effective or “installed” area per bundle
for OLD exchanger calculations. For finned tubes, fin area must
also be included. If AREA is not entered, this value will be calcu-
lated from the input tube information. AREA is checked for con-
sistency with tube information. The default is 79.0 ft 2 (English),
or 7.34 m 2 (metric and SI) for bare tubes, and 990.0 ft 2 (Eng-
lish), or 92.0 m 2 (metric and SI) for finned tubes.
AREA= Design only. Specifies upper and lower limits for effective or “in-
stalled” area per bundle. Enter minimum and maximum values.
The default is 5 Btu/hr-ft 2 -F (English), 24.4 kcal/hr-m2-C (met-
ric), or 28.4 W/m 2 -K (SI).
U-value to approximate actual plant data. The default is 1.0.
Example:
TYPE OLD, HOTSIDE=TUBE, AREA=5000,*

June 2002 4-231
TUBESIDE FTE UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Mandatory statement. This statement defines all necessary details for the tubeside of the
exchanger.
Mandatory entries:
PRODUCT= Identifies the product, or outlet stream and its associated proper-
ties. Enter up to twelve alphanumeric characters. The PRODUCT
entry will be printed as a label in the output. There is no default.
Example:
TUBE FED=CRD1, PRODUCT=CRD2
Optional entries:
LENGTH=20 or Rating only. Specifies the exchanger tube length. The default is
20 ft (English), or 6.1 m (metric and SI).
tube lengths. HEXTRAN uses the maximum length to initiate the
design and reduces the length by specified increments if the
tubeside pressure drop and velocity specifications cannot be
met at the minimum number of passes allowed for the design.
The default values are: 8, 20, 4 ft (English), or 2.4, 6.1, 1.2 m
(metric and SI).
Note: A design may be obtained for a fixed tube length (e.g.,
LENGTH = 24, 24, 0).
tries for bare tubes. The default values are 0.584 in. (English), or
way to define tube thickness. Valid BWG values are listed in Ta-
ble 4-39. The default is 14.
NUMBER=20 Rating only. Specifies the tube count per bundle. You must
specify this value if AREA is not specified. Values for LENGTH,
OD, and AREA override this entry. The default is 20.

4-232 June 2002
PASS=2 or Rating only. Specifies the number of tube passes per bundle.
The default is 2.
PASS=1,12 Design only. Specifies the upper and lower limit for tube passes
per bundle. Enter minimum and maximum values. The defaults
are 1,12.
PATTERN=INLINE Specifies a tube pattern code. Enter INLINE or STAGGERED. The
default is INLINE.
TPITCH=0.937 Specifies the tube pitch, which is the center-to-center distance
between tubes in the direction nor-mal to ductside flow. If not
entered, the value will be set equal to 1.25 times the tube diame-
ter for bare tubes or 1.25 times the fin OD for finned tubes. If
values are not supplied for TPITCH or for the tube or fin OD, the
default values will be used. The defaults for bare tubes are 0.94
in. (English) and 23.9 mm (metric and SI). The defaults for
finned tubes are 2.5 in. (English) and 63.5 mm (metric and SI).
LPITCH=0.937 Specifies the longitudinal tube pitch, which is the center-to-center
distance between tubes in direction parallel to ductside flow. If not
entered, the value will be set equal to 1.25 times the tube diameter
for bare tubes or 1.25 times the fin OD for finned tubes. If values
are not supplied for TPITCH or for the tube or fin OD, the default
values will be used. The defaults for bare tubes are 0.94 in. (Eng-
lish) and 23.9 mm (metric and SI). The defaults for finned tubes
are 2.5 in. (English) and 63.5 mm (metric and SI).
ROWS=1 Rating only. Specifies the number of tube rows per bundle. The
default is 1.
ROWS=2,12 Specifies the minimum and maximum number of tube rows per
bundle. The defaults are 2,12.
FOUL=0.002 Specifies the tubeside fouling resistance. To simulate a ‘‘clean’’
exchanger, enter a value of zero on both TUBE and DUCT state-
ments. The default is 0.002 hr-ft 2 -F/Btu (English), 0.00041
hr-m 2 -C/kcal (metric), or 0.00035 m 2 -K/W (SI).
rides the computed value for rating cases.

June 2002 4-233
HSCALER=1.0 Rating only. Specifies a multiplier for the computed film coeffi-
cient. You cannot use HSCALER if USCALER is specified on the
TYPE statement. The default is 1.0.
DPSHELL= or Rating only. Specifies the tubeside pressure drop per bundle.
DPSHELL= 5,15 or Design only. Specifies the lower and upper limit for pressure
drop per bundle.The average between the minimum and maxi-
mum values will be used as the target pressure drop in obtain-
ing a suitable tube bundle. The defaults are 5, 15 psi (English),
0.35, 1.05 kg/cm 2 (metric), or 34.5, 103.4 kPa (SI). You cannot
You cannot enter DPSHELL and DPUNIT together.
Enter lower and upper limits. This keyword is identical to
DPSHELL, as only one bundle is designed in each unit. There are
no defaults. You cannot enter DPSHELL and DPUNIT together.
VELOCITY=0,1000 Design only. Specifies lower and upper limits for tubeside veloc-
ity. Enter minimum and maximum values. The default is 0,1000
ft/sec (English), or 0,305 m/s (metric and SI).
Note: A design may be carried out to yield a specified tubeside
velocity (average for single phase and at the inlet for condensa-
tion cases). The resulting tubeside pressure drop may not be a
desirable value, as the program ignores any tubeside pressure
drop constraints that you enter.
SERIES=1 Rating only. Specifies the number of bundles per bay in series.
Enter an integer from 1 to 10. The default is 1.
Note: The design option does not support multiple finned-tube
exchangers in series. However, you can specify multiple units
within a network.
PARALLEL=1 Rating only. Specifies the number of bundles per bay in parallel.
Enter an integer from 1 to 10. The default is 1.
Note: The finned-tube exchanger may have identical multiple bays
which are arranged in parallel as determined by the program for the
design option, or as specified by the user for the rating option.

4-234 June 2002
Examples:
(Rating example)
(Design example)
TUBE FEED=CRD1, PROD=CRD2, LENGTH=16,40,4, OD=1.0,*
BWG=14, PASS=2,16,2, PATTERN=60, FOUL=0.004,*
DPSHELL=8,12
FINS FTE UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Optional statement. This statement specifies details for finned tubes.

Optional entries:
NUMBER =5 Specifies the number of fins per unit length. The default is 5
fins/in. (English), or 197 fins/m (metric and SI).
HEIGHT=0.625 Specifies the fin height. The default is 0.625 in. (English), or
AREA= Specifies the fin area per unit length of the tube. This entry is
used to compute the shellside area in place of the fin geometry
supplied. Units are ft2/ft (English) or mm2/mm (metric and SI).
No consistency check is made between this entry and the area
value determined from NUMBER, HEIGHT, and THICKNESS.
late the value.
MATERIAL=20 Specifies a material code or an alphanumeric name (up to 8
characters). When an appropriate code number is entered, the
Available Material Codes. Alphanumeric entries are treated as
names for printout purposes. The default is 20 (ALUMINUM).
CONDUCTIVITY=128.3 Specifies thermal conductivity. This entry is used to determine
the resistance to heat transfer through the fin. When a valid MA-
TERIAL code is entered, this value is selected from Table 4-36;
however, this entry overrides the selected value. The default is
128.3 Btu/hr-ft-F in (English), 190.9 kcal/hr-m-C (metric), and
222.1 W/m-K (SI).
BOND Specifies the fin bond resistance between the exchanger fins and
the tube OD. The defaults are 0.0 hr-ft 2 -F/Btu (English units),
0.0 hr-m 2 -C/kcal (metric), and 0.0 m 2 -K/W (SI).

June 2002 4-235
Examples:
DUCTSIDE FTE UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Mandatory statement. This statement defines all details for the ductside of the exchanger.
Mandatory entries:
PRODUCT= Identifies the product, or outlet stream and its associated
no default.
Optional entries:
WIDTH= Rating only. Specifies the width of the bundle. If not specified, it
will be calculated as the number of tubes per row multiplied by
the transverse pitch.
WIDTH=5,20 Design only. Specifies lower and upper limits for the width of the
bundle. Enter minimum and maximum values. If not specified, it
will be calculated as the number of tubes per row multiplied by
the transverse pitch. The defaults are: 5, 20 ft in English units;
1.525, 6.096 m in metric and SI.
Note: A design may be obtained for a fixed bay width (e.g.,
WIDTH = 5, 5). In this case, the actual bay width will be slightly
different from the specified value as the program must yield a
valid tube length which has incremental values, while satisfying
the heat transfer requirement.
LENGTH=20 Rating only. Specifies the length of bundle. This value is used to
calculate air flow velocity. If not specified, this value is set to the
tube length. If a tube length is not specified either, the following
defaults will be used: 20.0 ft (English units) 6.1 m (metric and
SI).
FOUL=0.002 Specifies the ductside fouling resistance. To simulate a ‘‘clean’’
exchanger, enter a value of zero for FOUL on both TUBE and
DUCT statements. The default is 0.002 hr-ft 2 -F/Btu (English),
0.00041 hr-m 2 -C/kcal (metric), or 0.00035 m 2 -K/W (SI).
LAYER=0.0 Specifies the ductside fouling layer thickness. This entry repre-
sents the effect of fouling on the ductside pressure drop. (The

4-236 June 2002
The default is 1.0.
DPUNIT= Rating only. Specifies the value for pressure drop per bundle.
DPUNIT= Design only. Specifies lower and upper limits for pressure drop
per service. Enter minimum and maximum values. HEXTRAN av-
erages the minimum and maximum values for the target pres-
sure drop in obtaining a suitable tube bundle. The defaults are
0.3,0.7 in. H2O (English), or 7.62,17.8 mm H2O (metric and SI).
VELOCITY= Design only. Specifies lower and upper limits for the ductside
force velocities. Enter minimum and maximum values. There are
no defaults.
Note: A design may be carried out to yield a specified ductside
face velocity; however, the ductside pressure drop may not be a
desirable value.
PARALLEL= Rating only. Specifies the number of bays in parallel. There is no
default.
PARALLEL= Design only. Specifies lower and upper limits for number of bays
in parallel. Enter minimum and maximum values. There are no
defaults.
Examples:
(Rating example)
DUCT FEED=GASI, PROD=GASO, WIDTH=8, FOUL=0.001,*
HSCALER=0.9, PARA=2
(Design example)
DUCT FEED=GASI, PROD=GASO, WIDTH=5,10, FOUL=0.002,*
PARA=1,8

June 2002 4-237
TNOZZLE FTE UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Optional entries:
nozzles. Enter inlet and outlet values, separated by a comma.
Valid units are in. and mm. If not specified, HEXTRAN uses a
conventional nozzle size.
NUMBER=1,1 Specifies the number of inlet and outlet nozzles per bundle. En-
ter a value for the number of inlet nozzles, and outlet nozzles,
separated by a comma. You must enter both values when using
this keyword. The default is 1,1.
Examples:
TNOZZLE ID=6,6, NUMBER=1,1
SPECIFICATION FTE UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Optional for rating, mandatory for design. This statement specifies exchanger performance
criteria. When the exchanger is being rated, HEXTRAN reports the required ductside fouling
factor to match the specified area. For exchangers being designed, this statement determines
the area required for the desired heat transfer.
Mandatory entries:
TEMPERATURE= and Specifies the outlet temperature of the product stream specified
by the TUBE or DUCT keyword. The units are F (English), or C
(metric and SI). You cannot enter TEMPERATURE with any other
specification keywords. There is no default.
DUCT or TURE keyword. You cannot use DUCT with any other specifica-
tion keywords. TUBE can also be used with LFRAC.
used in conjunction with the TUBE or COLD keyword to apply
the LFRACTION to the correct stream. You cannot enter LFRAC
with any other specification keywords. There is no default.
TUBE or Specifies the side of the exchanger being used by the LFRAC-
COLD or TION keyword. You cannot use COLD with any other specifica-
tion keywords. TUBE can also be used with TEMP.
4-238 June 2002
HOCI= or Specifies the exchanger approach temperature. Use only one of these
COCI= or four and enter a numerical value. Each keyword specifies a subtrac-
HIHO= or tion operation where the first set of two characters defines a value,
HICO= and the second set of two characters defines a value that is sub-
tracted from it. In the operation, H refers to HOT side, C refers to
COLD side, I refers to inlet, and O refers to outlet. Therefore, HOCI
specifies hot outlet temperature minus cold inlet temperature. You
cannot use these keywords with any other specification keywords.
Valid units are F (English), C, (metric and +SI). There is no default.
Examples:
SPEC TEMP=100, HOT
SPEC TEMP=200, DUCT
SPEC DUTY=8.5
SPEC LFRAC=0.8, HOT
SPEC LFRAC=0.9, DUCT
SPEC HOCI=40
CALCULATION FTE UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Optional entries:
that f the HTRI ACE2 module is referenced (see the HEXTRAN
HTRI Input Guide).

June 2002 4-239
COST FTE UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Optional Entries:
ric and SI).
PRINT FTE UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Optional entries:

4-240 June 2002
Examples:
PRINT MONITOR
PRINT STANDARD
HTRI FTE UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Optional statement. This statement specifies the HTRI module to be used for rating or design.
See the HEXTRAN HTRI Input Guide for details.
Mandatory entries:
ACE2

June 2002 4-241
ACE HEAT EXCHANGER
ACE ACE UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Mandatory statement. This statement identifies the unit as an air-cooled exchanger. It must be
the first input line for any ACE model.
Air-cooled heat exchangers (ACE) employ banks of tubes to cool fluids with ambient air. They
consist of one or more tube sections served by one or more axial fans, fan drivers, speed re-
ducers, and an enclosing and supporting structure. In forced-draft exchangers, the tube sec-
tion is located on the discharge side of the fan. In induced-draft exchangers, the tube section
is on the intake side of the fan. The tubeside may have a single-phase or two-phase fluid. Only
a horizontal tube arrangement is allowed.
Fan sizes can range from 3 to 28 ft in diameter and may be driven by electric motors, steam
turbines, or other types of drivers. Bays with two fans each are popular since this provides a
backup in the event of failure of a fan or driver. Multiple tube bundles are often used per fan
bay in any number of possible arrangements. Typical plan views for air coolers are illustrated
in Figure 4-24.
Figure 4-24: Plan Views of Air Coolers
The air-cooled exchanger module supports most types of bay and tube arrangements for the
rating option. Calculations are also performed for fans. In rating mode, information on the air-
side flow is available by supplying fan power data. When fan power is not supplied, HEXTRAN
calculates the power corresponding to the flow of the airside fluid. For the design option, fan
power specification is not allowed.
Tubes may be plain or finned and the fins can be of a different metal than the tubes. When a
performance specification is provided, the fouling which corresponds to the specified heat
transfer is computed. By default, the pressure drop across the tubeside nozzles is included in
the calculations.

4-242 June 2002
Design Process
This section describes the general process performed by HEXTRAN for the design option.
First, the rating module is called using some reasonable assumptions for the various perform-
ance and geometric parameters. These include:
n An estimated U-value based on the outside area. The user may input a value or the
program will assign a value of 5 Btu/hr-ft 2 -F in the English system of units.
n The number of tube passes is set equal to the average between the user-specified up-
per and lower limits, subject to a minimum value of 1 pass.
n The number of tube rows is set equal to 4.
n The tube length is set equal to the average value between the user-specified upper and
lower values.
Next, knowing the heat duty, the required area, A, is estimated using the following relation-
ship:
Q
A=
U (LMTD )
where:
LMTD = log mean temperature difference
This area is then used to estimate the number of tubes in the bundle, as given by:
A
N=
L ( APUL )
where:
APUL = the tube outside area per tube per unit length L = tube length
With the above information calculated, the existing rating module is then called. The perform-
ance values generated by this module are used to systematically modify various parameters
and achieve the user-specified constraints. For example, the number of tube rows is modified
using the fact that the ductside pressure drop is proportional to ROWS 2.8, for a given surface
area.
For the design option, the program attempts to arrive at a reasonable aspect ratio (i.e.,
LENGTH/ WIDTH ratio). However, if a very tight tolerance has been specified for bundle (i.e.,
bay) width, the aspect ratio criteria are ignored by the program. For this situation, the tube
length constraints may also be violated.

June 2002 4-243
TYPE ACE UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Mandatory statement. This statement defines the basic characteristics of the air-cooled exchanger.
Mandatory entries:
OLD or Rating only. Identifies an existing exchanger to be rated. There is
no default.
NEW Design only. Identifies a new exchanger to be designed. There is
no default.
Examples:
ACE UID=ACE4
TYPE OLD
ACE UID=EX56
TYPE NEW
Optional entries:
HOTSIDE=TUBE Specifies the side of the exchanger receiving the hotside fluid. En-
ter TUBE or AIR. If this keyword is not supplied, the hotside fluid
is determined from stream inlet temperatures. This keyword is
mandatory for the HTRI ACE2 option. TUBE is the default.
FLOW=COUNTERCURRENT Specifies the flow direction. This entry affects the calculation of
the LMTD correction factor (FT) and, thereby, the MTD. Enter
COUNTERCURRENT to specify that the tubeside and airside flu-
ids flow in opposing directions, or COCURRENT to specify flow
in the same direction. The default is COUNTERCURRENT.
AREA=79 or Rating only. Specifies the effective or “installed” area per bun-
dle. The area covered by the tubesheets and baffles is subtracted
from the outside area of the tubes. For finned tubes, fin area
must also be included in the total bundle area. This value is
checked for consistency with the tube information. The default is
79 ft 2 (English), or 7.34 m 2 (metric and SI) for bare tubes, and
990 ft 2 (English), or 92.0 m 2 (metric and SI) for finned tubes.
AREA= Design only. Limits the area per shell. Enter minimum and maxi-
mum values. There are no defaults.
The default is 5 Btu/hr-ft 2 -F (English), 24.4 kcal/hr-m2-C (met-
ric), or 28.4 W/m 2 -K (SI).
USCALER=1.0 Specifies a scale factor to adjust the rigorously computed U-
value. The default is 1.0.
Examples:
(Rating example)
TYPE OLD, FLOW=COCUR, AREA=500, UESTIMATE=6,*
USCALER=0.9
(Design example)
TYPE NEW, AREA=400,5000, UESTIMATE=5.5

4-244 June 2002
TUBESIDE ACE UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
exchanger. Tubes may be plain or finned, and several options for defining baffle details are avail-
able.
Mandatory entries:
PRODUCT= Identifies the product, or outlet stream and its associated proper-
ties. Enter up to twelve alphanumeric characters. The PRODUCT
entry will be printed as a label in the output. There is no default.
Optional entries:
LENGTH=20 or Rating only. Specifies the exchanger tube length. The default
value is 20 ft (English), or 6.1 m (metric and SI).
tube lengths. HEXTRAN uses the maximum length to initiate the
design and reduces the length by the increment specified if the
tubeside pressure drop and velocity specifications cannot be
met at the minimum number of passes allowed for the design.
The default values are: 8, 20, 4 ft (English), or 2.4, 6.1, 1.2 m
(metric and SI).
Note: A design may be obtained for a fixed tube length (e.g.,
LENGTH = 24, 24, 0).
ID=0.584 and/or Specifies the inside diameter of the tube. If not specified, this
value will be automatically computed from the OD and THICK-
NESS or BWG entries. The default values are 0.584 in. (English),
BWG=14 or Specifies an integer value from the Birmingham Wire Gauge, an
alternate way to define tube thickness. Acceptable values are
shown in Table 4-39. The default is 14.
THICKNESS=0.083 Specifies the thickness of the tube wall. The default is 0.083 in.
NPS= and Specifies the “nominal” pipe size. Enter a value from Table 4-43.
You cannot enter both NPS and ID on the same statement. You
must enter values for NPS and SCHEDULE together. There is no
default. If neither ID nor an NPS and SCHEDULE combination are
entered, the default ID will be used for the pipe inside diameter.

June 2002 4-245
SCHEDULE= Defines the schedule number for steel pipe. Enter a value from
Table 4-36. You cannot enter both SCHEDULE and ID on the
same statement. An entry for SCHEDULE is required only if NPS
is entered. You must enter SCHEDULE and NPS together. There
is no default. If neither ID nor an NPS and SCHEDULE combina-
tion are entered on the LINE statement, the default ID will be
used for the pipe inside diameter.
NUMBER= Rating only. Specifies the number of tubes per tube bundle. This
keyword is required if AREA is not specified. Values specified for
LENGTH or OD keywords on the TYPE statement override this
entry.
PASS=2 or Rating only. Specifies the number of tube passes per bundle. En-
ter an integer. The default is 2.
PASS=1,12 Design only. Specifies the upper and lower limit for number of
tube passes per bundle. Enter minimum and maximum values.
The default is 1,12.
PATTERN=INLINE Specifies a tube pattern code. Enter INLINE or STAGGERED. The
default is INLINE.
TPITCH= Specifies the value of the tube pitch, i.e., the center-to-center
distance between tubes in the direction normal to air flow. If not
entered, this value will be set equal to 1.25 times the tube di-
ameter for bare tubes, or 1.25 times the fin OD for finned tubes.
If values for the tube or fin OD are not specified, the default val-
ues will be used.
LPITCH= Specifies the longitudinal tube pitch, which is the center-to-
center distance between tubes in direction parallel to air flow. If
not entered, the value will be set equal to 1.25 times the tube di-
ameter for bare tubes, or equal to 1.25 times the fin OD for
finned tubes. If values for the tube or fin OD are not specified,
the default values will be used.
ROWS=1 Rating only. Specifies the number of tube rows per bundle. Enter
an integer. The default is 1.
ROWS=2,12 Design only. Specifies the minimum and maximum number of
tube rows per bundle. Enter minimum and maximum values. The
defaults are 2 and 12.
STEEL).
from Table 4-36, however, this entry overrides the selected

4-246 June 2002
TUBE and AIRSIDE statements. The default is 0.002 hr-ft 2
-F/Btu (English), 0.00041 hr-m 2 -C/kcal (metric), or 0.00035 m
2 -K/W (SI).
rides the computed value for rating cases.
HSCALER=1.0 Design only. Specifies a multiplier for the computed film coeffi-
cient. You cannot use HSCALER if USCALER is specified on the
TYPE statement. The default is 1.0.
DPSHELL= or Rating only. Specifies the tubeside pressure drop per bundle.
DPSHELL= 5,15 or Design only. Specifies the minimum and maximum values for
pressure drop per bundle. HEXTRAN averages the lower and up-
per limits to determine the target pressure drop for the specified
bundle arrangement. The defaults are 5, 15 psi (English), 0.352,
1.055 kg/cm 2 (metric), or 34.47, 103.42 kPa (SI). You cannot
DPUNIT= or Rating only. Specifies the minimum and maximum value for
pressure drop per service. This entry overrides the computed
value. There are no defaults. You cannot enter DPSHELL and
DPUNIT together.
Enter lower and upper limits. This keyword is identical to
DPSHELL, as only one bundle is designed in each unit. There are
no defaults. You cannot enter DPSHELL and DPUNIT together.
VELOCITY=0,1000 Design only. Specifies lower and upper limits for tubeside veloc-
ity. Enter minimum and maximum values. The default is 0,1000
ft/sec (English), or 0,305 m/s (metric and SI).
Note: A design may be carried out to yield a specified tubeside
velocity (average for single phase and at the inlet for condensa-
tion cases). The resulting tubeside pressure drop may not be a
desirable value, as the program ignores any tubeside pressure
drop constraints that you enter.
DPSCALER=1.0 Specifies an optional multiplier for the computed tubeside pres-
sure drop. The default is 1.0.
SERIES=1 Rating only. Specifies the number of bundles per bay in series.
The default is 1.
PARALLEL=1 Rating only. Specifies the number of bundles per bay in parallel.
The default is 1.

June 2002 4-247
Examples:
(Rating example)
TUBE FEED=STM1, PROD=STM2, LENGTH=24, OD=0.75,*
BWG=12, PASS=4, ROWS=6, TPITCH=2,*
LPITCH=2, FOUL=0.001, PARALLEL=2
(Design example)
TUBE FEED=STM1, PROD=STM2, LENGTH=16,20,2,*
OD=0.75, BWG=12, PASS=2,10,*
ROWS=1,12, FOUL=0.002, PARALLEL=1,10
FINS ACE UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Optional statement. This statement specifies details for finned tubes.

Mandatory entries:
None.
Optional entries:
NUMBER =5 Specifies the number of fins per unit length. The default is 5
fins/in. (English), or 197 fins/m (metric and SI).
HEIGHT=0.625 Specifies the fin height. The default is 0.625 in. (English), or
AREA= Specifies the fin area per unit length of the tube. This entry is
plied. Standard dimensional units are: ft 2 /ft for English units
and m 2 /m for metric and SI. No consistency check is made be-
tween this entry and the area value determined from NUMBER,
HEIGHT, and THICKNESS. There is no default.
late the value.
MATERIAL=20 Specifies the tube material, either by code or by an alphanumeric
printout purposes only. The default is 20 (ALUMINUM).
CONDUCTIVITY=128.3 Specifies tube metal thermal conductivity. This entry is used to
determine the resistance to heat transfer through the fin. When a
valid MATERIAL code is entered, this value is selected from Ta-
ble 4-36; however, this entry overrides the selected value. The
default is 128.3 Btu/hr-ft-F (English), 190.9 kcal/hr-m-C (met-
ric), or 222.1 W/m-K (SI).

4-248 June 2002
BOND=0.0 Specifies the fin bond resistance between the exchanger fins and
the tube OD. The default is 0.0 hr-ft 2 -F/Btu (English); 0.0 hr-m
2 -C/kcal (metric) 0.0 m 2 -K/W (SI). The default is 0.0.
Examples:
FINS NUMBER=6, THICKNESS=0.015, HEIGHT=0.6,*
CONDUCTIVITY=140
FINS HEIGHT=0.6, AREA=20
AIRSIDE ACE UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Mandatory statement. This statement defines all necessary details for the airside of the ex-
changer. Fan details are specified on the FAN statement
Mandatory entries:
no default.
Optional entries:
WIDTH= or Rating only. Specifies the width of the bundle. If not specified,
this value will be set equal to the number of tubes per row multi-
plied by the transverse pitch.
WIDTH=5,20 Design only. Specifies the minimum and maximum width of the
bundle. Enter lower and upper limits values in ft (English) or m
(metric and SI). The defaults are 5, 20 ft (English) and 1.525,
6.096 m (metric and SI).
Note: A design may be obtained for a fixed bay width (e.g.,
WIDTH = 5, 5). In this case, the actual bay width will be slightly
different from the specified value as the program must yield a
valid tube length which has incremental values, while satisfying
the heat transfer requirement.
LENGTH= Rating only. Specifies bundle length. This value is used to calcu-
late the air flow velocity. If not specified, this value is set equal
to the tube length. If tube length is not specified, the defaults are
20.0 ft (English) and 6.1 m (metric and SI).
FOUL=0.002 Specifies the airside fouling resistance. To simulate a ‘‘clean’’ ex-
changer, enter a value of zero on both TUBE and AIRSIDE state-
ments. The default is 0.002 hr-ft 2 -F/Btu (English), 0.00041
hr-m 2 -C/kcal (metric), or 0.00035 m 2 -K/W (SI).
LAYER=0.0 Specifies the airside fouling layer thickness. This entry repre-
sents the effect of fouling on the airside pressure drop. The

June 2002 4-249
try. The default is 0.0 in. (English), or 0.0 mm (metric and SI).
HO= or Specifies a user-supplied outside film coefficient. This entry
overrides the computed value for rating cases.
DPUNIT= or Rating only. Specifies the airside pressure drop per bundle. This
entry overrides the computed value. There are no defaults. You
cannot enter DPSHELL and DPUNIT together.
DPUNIT=0.3,0.7 Design only. Specifies the minimum and maximum airside pres-
sure drop per bundle. Enter lower and upper limits. HEXTRAN
calculates the average between the minimum and maximum val-
ues to use as the target pressure drop in obtaining a suitable
tube bundle. The defaults are 0.3, 0.7 in. H2O (English) and
7.62, 17.8 mm H2O (metric and SI). You cannot enter DPSHELL
and DPUNIT together.
DPSCALER=1.0 Specifies an optional multiplier for the computed airside pres-
sure drop. The default is 1.0.
VELOCITY= Design only. Specifies the minimum and maximum airside force
velocities. Enter lower and upper limits in ft/hr (English) or m/s
(metric and SI). There are no defaults.
Note: A design may be carried out to yield a specified airside
face velocity; however, the airside pressure drop may not be a
desirable value.
PARALLEL= or Rating only. Specifies the number of bundles per bay in parallel.
PARALLEL= Design only. Specifies the minimum and maximum number of
bundles per bay in parallel. There are no defaults.
Examples:
(Rating example)
AIRSIDE FEED=AIR1, PROD=AIR2, WIDTH=8,*
LENGTH=24, FOUL=0.001, PARALLEL=2
(Design example)
AIRSIDE FEED=AIR1, PROD=AIR2, WIDTH=5,16,*
DPUNIT=0.4,0.9, PARALLEL=1,6

4-250 June 2002
FAN ACE UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Optional statement. This statement specifies the type of fan installation required.
Mandatory entries:
NONE.
Optional entries:
DRAFT=FORCED Rating only. Specifies the type of fan installation. Enter FORCED
to specify forced-draft fans, which are located on the underside
of the tube bundles, or INDUCED to specify induced-draft fans,
which are located above the tube bundle. The default is FORCED.
DIAMETER= Rating only. Specifies the fan diameter. Enter a value in ft (Eng-
lish) or m (metric and SI). If this value is not specified, the fan
diameter will be calculated as 90 percent of the bay width.
NUMBER=1 Rating only. Specifies the number of fans per bay. Enter an inte-
ger value. The default is 1.
EFFICIENCY=100 Specifies combined fan and drive efficiency. Enter a value ex-
pressed as a percentage. This entry is used to calculate the fan
power requirement. The default is 100.
POWER= Rating only. Specifies the fan power. Enter a value in hp (Eng-
lish) or kW (metric and SI). If a value for this keyword is sup-
plied, the fan power will be held constant during calculations
and air flowrate will be calculated. If a value is not supplied, the
air flowrate will be held constant at the input value and the re-
quired power will be calculated.
OPTIMIZATION=2 Design only. Specifies the value of the ratio of the change in
capital costs to the change in annual operating costs. Enter a
value for the payout period (in years) for an incremental change
in capital cost resulting from a change in air flowrate. The de-
fault is 2.
For example, OPTIM=2 specifies the following sequence: the
program will first arrive at a design using the user-specified air
flowrate. Next, the air flowrate is changed to yield the following
result: the absolute value of the ratio of change in capital cost to
the change in annual operating cost would be approximately
equal to 2.
Examples:
(Rating example)
FAN DRAFT=INDUCED, DIAM=5, NUMBER=2
(Design example)
FAN DRAFT=FORCED, OPTIM=3

June 2002 4-251
TNOZZLE ACE UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Optional statement. This statement specifies the tubeside nozzle data. Unless the NONE option
is used, HEXTRAN includes the nozzle pressure drops in the calculations whether nozzle data
are supplied or not. When data are not supplied, HEXTRAN computes the appropriate sizes.
Optional entries:
ID= This optional keyword is used to supply the inside diameters for
inlet and outlet nozzles. Enter an inlet value and an outlet value,
separated by a comma. Valid units of measure are inches (Eng-
lish) and mm (metric and SI). If not specified, HEXTRAN will use
a conventional nozzle size.
NUMBER=1,1 Specifies the number of inlet and outlet nozzles per bundle. If
one value is supplied, the other must be supplied as well. The
defaults are 1,1.
NONE Suppresses nozzle sizing and pressure drop calculations. This
keyword has no entries.
Examples:
TNOZZLE ID=8,2, NUMBER=1,1
SPECIFICATION ACE UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
criteria. For exchangers being designed, this statement determines the area required for the
desired heat transfer.
Optional entries:
TEMPERATURE= and Rating only. Specifies the outlet temperature of the stream
specified by the TUBE or AIR keyword. You cannot use TEM-
PERATURE with any other specification keywords. The units are
F (English), C (metric), or K (SI). There is no default.
AIR or TURE specification. TUBE can also be used with the LFRAC key-
word. There is no default.
LFRACTION= and Specifies the liquid weight fraction of the stream. Enter a value
used in conjunction with the TUBE or HOT keyword to apply the
LFRACTION to the correct stream. You cannot enter LFRAC with
any other specification keywords. There is no default.
TUBE or Specifies the side of the exchanger being used by the LFRAC-
HOT or TION specification. TUBE can also be used with the TEMPERA-
TURE keyword. There is no default.
4-252 June 2002
value that is subtracted from it. In the operation, H refers to
HOT side, C refers to COLD side, I refers to inlet, and O refers to
outlet. Therefore, HOCI specifies hot outlet temperature minus
cold inlet temperature. You cannot use DUTY with any other
specification keywords. Valid units are F (English), C, (metric
and SI). There are no defaults.
Examples:
SPEC TEMP=100, TUBE
SPEC LFRAC=0.8, TUBE
SPEC HOCI=40
CALCULATION ACE UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Optional entries:
defaults in place of HEXTRAN defaults. When using NOCHECK,
ensure that all exchanger data are explicitly specified, or that the
HTRI ACE2 module is referenced (See the HTRI documentation).
TWOPHASE= Specifies the methods for thermal and hydraulic calculations for
HEXTRAN. There is no default.

June 2002 4-253
Examples:
CALC TWOPHASE=NEW
COST ACE UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Optional Entries:
ric and SI).
default is 50.00 USDOLLAR/FT 2 (English), or 538.20 USDOL-
PRINT ACE UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Optional entries:
Examples:
PRINT MONITOR

4-254 June 2002
PRINT STANDARD
HTRI ACE UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Optional entry:
ACE2 This allows the user to rate or design air coolers using HTRI
ACE2 module. See the HEXTRAN HTRI Input Guide for details.

June 2002 4-255
PHE HEAT EXCHANGERS
PHE PHE UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Mandatory statement. This statement identifies the unit as a plate-and-frame exchanger. It

must be the first input line for any PHE model.
Plate-and-frame heat exchangers (PHEs) represent compact devices used for efficient heat
transfer. These exchangers are most suited for liquid-liquid applications; however, they are in-
creasingly used in condensation and boiling applications as well. Owing to the existence of
true countercurrent flow within PHEs, they are most competitive when the fluids have very
small approach temperatures.
The plate-and-frame heat exchanger module in HEXTRAN is flexible and can handle almost any
type of a PHE in the rating option. For example, the hot and cold sides are allowed to have an
unequal number of passes. Furthermore, this option allows the user to specify repeated adja-
cent channels to occupy just one fluid before the other fluid occupies the next channel(s). This
is achieved by entering unequal numbers for the NCHOT and NCCOLD keywords on the
ARRANGEMENT statement.
Both single-phase and two-phase fluids are allowed. However, the two-phase methods involve
approximate correlations based on a homogeneous model. Extreme care must therefore be
used when using results for two-phase applications. Although HEXTRAN will accept cases
with a multi-pass on the two-phase side, this is not recommended. In other words, upflow
condensation and downflow boiling should be avoided.
Design Process
This section describes the general process performed by HEXTRAN for the design option. The
design option allows you to arrive at a reasonable design by entering a very small amount of
input information. Even though this option has been thoroughly tested and demonstrated to
yield reasonable results, it is recommended that this information not be used to prepare actual
product specification. Rather, this design option is best used in comparing different types of
heat exchangers that are being considered for a given application.
First, a preliminary design is obtained based on an analytical model. This model uses average
properties for the two fluids and involves overall calculations with no account made for un-
even flow distribution, for example. This gives the total heat transfer area (i.e., the number of
plates), the plate size (if the user did not select a specific plate size), the number of passes
(recall that the design option yields the same number of passes for the two fluid sides), and
the effective chevron angle.
This design is next rated using a fully incremental model which uses 20 increments along the
length of the plates and up to 200 increments along the pack length. This model computes the
actual flowrate in each channel. Parameters of the pack is gradually fine-tuned, based on ana-
lytically guided techniques, until the design criteria are reasonably satisfied.

4-256 June 2002
TYPE PHE UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Mandatory statement. This statement defines the basic characteristics of the plate-and-frame
exchanger.
Mandatory entries:
OLD or Rating only. Identifies an existing exchanger to be rated. There is
no default.
NEW Design only. Identifies a new exchanger to be designed. There is
no default.
Examples:
PHE UID=ACE4
TYPE OLD
PHE UID=EX56
TYPE NEW
Optional entries:
FLOW=COUNTERCURRENT Specifies the flow direction of the first hot and cold channels
within the plate pack. Enter COUNTERCURRENT to specify that
the hotside and coldside fluids flow in opposing directions, or
COCURRENT to specify flow in the same direction. The default is
COUNTERCURRENT.
AREA=1000 or Rating only. Specifies the effective or “installed” area per frame.
The default is 1000 ft 2 (English), or 92.9 m 2 (metric and SI).
AREA= Design only. Specifies minimum and maximum area for frame.
The default is 100 Btu/hr-ft 2 -F (English), 488 kcal/hr-m2-C
(metric), or 568 W/m 2 -K (SI).
USCALER=1.0 Specifies a scale factor to adjust the rigorously computed U-
value. The default is 1.0.
Examples:
(Rating example)
TYPE OLD, FLOW=COCUR, AREA=500,*
USCALER=0.9
(Design example)
TYPE NEW, FLOW=COUNTER, AREA=200,1000,*
USCALER=0.9

June 2002 4-257
HOTSIDE PHE UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Mandatory statement. This statement specifies details for the hotside of the exchanger.
Mandatory entries:
default.
Optional entries:
FOUL=0.0005 Specifies the hotside fouling resistance. To simulate a ‘‘clean’’
exchanger, enter a value of zero on both HOTSIDE and COLD-
SIDE statements. The default is 0.0005 hr-ft 2 -F/Btu (English),
LAYER=0.0 Specifies the hotside fouling layer thickness. This entry repre-
sents the effect of fouling on the hotside pressure drop. The ef-
HHOT= or Specifies the hotside film coefficient. This entry overrides the
computed value for rating cases. HHOT is not recommended for
design calculations. There is no default.
HSCALER=1.0 Specifies a multiplier for the computed hotside film coefficient.
You cannot use HSCALER with HHOT, or if USCALER is specified
on the TYPE statement. The default is 1.0.
DPFRAME= or Rating only. Specifies the airside pressure drop per frame. This
entry overrides the computed value. There are no defaults. You
cannot enter DPSHELL and DPUNIT together.
DPFRAME=5,15 Design only. Specifies the minimum and maximum airside pres-
plate and pack arrangement. The defaults are 5,15 psi (English)
and 0.352,1.055 kg/cm2 (metric), and 34.47,103.42 kPa (SI).
Note: HEXTRAN’s primary objective is to satisfy heat transfer
requirements. Therefore, pressure drop constraints entered for
the design option are treated as ‘‘soft’’ constraints, and may be
violated in order to satisfy the heat transfer requirements.
DPSCALER=1.0 Specifies an optional multiplier for the computed pressure drop.
The default is 1.0.
PDESIGN= Design only. Specifies the design pressure. Enter a value in psi
(English), kg/cm2 (metric), or kPa (SI) units. There is no default.

4-258 June 2002
TDESIGN= Design only. Specifies the design temperature. Enter a value in F
(English), or C (metric and SI) units. There is no default.
Examples:
(Rating example)
HOTS FEED=HOT1, PROD=HOT2, FOUL=0.0008,*
LAYER=0.005, DPSCALER=1.1
(Design example)
HOTS FEED=HOT1, PROD=HOT2, FOUL=0.0006,*
DPFRAME=6,12, LAYER=0.008
COLDSIDE PHE UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Mandatory statement. This statement specifies details for the coldside of the exchanger.
Mandatory entries:
default.
Optional entries:
FOUL=0.0005 Specifies the coldside fouling resistance. To simulate a ‘‘clean’’
exchanger, enter a value of zero on both HOTSIDE and COLD-
SIDE statements. The default is 0.0005 hr-ft 2 -F/Btu (English),
LAYER=0.0 Specifies the coldside fouling layer thickness. This entry repre-
sents the effect of fouling on the coldside pressure drop. The ef-
HCOLD= or Specifies the coldside film coefficient. This entry overrides the
computed value for rating cases. HCOLD is not recommended
for design calculations. There is no default.
HSCALER=1.0 Specifies a multiplier for the computed coldside film coefficient.
You cannot use HSCALER with HCOLD, or if USCALER is speci-
fied on the TYPE statement. The default is 1.0.
DPFRAME= or Rating only. Specifies the airside pressure drop per frame. This
entry overrides the computed value. There is no default.
DPFRAME=5,15 Design only. Specifies the minimum and maximum airside pres-

June 2002 4-259
plate and pack arrangement. The defaults are 5,15 psi (English)
and 0.352,1.055 kg/cm2 (metric), and 34.47,103.42 kPa (SI).
Note: HEXTRAN’s primary objective is to satisfy heat transfer
requirements. Therefore, pressure drop constraints entered for
the design option are treated as ‘‘soft’’ constraints, and may be
violated in order to satisfy the heat transfer requirements.
DPSCALER=1.0 Specifies an optional multiplier for the computed pressure drop.
The default is 1.0.
PDESIGN= Design only. Specifies the design pressure. Enter a value in psi
(English), kg/cm2 (metric), or kPa (SI) units. There is no default.
TDESIGN= Design only. Specifies the design temperature. Enter a value in F
(English), or C (metric and SI) units. There is no default.
Examples:
(Rating example)
COLD FEED=CLD1, PROD=CLD2, FOUL=0.001,*
LAYER=0.006, HSCALER=0.9
(Design example)
COLD FEED=CLD1, PROD=CLD2, FOUL=0.001,*
DPFRAME=6,10, HSCALER=0.9
PACK PHE UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Mandatory statement. This statement specifies details for the plate pack.
Mandatory entries:
SPACE=0.1 Specifies the average channel spacing. This keyword is required
for rating, unless APC is supplied on the PLATE statement. The
default is 0.1 in. (English) or 2.54 mm (metric and SI).
DPORT=6 Specifies the port diameter in the plate. This keyword is required
for rating, unless APC is supplied on the PLATE statement. The
default is 6 in. (English) or 152.4 mm (metric and SI).
LVERTICAL=48 Specifies the vertical distance between port centers. This key-
word is required for rating, unless APC is supplied on the PLATE
statement. The default is 48 in. (English) or 1219.2 mm (metric
and SI).
LHORIZONTAL= Specifies the horizontal distance between port centers. This key-
word is required for rating, unless APC is supplied on the PLATE
statement. There is no default.
WIDTH= Specifies the actual flow width within a channel. If a value is not
supplied, it is computed as the sum of LHORI and DPORT. There
is no default.
PARALLEL= Rating only. Specifies the number of identical frames in parallel.
Enter one value. The default is 1.

4-260 June 2002
PARALLEL=1,10 Design only. Specifies lower and upper limits for identical
frames in parallel. Enter minimum and maximum values. The de-
fault is 1,10.
MAXPASSES=1 Design only. Specifies the maximum number of passes allowed
on both sides of the exchanger. PHEs must have an equal
number of passes for the two fluid sides. The maximum value is
6. The default is 1.
Note: Designs can be obtained with a maximum of only six
passes. However, in the rating option, up to 12 passes are al-
lowed as long as the total number of plate groups does not ex-
ceed 12.
FCDIR=UP Specifies the fluid flow direction in the channel nearest to the
stationary end plate. Enter UP or DOWN. The default is UP.
FCFLUID=COLD Specifies the fluid type in the channel nearest to the stationary
end plate. Enter HOT or COLD. The default is COLD.
Examples:
(Rating example)
PACK SPACE=0.12,DPORT=8, LVERT=42, LHORI=22,*
PARA=2, FCDIR=DOWN, FCFLUID=HOT
(Design example)
PACK SPACE=0.12,DPORT=8, LVERT=44, LHORI=24,*
PARA=1,5, MAXPASS=2
PLATE PHE UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Mandatory for rating, optional for design. This statement specifies details for the exchanger
plate.
Optional entries:
BETA=30,60 Specifies the minimum and maximum values for the chevron an-
gle. This is the corrugation angle, which is measured from a
normal to the main flow direction (see Figure 4-26). If only one
plate is used for rating, enter the single BETA value twice (e.g.,
BETA=42, 42). This keyword is required for rating cases if APC
is not entered on the PLATE statement. It is optional for design
cases. The defaults are 30,60.
AEFACTOR=1.17 Specifies the surface area enhancement factor. This represents
the ratio of the actual heat transfer area to the projected area.
This keyword is required for rating cases, but is optional for de-
sign cases if no APC is entered. The default is 1.17.
AREA=6.14 Specifies the heat transfer area of one side of one plate. This
keyword is required for rating cases, but is optional for design
cases if no APC is entered. The default is 6.14 ft 2 (English) or

June 2002 4-261
APC= Specifies the Automatic Plate Code. You must enter a value with
this keyword. See Table 4-44 for valid codes. There is no default.
NAME= Specifies the plate classification. Enter up to 8 alphanumeric
characters. There is no default.
Note: The BETA value supplied can only be overridden if the APC
keyword is also used. If no APC key word is used and not all
plate information is entered, then HEXTRAN will scan the entire
data bank for design cases and the user-supplied BETA value will
be overridden.
THICKNESS=0.6 Specifies the plate thickness (in mm) for all three unit types. The
default is 0.6 mm.
MATERIAL=09 Defines the plate material specification. Enter a material code
(an integer), or an alphanumeric name (up to 8 characters). See
Table 4-36 for valid entries. The default code is 09, and the de-
fault name is 316S.S.
CONDUCTIVITY=9.4 Specifies the thermal conductivity of the plate material. The de-
faults are 9.4 Btu/hr-ft-F (English), 14.0 kcal/hr-m-C (metric), or
16.3 W/m-K (SI).
GASKET=5 Specifies the gasket material code for printing purposes only.
Table 4-45 lists the gasket materials presently available. The de-
fault is 5 (Nitrile).
Examples:
PLATE BETA=25,50, AEFACTOR=1.2, AREA=8.5
PLATE BEAT=25,55,APC=100, NAME=TEST,*
THICKNESS=0.65, CONDUCTIVITY=12
Table 4-44 shows the “PLATES” file contained in HEXTRAN. This file contains all the necessary
plate information for the 16 plate types presently in the HEXTRAN databank. The data in the
file are stored in 11 columns which are described in Table 4-45. You can modify or extend
(i.e., add new plates) the data in the file, provided that you enter all data in English units and
that you follow the format for each entry exactly. Use caution when adding new entries, as the
‘‘PLATES’’ file is read in by HEXTRAN using a formatted Fortran READ statement.
Table 4-44: Plate Databank (as stored in the ASCII file “PLATES”)
Col 1 Col 2 Col 3 Col 4 Col 5 Col 6 Col 7 Col 8 Col 9 Col 10 Col 11
100 SIM01A 30.0 60.0 -1.0 0.100 1.170 2.000 1.690 6.000 24.000
110 SIM02A 30.0 60.0 -1.0 0.100 1.170 2.500 2.240 5.500 32.000
120 SIM03A 30.0 60.0 -1.0 0.100 1.170 3.000 3.660 8.000 38.000
130 SIM04A 30.0 60.0 -1.0 0.100 1.170 4.000 3.640 12.000 32.000
132 SIM04B 30.0 60.0 -1.0 0.100 1.170 4.000 4.420 12.000 38.000
140 SIM05A 30.0 60.0 -1.0 0.100 1.170 6.000 3.800 12.000 32.000
142 SIM05B 30.0 60.0 -1.0 0.100 1.170 6.000 6.140 12.000 48.000
150 SIM06A 30.0 60.0 -1.0 0.100 1.170 8.000 5.460 16.000 36.000

4-262 June 2002
Figur4-26: Definition of Chevron Angle (b)
Column 1 The Automatic Plate Code (APC) 100 through 174. These codes
represent 16 arbitrary plate types which may not be available
from any manufacturer. New entries may have any three-digit in-
teger as long as they are different from the existing ones.
Column 2 The plate identification (up to 8 alphanumeric characters).
Column 3 The low value of the chevron angle (BETA). The chevron angle is
strictly defined here as the angle of corrugation measured from
a normal to the main flow direction. See Figure 4-26.
Column 4 The high value of the chevron angle.
Column 5 This is a third chevron angle for future use. Any arbitrary value
may be entered. This value will be ignored by the program.
Column 6 The average channel spacing (in.).
Column 7 The surface area enhancement factor.
Column 8 The port diameter in plates (in.).
Column 9 The effective heat transfer area of one side of a plate (ft 2 ).
Column 10 The horizontal distance between port centers (in.).
Column 11 The vertical distance between port centers (in.).

June 2002 4-263
Table 4-45: Gasket Material Codes Available
Code Material
1 Chlorosulphonated Polythene
2 EPDM
3 Fluoroelastomer Grade B
4 Fluoroelastomer Grade GF
5 Nitrile
6 Polychloroprene
7 Resin Cured Butyl
8 Silicone
9 Viton
ARRANGE- PHE UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input

MENTS
This statement is valid for rating cases only. You can enter up to 12 separate ARRANGEMENT
statements, in correct sequence, for any one problem. The default PHE has an area of 1000 ft
2 and a plate code (APC) of 142.
Mandatory entries:
PFIRST= Specifies the plate type of the first plate within the plate group.
Enter 1 or 2 to specify the first or second BETA value entered on
the PLATE statement. There is no default.
PSECOND= Specifies the plate type of the first plate within the plate group.
Enter 1 or 2 to specify the first or second BETA value entered on
the PLATE statement. There is no default.
Note: If the PHE has only one plate type, you must enter 1 for
both PFIRST and PSECOND.
NCHOT= Specifies the number of hot channels within the plate group. En-
ter an integer. There is no default.
NCCOLD= Specifies the number of cold channels within the plate group.
Enter an integer. There is no default.
HPASS= Specifies the hot pass number within the plate group. Enter an
integer. There is no default.
CPASS= Specifies the cold pass number within the plate group. Enter an
integer. There is no default.

4-264 June 2002
ARRANGE Examples
ARRA PFIR=1, PSEC=1, NCHOT=60, NCCO=60, HPASS=1, CPASS=1
ARRA PFIR=1, PSEC=2, NCHO=100, NCCO=100, HPASS=1, CPASS=1
This example shows a diagram of a one-pass PHE with two plate groups, and the ARRANGE-
MENT statements required to specify it. Each stream shown within a plate group represents
multiple substreams within that plate group. We will assume that the first plate group contains
60 channels each (for hot and cold sides) and the channels are made of plates having a chev-
ron angle of 30°. We will also assume that the second plate group has 100 channels each, and
that the channels are made of plates having chevron angles of 30° and 60°. This means that
the channels are 1/1 and 1/2 for the plate groups one and two, respectively.
ARRA PFIR=1, PSEC=1, NCHOT=60, NCCO=60, HPASS=1, CPASS=2
ARRA PFIR=1, PSEC=2, NCHO=100, NCCO=100, HPASS=1, CPASS=1
This example shows a diagram of a PHE having one pass for the hot side and two passes for
the cold side, and using the parameters introduced in the previous example, the ARRANGE-
MENT statements required to specify it.
FPLATE PHE UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Optional statement. This statement specifies channel f- values for the exchanger.
Optional entries:
CHNUMBER= Specifies the channel number (the first plate type + second plate
type - 1). Enter 1, 2 or 3. There is no default.
REYNOLDS= Specifies Reynolds numbers for f- or jN -factors. You must enter
a total of four values. If only two valid Reynolds numbers are
available, for example, enter a zero for the other two values.
FFACTOR= Specifies f factors corresponding to the Reynolds numbers en-
tered above. You must enter a total of four values. If fewer than
four valid numbers are available, enter a zero for each of the
missing values. There are no defaults.
JFACTOR= Specifies the jN -factors corresponding to the Reynolds numbers
entered above. You must enter a total of four values. If fewer
than four valid numbers are available, enter a zero for each of
the missing values. There are no defaults.
CONST= Specifies coefficient values for the f- or jN -factor correlation.
Enter three values using the following relationship:
f=CONST /Re EXPON (a)
EXPON
j N=CONST x Re (b)
Note: The jN factor relates to the well-known Colburn j-factor as
follows:
jN=j x Re.
EXPON= Specifies exponent values for the f- or jN -factor correlation. En-
ter three values using the relationship given above for CONST.

June 2002 4-265
JPLATE PHE UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Optional statement. This statement specifies jN -factor values for the exchanger.
Optional entries:
CHNUMBER= Specifies the channel number (the first plate type + second plate
type - 1). Enter 1, 2 or 3. There is no default.
REYNOLDS= Specifies Reynolds numbers for f- or jN -factors. You must enter
a total of four values. If only two valid Reynolds numbers are
available, for example, enter a zero for the other two values.
FFACTOR= Specifies f factors corresponding to the Reynolds numbers en-
tered above. You must enter a total of four values. If fewer than
four valid numbers are available, enter a zero for each of the
missing values. There are no defaults.
JFACTOR= Specifies the jN -factors corresponding to the Reynolds numbers
entered above. You must enter a total of four values. If fewer
than four valid numbers are available, enter a zero for each of
the missing values. There are no defaults.
CONST= Specifies coefficient values for the f- or jN -factor correlation.
Enter three values using the following relationship:
f=CONST /Re EXPON (a)
EXPON
jN=CONST x Re (b)
Note: The jN factor relates to the well-known Colburn j-factor as
follows:
jN=j x Re.
EXPON= Specifies exponent values for the f- or jN -factor correlation. En-
ter three values using the relationship given above for CONST.

4-266 June 2002
HNOZZLE PHE UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Optional statement. This statement specifies nozzle data for the hotside. Unless the NONE op-
tion is used, HEXTRAN includes the nozzle pressure drops in the calculations whether nozzle
data are supplied or not.
Mandatory entries:
ID= Specifies the inside diameters for the inlet and outlet nozzles.
Valid units are in. (English) and mm (metric and SI). If values
are not supplied, HEXTRAN uses the port diameter in the plates.
NONE Suppresses nozzle pressure drop calculations. There is no default.
CNOZZLE PHE UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Optional statement. This statement specifies nozzle data for the coldside. Unless the NONE op-
tion is used, HEXTRAN includes the nozzle pressure drops in the calculations whether nozzle
data are supplied or not.
Mandatory entries:
ID= Specifies the inside diameters for the inlet and outlet nozzles.
Valid units are in. (English) and mm (metric and SI). If values
are not supplied, HEXTRAN uses the port diameter in the plates.
NONE Suppresses nozzle pressure drop calculations. There is no default.
CALCULATION PHE UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Optional entries:
ometry data. When using NOCHECK, ensure that all exchanger
data is explicitly specified.

June 2002 4-267
SPECIFICATION PHE UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
criteria. For exchangers being designed, this statement determines the area required for the
desired heat transfer.
Mandatory entry:
TEMPERATURE= or Design only. Specifies the outlet temperature of the stream
specified by the HOTS or COLD keyword. Valid units are F (Eng-
lish), C (metric), or K (SI). This keyword must be used in con-
junction with the HOTS or COLD keyword. You cannot use this
keyword with any other specification keywords. There is no
default.
Optional entries:
TEMPERATURE= and Rating only. Specifies the outlet temperature of the stream
specified by the HOTS or COLD keyword. The units are F (Eng-
lish), C (metric), or K (SI). This keyword must be used in con-
junction with the HOTS or COLD keyword. You cannot use this
keyword with any other specification keywords. There is no
default.
HOTS or Specifies the side of the exchanger being used by the TEMPERA-
COLD or TURE specification. You can also use HOTS and COLD with the
LFRACTION= and Specifies the liquid weight fraction of the tubeside product
stream. It enables HEXTRAN to apply the LFRACTION to the cor-
rect stream. Enter a value from 0.0 (all vapor) to 1.0 (all liquid).
This keyword must be used in conjunction with the HOTS or
COLD keyword. You cannot use this keyword with any other
specification keywords. There is no default.
HOTS or Specifies the side of the exchanger being used by the TEMPERA-
COLD or TURE specification. You can also use HOTS and COLD with the
MMBtu/hr (English), MMkcal/hr (metric), and MMkJ/hr (SI). You
cannot use this keyword with any other specification keywords.

4-268 June 2002
inlet temperature. You cannot use this keyword with any other
specification keywords. Valid units are F (English), C, (metric
and SI). There are no defaults.
Examples:
SPEC TEMP=100, HOTSIDE
SPEC HOCI=40
PRINT PHE UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Optional entries:
EXTENDED Prints the Extended Data Sheet.
Examples:
PRINT MONITOR
PRINT STANDARD


June 2002 4-269
COST PHE UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Optional statement. This statement provides special costing data for a plate-and-frame ex-
changer. The defaults are the global values given in the SIMULATION category of input.
Optional Entries:
and SI).
default is 50.00 USDOLLAR/FT 2 (English), or 538.20 USDOL-
UNIT or FRAME Defines the basis for the exchanger CONSTANT cost factor. UNIT
results in the constant cost factor being applied once to each
FRAME results in the constant cost factor being applied to each
frame in the unit. The default is UNIT.

4-270 June 2002
MIXER UNIT
MIXER MIXER UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Mandatory statement. This statement identifies the unit operation as a mixer. This statement
must be the first statement for each mixer defined in the flowsheet.
This section describes the input data required for mixers. These unit operations are used to
combine feed streams.
A mixer can have from two to six feed streams, and one product stream. HEXTRAN sets the
outlet pressure from the mixer equal to the lowest of the feed stream pressures.
Mandatory entry:
Enter up to twelve alphanumeric characters. This entry must be
Example:
MIXER UID=MIX1
Optional entry:
to twelve alphanumeric characters. NAME supplements the UID
entry.
Example:
MIXER UID=MIX5,NAME=MIXER-05
STREAMS MIXER UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Mandatory statement. This statement identifies the feed or product streams in the mixer. This
statement and all entries on the statement are required.
Mandatory entries:
FEED= Identifies the feed, or inlet, stream(s) and its associated fluid
properties. Enter up to twelve alphanumeric characters for each
of two to six feed streams, separated by commas. You must en-
ter at least two feed streams for a mixer. This entry must be
unique to all other feed streams of other units in the flowsheet.
However, this entry may be the same as a product stream identi-
fier from another unit. The entries for FEED and PRODUCT may
not be the same for a given mixer unit. There is no default. The
FEED entry will be printed out as a label in the output.

June 2002 4-271
PRODUCT= Identifies the product, or outlet, stream and its associated fluid
properties. Enter up to twelve alphanumeric characters. This en-
try must be unique to all other product streams of other units in
the flowsheet. However, it can be the same as a feed stream
identifier to another unit. The entries for PRODUCT and FEED
may not be the same for a given mixer unit. There is no default.
The PRODUCT entry will be printed out as a label in the output.
Examples:
MIXER UID=MIXM
STRMS FEED=S1,S2,PRODUCT=STOT
MIXER UID=MIX3
STRMS FEED=1,2,3,4,5,6,PRODUCT=7
Optional entries:
None
MIXER Examples:
MIXER UID=MIX1,NAME=FEEDBLND
STRMS FEED=1,1A,1B,2,2A,PRODUCT=TOTF
This example shows the individual feed streams 1, 1A, 1B, 2 and 2A combined into a single
product stream, TOTF. By default, the pressure of stream TOTF is equal to the lowest of the in-
dividual feed stream pressures. Also by default, the physical property data for product stream
TOTF is identical to the first feed stream, stream 1. This example would not produce adequate
results for most cases. See the following example for information on defining new physical
property data for product streams that result from mixing two or more feed streams.
STREAM DATA
PROP STREAM=1,SETNO=1,...
PROP STREAM=4,REFSTRM=1,2,3,SETNO=4
TEMP=100,TOUT=200,PRES=60
.
.
.
UNIT OPERATION DATA
MIXER UID=MX1
STREAMS FEED=1,2,3,PRODUCT=4
This example shows a mixer (MX1) rigorously mixing the compositions and/or assays of the
feed streams (streams 1,2,3). The resulting product stream (stream 4) has new physical prop-
erty data defined by the shaded PROP STREAM statement in the STREAM DATA section.
If all the feed streams to the mixer were defined as point access streams, there is no need to
reference the product stream to all its feed streams. In the above example, you would not need
to define feed stream 4 if streams 1, 2, and 3 did not have a SETNO entry.

4-272 June 2002
SPLITTER UNIT
SPLITTER SPLITTER UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Mandatory statement. This statement identifies the unit operation as a splitter. This statement
must be the first statement for each splitter defined in the flowsheet.
This section describes the input data required for splitters. These unit operations are used to
split feed streams.
A splitter can have only one feed stream, and from two to six product streams. HEXTRAN sets
the outlet stream pressure(s) equal to the feed stream pressure. Splitters are allowed one vari-
able flowrate product stream.
Mandatory entries:
Example:
SPLITTER UID = SPL1
Optional entries:
entry.
Example:
SPLITTER UID = SP01,NAME = FEEDSPLT
STREAMS SPLITTER UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Mandatory statement. This statement identifies the feed or product streams in the splitter. This
statement and all entries on the statement are required.
Mandatory entries:
FEED= Identifies the feed, or inlet, stream and its associated fluid proper-
ties. Enter up to twelve alphanumeric characters. This entry must
be unique to all other feed streams of other units in the flowsheet.
However, this entry may be the same as a product stream identi-
fier from another unit. The entries for FEED and PRODUCT may
not be the same for a given splitter unit. There is no default. The
FEED entry will be printed out as a label in the output.
PRODUCT= Identifies the product, or outlet, stream(s) and the associated
fluid properties. Enter up to four alphanumeric characters for
each of two to six entries. You must enter at least two product

June 2002 4-273
streams for a splitter. This entry must be unique to all other
product streams of other units in the flowsheet. However, it can
be the same as a feed stream identifier to another unit. The en-
tries for PRODUCT and FEED may not be the same for a given
splitter unit. There is no default. The PRODUCT entry will be
printed out as a label in the output.
Examples:
SPLITTER UID=SP1
STRMS FEED=CRUD,PRODUCT=CUT1,CUT2,*
CUT3,CUT4
SPLITTER UID=SPL7,NAME=BYPASS
STRMS FEED=AG01,PRODUCT=AG02,AG03
Optional entries:
None
OPERATION SPLITTER UNIT OPERATION Data Category of Input
Mandatory statement. This statement is used to define the split ratios for the product streams
from the splitter. Use with either the FRACTION or the RATE keyword.
Mandatory Entries:
FRACTION= or Defines the product stream flow fraction on a weight basis. En-
ter from two to six entries, separated by commas. You must
supply a corresponding entry for each product stream in order.
Values for the entries must add up to 1.0. Enter a constant value
greater than zero, but less than one. There is no default.
RATE= Defines the product stream flowrates on a weight basis. Enter
from two to six entries, separated by commas. You must supply
a corresponding entry for each product stream in order.
HEXTRAN has two product split calculation options:
1. RELATIVE product flowrates. Enter non-zero flowrates for
each product stream; for example:
OPERATION RATE=1000000, 1000000, 2000000

HEXTRAN sums and normalizes the product rates into flowrate
fractions. As the feed rate changes, each product stream rate is
proportionately adjusted.
2. VARIABLE and FIXED product flowrates. One of the product
streams can have a variable flowrate while the flowrates of
the other product streams are fixed. Enter a zero flowrate for
the variable rate product stream, and non-zero flowrates for
the fixed rate product streams, for example:
OPER RATE=30, 40, 0.0
As the feed rate changes, only the variable product stream rate
changes.

4-274 June 2002
RESTRICTION: You can specify only one variable flowrate in
each splitter.
Examples:
OPERATION FRACTION=0.25,0.75
OPERATION RATE=1000000, 3000000
Both of these OPERATION statements produce identical results. The normalized stream flow
fractions for the second OPERATION statement are computed as follows:
first stream flow rate

first stream flow fraction =
sumof stream flow rates
1000000
=
1000000 + 3000000
= 1000000/4000000
= 0.25
The second stream flow fraction is calculated in an identical manner.

SPLITTER UID=SPL2
STRMS FEED=GAS0,PRODUCT=LIGH,MED,HVY
OPERATION FRACTION=0.20,0.30,0.50
SPLITTER UID=SPO5
STRMS FEED=MUK,PRODUCT=PURG,RECY
OPERATION RATE=200,250000
Optional Entries:
None.
SPLITTER Examples:
SPLITTER UID=SPL2,NAME=BYPASS
STRMS FEED=100,*
PRODUCT=101,102
OPERATION FRACTION=0.95,0.05
This example shows a splitter (SPL2) splitting a feed stream into two product streams, 101
and 102. 95 percent of the feed stream is split into stream 101, and the remaining 5 percent is
split into stream 102.
STREAM DATA
PROP STREAM=WATR, WATER(W)=100, TEMP=80
.
.
.
UNIT OPERATION DATA
SPLITTER UID=VSPL, NAME=VARYSPL
STRMS FEED=WATR, PROD=W1,W2,W3

OPER RATE=30, 40, 0.0
This example shows a feed stream split by rate (lbs/hr - English units). This results in 30
lbs/hr of the feed split to stream W1, 40 lbs/hr split to stream W2, and the remainder, 30
lbs/hr, split to stream W3. If the feed stream (WATR) rate changes, streams W1 and W2 re-
main at constant flowrate, and stream W3’s flowrate is varied.

June 2002 4-275
PIPE UNIT
PIPE PIPE UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Mandatory statement. This statement identifies the unit operation as a pipe. This must be the
first statement for each pipe defined in the flowsheet. This section describes the input data re-
quired for pipe lines and fittings. These unit operations simulate pressure drops in piping and
fittings, between heat exchangers and other pieces of equipment. The PIPE unit operation op-
erates adiabatically and allows only one feed and one product stream.
The PIPE unit operation offers two calculation methods:
n A rigorous pressure drop calculation, in which you specify the characteristics and di-
mensions of the pipe and fittings.
n A shortcut pressure drop method, in which you specify either the unit outlet pressure,
or pressure drop.
The rigorous calculations for pipe lines and fittings utilize the well-known Beggs-Brill-Moody
pressure drop method, developed to handle all ranges of multiphase flow for any pipe angle.
This method is the default in SIMSCI’s Simulation Program, PIPEPHASETM .
The PIPE unit operation provides the following features:
n Calculates rigorous adiabatic pressure drop
n Handles both single and two-phase fluids
n Includes LINES and FITTINGS
n Accounts for pressure drop due to:
Friction losses
Elevation changes
Acceleration changes
n Accepts entries for length or equivalent length
n Accepts entries for pipe roughness and Moody Friction Factor
Mandatory entry:
Example:
PIPE UID=PIP1
Optional entry:
entry. There is no default.
Example:
PIPE UID=PIP2,NAME=TRANSFER

4-276 June 2002
STREAMS PIPE UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Mandatory statement. This statement identifies feed and product streams in the pipe.
Mandatory entries:
FEED= Identifies the feed, or inlet, stream and its associated fluid
FEED entry will be printed out as a label in the output. There is
no default.
PRODUCT entry will be printed out as a label in the output.
Example:
STRMS FEED=OIL1,PRODUCT=OIL2
Optional entries:
None.
LINE PIPE UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Optional statement. This statement defines the various dimensions and characteristics for the
pipe. This statement is recommended when using the rigorous calculation method (for exam-
ple, when simulating two-phase fluid transfer lines, or thermosiphon reboiler piping).
For each PIPE statement, you must use one LINE and/or one FITTINGS statement, or one
OPERATION statement. You cannot use the LINE statement and the OPERATION statement on
the same PIPE unit statement.
Mandatory entries:
None.
Optional entries:
ID=6.065 or Defines the “actual” pipe inside diameter. ID is used to compute
the line pressure drop and velocity. Use ID when the exact inside
pipe diameter is known (e.g., fouled lines) or when the diameter
cannot be described using Nominal Pipe Size (NPS) and Pipe
Schedule (e.g., non-standard or metric line sizes). Enter a value
in the range 0.25 - 144.0 in. (English), or 6.35 - 3657.6 mm
(metric and SI). An entry for ID excludes any other method for
defining pipe diameter (for example, you cannot use the DIMEN-
SION statement to redefine standard dimensional units). You
cannot enter both ID and an NPS and SCHEDULE combination
on the same LINE statement.

June 2002 4-277
The default is 6.065 in. (English), or 154.051 mm (metric and
SI). If neither ID nor an NPS and SCHEDULE combination are
entered on the LINE statement, the default ID will be used for the
pipe inside diameter.
NPS= and Nominal Pipe Size. NPS defines the “nominal” pipe size in
inches. NPS is used with SCHEDULE to compute the line pres-
sure drop and velocity. Enter a value for the nominal pipe size
from Table 4-16. An entry for NPS is required only if SCHEDULE
is entered on the same LINE statement. You must enter values
for both NPS and SCHEDULE. You cannot enter both NPS and ID
on the same LINE statement.
There is no default. If neither ID nor an NPS and SCHEDULE
combination are entered on the LINE statement, the default ID
will be used for the pipe inside diameter.
SCHEDULE= Defines the schedule number for steel pipe. SCHEDULE is used
with NPS to compute the line pressure drop and velocity. Enter a
value for pipe schedule from Table 4-17. An entry for SCHEDULE
is required only if NPS is entered on the same LINE statement.
You must enter values for both SCHEDULE and NPS. You cannot
enter both SCHEDULE and ID on the same LINE statement.
There is no default. If neither ID nor an NPS and SCHEDULE
combination are entered on the LINE statement, the default ID
will be used for the pipe inside diameter.
LENGTH=0.0 or Defines the total “actual” length of a pipe. LENGTH is used to
calculate the pressure drop in a straight piece of pipe with no
bends or fittings. Enter a value in the range 0.0 to 10,000 ft
(English), or 0 to 3048 m (metric and SI). You cannot enter both
LENGTH and EQLENGTH on the same LINE statement. The de-
fault is 0.0 ft (English), or 0.0 m (metric and SI).
EQLENGTH=0.0 Defines the total “equivalent” length of a pipe, including bends
and fittings, expressed in length units. Use EQLENGTH to calcu-
late the pressure drop for a length of pipe with several 90 degree
bends and valves. Enter a value in the range 0 to 10,000 ft (Eng-
lish), or 3 to 3048 m (metric and SI). The value of EQLENGTH
entered includes the straight pipe length, and the “equivalent”
length of the bends and valves in length units. The default is 0.0
ft (English), or 0.0 m (metric and SI).
Note: To specify multiple sections of piping with varying diame-
ters and lengths, you can use a single PIPE statement with the
EQLENGTH keyword, or multiple PIPE statements with the
LENGTH keyword.
Recommendation: If the available data is in L/D units (number
of equivalent pipe diameters), multiply the value by the equiva-
lent diameter to obtain length units.

4-278 June 2002
ELEVATION=0.0 Defines the net change in elevation for a line. Use ELEVATION in
conjunction with LENGTH to describe an inclined section of pipe
(Figure 4-25). Enter a positive value for net “upward” flow or a
negative number for net “downward” flow. The valid range is +/-
500 ft (English), or +/- 152.40 m (metric and SI). The absolute
value entered for ELEVATION cannot exceed the value entered
for LENGTH or EQLENGTH. The default is 0.0 ft (English), or 0.0
m (metric and SI).
ROUGHNESS=0.0018 or Defines the “absolute” pipe roughness. Enter a value in the range
0.0 to 0.5 in. (English), or 0.0 - 12.7 mm (metric and SI). The de-
faults are 0.0018 in. (English), or 0.04572 mm (metric and SI).
FRICTION= Defines the dimensionless Moody Friction Factor used in the
pressure drop calculations. The friction factor is calculated using
the iterative Colebrook-White equation. Enter a value in the
range 0.0 to 0.10. The default value is calculated on the basis of
the values specified for the pipe.
NOACCELERATION Sets the acceleration pressure gradient to zero. Under certain
high velocity or high pressure drop conditions, the Beggs and
Brill acceleration term may become unrealistically large, and
may dominate the equation. When this is the case, using the
NOACCELERATION keyword to set the term to zero will produce
more accurate results. Note that the Beggs and Brill equation
was not developed for the critical flow region.
Figure 4-25: Inclined Pipe Section
Inclined Pipe Section
ft
= 200
Le ngth
Net
Elevation
(+75 ft)
Examples:
LINE NPS=6,SCHEDULE=40,LENGTH=20.0, ELEVATION=10.0
LINE NPS=6, SCHEDULE=40, LENGTH=40, FRICTION=0.005
LINE ID=8.0, LENGTH=90.0, ROUGHNESS=0.0018
LINE ID=4, LENGTH=30, NOACCELERATION

June 2002 4-279
FITTINGS PIPE UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Optional statement. This statement defines various dimensions and characteristics of the
fittings.
Use the FITTINGS statement when data for the “total resistance coefficient” (KFACTOR) is
available. The FITTINGS statement may also be used with an EQLENGTH entry.
For each PIPE statement, you must use one LINE and/or one FITTINGS statement, or one OP-
ERATION statement. You cannot use the FITTINGS statement and the OPERATION statement
on the same PIPE statement.
Mandatory entries:
None.
Optional entries:
ID=6.065 Defines the “equivalent” actual pipe inside diameter to be used
for the fitting calculations. Enter a value in the range 0.24 -
144.0 in. (English), or 6.35 - 3657.6 mm (metric and SI). The
default is 6.065 in. (English), or 154.051 mm (metric and SI).
EQLENGTH=0.0 or Defines the total “equivalent” length of the fittings (bends,
valves, etc.) expressed in length units. Use EQLENGTH to calcu-
late the pressure drop for a length of pipe with several 90 degree
bends and valves. Typically, lengths of straight pipe are charac-
terized using LINE statements, while valves and fittings are char-
acterized with the FITTINGS statement.
Note: You can perform the same calculation using the KFACTOR
keyword (pg. ref).
Enter a value in the range 0 - 10,000 ft (English), or 0 - 3048 m
(metric and SI) to specify the straight pipe length and the “equiva-
lent” length of the bends and valves in length units. You cannot
use EQLENGTH and KFACTOR on the same FITTINGS statement.
The default is 0.0 ft (English), or 0.0 m (metric and SI).
Note: To specify multiple sections of piping with varying diame-
ters and lengths, you can use a single PIPE statement with the
EQLENGTH keyword, or multiple PIPE statements with the
EQLENGTH or KFACTOR keywords.
Recommendation: If the available input data is in L/D units
(number of equivalent pipe diameters), multiply the value by the
equivalent diameter to obtain length units.
ROUGHNESS=0.0078 or Defines the absolute pipe roughness for the fittings. Enter a
value in the range 0.0 - 0.5 in. (English), or 0.0 12.7 mm (metric
and SI). You cannot enter ROUGHNESS and KFACTOR on the
same FITTINGS statement. The default is 0.0018 in. (English), or

4-280 June 2002
FRICTION= or Defines the dimensionless Moody Friction Factor used in the
pressure drop calculations. The friction factor is calculated using
the iterative Colebrook-White equation. Enter a value in the
range 0.0 - 0.10. You cannot enter FRICTION and KFACTOR on
the same FITTINGS statement. The default value is calculated by
HEXTRAN using an iterative technique.
KFACTOR=0.0 Defines the total resistance coefficient for multiple bends, fit-
tings, valves, and exit losses. Use KFACTOR to specify a “total
resistance coefficient” (KFACTOR) for the pressure drop calcula-
tions when describing a multi-sectional line with various types
of fittings. Consult a suitable reference source (e.g., Flow of Flu-
ids Through Valves, Fittings, and Pipe, Technical Paper 410
Crane Co., 1980) to determine the total resistance coefficient.
Note: You can perform the same calculation using the
EQLENGTH keyword.
Enter a value in the range 0.0 - 100.0. You cannot enter KFAC-
TOR and EQLENGTH, ROUGHNESS, or FRICTION on the same
FITTINGS statement. The default is 0.0.
Examples:
FITTINGS ID=6.0,KFACTOR=2.5
FITTINGS ID=8.0,EQLENGTH=175.0, ROUGHNESS=0.009
FITTINGS ID=8.0,ROUGHNESS=0.002, EQLENGTH=100.0
OPERATION PIPE UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Optional statement. This statement specifies either the outlet pressure or pressure drop for a
shortcut pipe unit.
For each PIPE statement, you must use one OPERATION statement, or one LINE and/or one
FITTINGS statement. You cannot use the OPERATION statement and the LINE and FITTINGS
statements on the same PIPE statement.
Mandatory entries:
None.
Optional entries:
POUT = value or Defines the outlet pressure for a shortcut pipe unit. This key-
word enables HEXTRAN to calculate the pressure drop. You can-
not enter DP and POUT on the same OPERATION statement. The
standard dimensional units are psi (English), kg/cm 2 (metric),
or kPa (SI). The default is equal to the unit inlet pressure.
DP=0.0 Defines the pressure drop for a shortcut pipe unit. Enter a posi-
tive value to indicate a pressure decrease in the unit, or a nega-
tive value to indicate a pressure increase in the unit. The default
is 0.0 psi (English), 0.0 kg/cm 2 (metric), or 0.0 kPa (SI).

June 2002 4-281
Examples:
OPERATION POUT=100.0
OPERATION DP=2.5
PIPE Examples:
PIPE UID=PIP1,NAME=EXAMPLE1
STRMS FEED=FLO1,PRODUCT=FLO2
LINE NPS=6,SCHEDULE=40, LENGTH=225.0,ELEVATION=10.0,*
ROUGHNESS=0.0011
FITTING ID=6.065,EQLENGTH=190.0
This example calculates the pressure drop for 225 feet of 6 inch nominal, schedule 40 pipe
with a total elevation change of 10 feet. The pipe absolute roughness is 0.0011 inches, and the
internal Moody friction factor calculations are to be used. It also calculates the pressure losses
in a 6.065 inch diameter fitting with an equivalent pipe length of 190 feet.
PIPE UID=PIP2,NAME=EXAMPLE2
STRMS FEED=FLOX,PRODUCT=FLOY
LINE LENGTH=45.0,ELEVATION=45.0
This example calculates the pressure drop for a 45 foot downward vertical line. All other val-
ues are set to the program defaults, including the pipe diameter, which defaults to 6.065
inches.
PIPE UID=PIP7
STRMS FEED=AG01,PRODUCT=AG02
OPERATION POUT=150
.
.
.
FLASH UID=FLS3
STRMS FEED=AG02,LIQUID=LIQA, VAPOR=VAPA
.
.
.
This example illustrates the use of the OPERATION statement to set the pressure of a product
stream (AG02) to a desired value (150) before feeding it to a flash drum (FLS3). (Any unit op-
eration could be specified).

4-282 June 2002
VALVE UNIT
VALVE VALVE UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Mandatory statement. This statement identifies the unit operation as a valve. This statement
must be the first statement for each valve defined in the flowsheet.
This section describes the input data required for valves. This unit operation simulates pres-
sure drops in valves between heat exchangers and other pieces of equipment. The VALVE unit
operation operates adiabatically and allows only one feed and one product stream.
The VALVE unit operation offers the shortcut pressure drop method only.
Mandatory entry:
Example:
VALVE UID=VAL1
Optional entry:
Example:
VALVE UID=VA-1,NAME=LETDOWN
STREAMS VALVE UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Optional statement. This statement identifies feed or product streams in the valve.
Mandatory entries:
FEED= Identifies the feed, or inlet, stream and its associated fluid
FEED entry will be printed out as a label in the output. There is
no default.
properties. The PRODUCT entry will be printed out as a label in
the output. There is no default.
Example:
STREAMS FEED=A121,PRODUCT=A122

June 2002 4-283
OPERATION VALVE UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
shortcut valve unit.
Mandatory entries:
None.
Optional entries:
POUT= or Defines the outlet pressure for a shortcut valve unit. This key-
word enables HEXTRAN to calculate the pressure drop. You can-
not enter DP and POUT on the same OPERATION statement. The
default is psi (English), kg/cm 2 (metric), or kPa (SI). The default
value is equal to the unit inlet pressure.
DP=0.0 Defines the pressure drop for a shortcut valve unit. Enter a posi-
tive value to indicate a pressure decrease in the unit; or a nega-
tive value to indicate a pressure increase in the unit. The default
is 0.0 psi (English), 0.0 kg/cm 2 (metric), or 0.0 kPa (SI).
Example:
OPERATION DP=10.0
VALVE Example:
VALVE UID=VAL1,NAME=CNT-VLVE
STREAMS FEED=HIPR,PRODUCT=LOPR
OPERATION DP=75.0
This example shows a control valve (VAL1) reducing the pressure of stream HIPR by 75.0
pressure units, resulting in product stream LOPR.

4-284 June 2002
DESALTER UNIT
DESALTER DESALTER UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Mandatory statement. This statement identifies the unit operation as a desalter. This statement
must be the first statement for each desalter defined in the flowsheet. Desalters simulate the
removal of brine from a process stream. DESALTER and DECANTER are essentially the same
unit operation differentiated by the keywords BRINE and WATER respectively.
Desalters have one feed, one hydrocarbon product, and brine as a second product stream. No
hydrocarbons are removed from the brine stream.
Mandatory entry:
Example:
DESALTER UID=DES1
Optional entry:
Example:
DESALTER UID=DSLT,NAME=DESALT50
STREAMS DESALTER UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Mandatory statement. This statement identifies the feed, product, and brine product streams
in the desalter.
Mandatory entries:
FEED= Identifies the feed, or inlet, stream and its associated fluid proper-
be unique to all other feed streams of other units in the flowsheet.
However, this entry can be the same as a product stream identifier
from another unit. Entries for FEED, PRODUCT, and BRINE cannot
be the same for a given desalter. There is no default. The FEED en-
try will be printed out as a label in the output.
the flowsheet. However, this entry can be the same as a feed

June 2002 4-285
stream identifier to another unit. Entries for FEED, PRODUCT,
and BRINE cannot be the same for a given desalter. There is no
default. The PRODUCT entry will be printed out as a label in the
output.
BRINE= Identifies the brine product stream and its associated fluid proper-
be unique to all other product streams of other units in the flow-
sheet. However, this entry can be the same as a feed stream iden-
tifier to another unit. Entries for FEED, PRODUCT, and BRINE
cannot be the same for a given desalter. There is no default. The
BRINE entry will be printed out as a label in the output.
Example:
STRMS FEED=CRUD,PRODUCT=CRU1,BRINE=WATR
Optional entries:
None.
OPERATION DESALTER UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Optional statement. This statement defines the various temperatures, pressures, and parame-
ters for the desalter.
Mandatory entries:
None.
Optional entries:
TOUT= or Defines the outlet temperature for a desalter. TOUT enables HEX-
TRAN to calculate the temperature drop. You cannot enter TOUT
and DT on the same OPERATION statement. The standard di-
mensional units are: F (English), C (metric), and K (SI). The de-
fault is equal to the unit inlet temperature.
DT=0.0 Defines the temperature drop for a desalter. Enter a positive
value to indicate a temperature decrease in the unit; or a nega-
tive value to indicate a temperature increase. You cannot enter
TOUT and DT on the same OPERATION statement. The default is
POUT= or Defines the outlet pressure for a desalter. POUT enables HEX-
TRAN to calculate the pressure drop. You cannot enter POUT
and DP on the same OPERATION statement. The standard di-
mensional units are: psi (English), kg/cm 2 (metric), and kPa
(SI). The default value is equal to the unit inlet pressure.
DP=0.0 Defines the pressure drop for a desalter. Enter a positive value to
indicate a pressure decrease in the unit, or a negative value to
indicate a pressure increase. You cannot enter POUT and DP on
the same OPERATION statement. The default is 0.0 psi (Eng-
lish), 0.0 kg/cm 2 (metric), or 0.0 kPa (SI).

4-286 June 2002
Examples:
OPERATION DT=5.0,DP=15.0,REJECTION=0.99
OPERATION TOUT=135,DP=74,REJECTION=80.0
REJECTION=100 Defines the percentage or fraction of all the water present in the
feed that is rejected from the unit. Enter a value greater than
zero. Entries less than or equal to 1.0 are taken as a fraction. En-
tries greater than 1.0 are taken as a percentage. The default is
100.
Example:
REJECTION=0.95
REJECTION=95
Both examples specify 95% of the water in the FEED stream being removed in the BRINE
stream.
DESALTER Example:
DESALTER UID=DES1,NAME=DESALT=1
STRMS FEED=CRUD,*
PRODUCT=CRU2,*
BRINE=WAT1
OPERATION DP=10.0,DT=15.0,*
REJECTION=98.0
This example shows a crude oil stream (CRUD) flowing through a desalter unit to remove cor-
rosive salts. Plant data shows that the pressure drop for the unit is 10.0, and that the outlet
stream is 15 degrees cooler than the inlet. In addition, 98 percent of the feed water is removed
in the brine stream.

June 2002 4-287
DECANTER UNIT
DECANTER DECANTER UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Mandatory statement. This statement identifies the unit operation as a decanter. This state-
ment must be the first statement for each decanter defined in the flowsheet. DECANTERS
simulate the removal of water from a process stream. DESALTER and DECANTER are essen-
tially the same unit operation differentiated by the keywords BRINE and WATER, respectively.
Decanters have one feed, one hydrocarbon product, and water as a second product stream.
No hydrocarbons are removed from the water streams.
Mandatory entry:
Example:
DECANTER UID=DEC3
Optional entry:
Example:
DECANTER UID=DSLT, NAME=DECANT-3
STREAMS DECANTER UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Mandatory statement. This statement identifies the feed, product, and water product streams
in the decanter.
Mandatory entries:
FEED= Identifies the feed, or inlet, stream and its associated fluid prop-
erties. Enter up to twelve alphanumeric characters. This entry
must be unique to all other feed streams of other units in the
flowsheet. However, this entry can be the same as a product
stream identifier from another unit. Entries for FEED, PRODUCT,
and BRINE cannot be the same for a given decanter. There is no
default. The FEED entry will be printed out as a label in the
output.

4-288 June 2002
the flowsheet. However, this entry can be the same as a feed stream
identifier to another unit. Entries for FEED, PRODUCT, and BRINE
cannot be the same for a given decanter. There is no default. The
PRODUCT entry will be printed out as a label in the output.
WATER= Identifies the water product stream and its associated fluid prop-
must be unique to all other water streams of other units in the
flowsheet. However, this entry can be the same as a feed stream
identifier to another unit. Entries for FEED, PRODUCT, and BRINE
cannot be the same for a given decanter. There is no default. The
WATER entry will be printed out as a label in the output.
Example:
STRMS FEED=HCGO,PRODUCT=HGO1, WATER=WAT3
Optional entries:
None.
OPERATION DECANTER UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Optional statement. This statement defines the various temperatures, pressures, and parame-
ters for the decanter.
Mandatory entries:
None.
Optional entries:
TOUT= or Defines the outlet temperature for a decanter. TOUT enables
HEXTRAN to calculate the temperature drop. You cannot enter
TOUT and DT on the same OPERATION statement. The standard
dimensional units are: F (English), C (metric), and K (SI). The
default is equal to the unit inlet temperature.
DT=0.0 Defines the temperature drop for a decanter. Enter a positive
value to indicate a temperature decrease in the unit; or a nega-
tive value to indicate a temperature increase. You cannot enter
TOUT and DT on the same OPERATION statement. The default is
POUT= Defines the outlet pressure for a decanter. POUT enables HEX-
TRAN to calculate the pressure drop. You cannot enter POUT
and DP on the same OPERATION statement. The standard di-
(SI). The default value is the same as the unit inlet pressure.

June 2002 4-289
DP=0.0 Defines the pressure drop for a desalter. Enter a positive value to
indicate a pressure decrease in the unit, or a negative value to
indicate a pressure increase. You cannot enter POUT and DP on
Examples:
OPERATION DT=10.0,DP=15.0,REJECTION=0.99
OPERATION TOUT=200,DP=20.0,REJECTION=70.0
OPERATION TOUT=175
REJECTION=100 Defines the percentage or fraction of all the water present in the
feed that is rejected from the unit. Enter a value greater than
zero. Entries less than or equal to 1.0 are taken as a fraction. En-
tries greater than 1.0 are taken as a percentage. The default is
100.
Examples:
REJECTION=0.80
REJECTION=80
Both examples specify 80% of the water in the FEED stream being removed in the WATER
stream.
DECANTER Example:
DECANTER UID=DEC1,NAME=COLD-SEP
STRMS FEED=WET1,*
PRODUCT=DRY1,WATER=WATR
OPERATION DP=0.0,TOUT=100.0,*
REJECTION=99.5
This example shows a mixture of water and light oil entering a decanter to separate the oil and
water phases. A heating element maintains the decanter temperature at 100 degrees. The
pressure drop in the unit is negligible (DP=0.0) and all but 0.5 percent of the water is removed
from the oil.

4-290 June 2002
FLASH DRUM UNIT
FLASH FLASH DRUM UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
This statement identifies the unit operation as a flash drum. This must be the first statement
for each flash drum defined in the flowsheet.
This unit operation is used to separate the liquid and vapor components of a stream at a speci-
fied product pressure.
A flash drum has one feed stream and two product streams. The liquid and vapor rates from
the flash drum are computed from condensate weight fraction and enthalpy data at the speci-
fied product pressure. The FLASH DRUM operates adiabatically.
To use the FLASH statement, you must supply ENTHALPY and CFRAC data for the feed stream
to the unit. If water or steam is present in the feed, WFRAC data is also required.
Mandatory entry:
Example:
FLASH UID=FLS1
Optional entry:
NAME= Identifies the unit operation for printout purposed only. Enter up
Example:
FLASH UID=FLS3,NAME=PREFLASH
STREAMS FLASH DRUM UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Mandatory statement. This statement identifies feed, and vapor and liquid product streams in
the flash drum.
Mandatory entries:
must be unique to all other feed streams of other units in the
flowsheet. However, this entry may be the same as a product
stream identifier from another unit. The entries for FEED, VA-
POR, and LIQUID cannot be the same for a give flash drum unit.
There is no default. The FEED entry will be printed out as a label
in the output.

June 2002 4-291
VAPOR= Identifies the vapor stream and its associated fluid properties.
unique to all other vapor streams of other units in the flowsheet.
However, this entry may be the same as a feed stream identifier
to another unit. The entries for FEED, VAPOR, and LIQUID can-
not be the same for a given flash drum unit. There is no default.
The VAPOR entry will be printed out as a label in the output.
LIQUID= Identifies the liquid stream and its associated fluid properties.
unique to all other liquid streams of other units in the flowsheet.
However, this entry can be the same as a feed stream identifier
to another unit. The entries for FEED, VAPOR, and LIQUID can-
not be the same for a given flash drum unit. There is no default.
The LIQUID entry will be printed out as a label in the output.
Example:
STRMS FEED=MIX1,VAPOR=VAP1,LIQUID=LIQ1
Optional entries:
None.
OPERATION FLASH DRUM UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
flash drum.
Mandatory entries:
POUT=or POUT defines the outlet pressure for a flash drum. This keyword
DP=0.0 enables HEXTRAN to calculate the pressure drop. Standard di-
(SI). The default values are equal to the unit inlet pressure. You
cannot enter POUT and DP on the same OPERATION statement.
DP defines the pressure drop for a flash drum. Enter a positive
value to indicate a pressure decrease in the unit, or a negative
value to indicate a pressure increase in the unit. The default
value is 0.0 psi (English), or 0.0 kg/cm 2 (metric), or 0.0 kPa
(SI).
Examples:
OPERATION DP=10.0
Optional entries:
None.

4-292 June 2002
FLASH Examples
STREAM DATA
PROP STREAM=2,SETNO=2,PRES= 60,TOUT = 60,*
REFPHASE=V,REFSTREAM=1,PHASE=V
PROP STREAM=3,SETNO=3,PRES = 60,TOUT = 60,*
REFPHASE=L,REFSTREAM=1,PHASE=L
.
.
UNIT OPS
FLASH UID=F2
STREAMS FEED=1,LIQUID=2,VAPOR=3
In the above example, a stream (1) is flashed adiabatically to separate the liquid and vapor
phases. The resulting liquid (2) and vapor (3) product streams have new physical property
data sets, which are defined by the REFSTRM statements in the STREAM DATA section.
Without the REFSTRM statements, the product streams would retain the properties of the feed
stream by default.
STREAM DATA
PROP STREAM=1, RATE=1000, COMP=1, 50/2,25/3,25,*
TEMP=100, PRES=35
.
.
.
UNIT OPERATIONS
FLASH UID=F2
STREAMS FEED=1, LIQUID=2, VAPOR=3
In the above example, the flash product streams do not need to be defined, because the feed
stream uses point access (no SETNO entry is given). Therefore, HEXTRAN will rigorously cal-
culate the properties for streams 2 and 3.

June 2002 4-293
SHORTCUT HEAT EXCHANGER UNIT
HX HX UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Mandatory statement. This statement identifies the unit as a shortcut exchanger. This state-
ment must be the first input line for any HX model.
The shortcut exchanger (HX) in HEXTRAN is designed for problems that do not require rigor-
ous heat transfer coefficients and pressure drop calculations. The shortcut exchanger sup-
ports all TEMA type exchangers as defined in the Standards of the Tubular Exchanger
Manufacturers Association, Sixth Edition, 1978. All fluid types are supported on either side of
the exchanger, and vaporization and/or condensation are automatically treated by zone analy-
sis. Section 40.1 defines the fluid property requirements for the calculations.
The HX statement can be used in either rating (OLD) or design (NEW) mode. The performance
rating for OLD exchangers is calculated based on the supplied area and U-value. For NEW ex-
changers, the required area and number of exchanger shells is calculated based on the tem-
perature or duty specification and the supplied U-value.
Performance specifications are optional for OLD exchanger calculations. When a specification
is provided, the required effective heat transfer area is calculated to match the specified heat
transfer and supplied U-value. NEW shortcut exchangers require specifications for SIMULA-
TION and REGRESSION calculations. Specifications for OPTIMIZATION AREA calculations are
optional for NEW exchangers.
You can specify which printed reports, calculation options, and exchanger costing details you
want using the PRINT, CALCULATION, and COST statements. Defaults for these statements are
set by the global values in the Calculation Data Section.
Rigorous Shell and Tube exchangers (STE) can be converted to shortcut exchangers (HX) by
substituting “HX” for “STE” and adding the UVALUE entry to the TYPE statement. You must
also remove the UESTIMATE keyword from any converted statement.
Mandatory entries:
Optional entries:
entry.
Example:
HX UID=HX1,NAME=EXCH-1

4-294 June 2002
TYPE HX UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Mandatory statement. This statement defines the basic characteristics of the shortcut exchanger.
Mandatory entries:
OLD or Rating only. OLD specifies that performance is calculated based
on the supplied area and U-value.
NEW Design only. NEW specifies that the required area and number of
exchanger shells will be calculated based on the temperature or
duty specification and the supplied U-value.
Examples:
HX UID=HX2
TYPE OLD
HX UID=EX23
TYPE NEW
TEMA=AES Specifies the TEMA designation. Enter a three- or four-character

designation as described in Figure 4-1. Acceptable TEMA desig-
nations are given in Table 4-11. The default is AES.
For J-type (divided flow) shells, enter J1 (or J) for shells with
one inlet and two outlet nozzles. For J-type shells with two inlet
and one outlet nozzles, enter J2.
UVALUE= Specifies the U-Value for the shortcut exchanger calculations.
Standard dimensional units are Btu/hr-ft2-F (English), kcal/hr-m
2
-C (metric), or W/m 2 -K (SI).
Example:
HX UID=HX2B
TYPE OLD,TEMA=NKT,UVALUE=50
Optional entries:
Enter SHELL or TUBE. SHELL is the default.
FLOW=COUNTERCURRENT Specifies the flow direction. Enter COUNTERCURRENT or CO-
CURRENT. This entry affects the calculation of the LMTD and
LMTD correction factor (FT). The default is COUNTERCURRENT.
AREA=1000 or Rating only. Specifies the effective or “installed” area per unit for
OLD exchanger calculations. The default is 1000 ft 2 (English),
or 92.9 m 2 (metric and SI).
AREA=200,6000 Design only. Specifies the area value per SHELL (not per UNIT as
for OLD exchangers). Enter minimum and maximum values for
area. Values specified on the LIMITS statement in the CALCULA-
TION section override the defaults for this keyword. Default values
are 200 and 6000 ft2 (English), or 18.6 m2 and 557 m2 (metric and
SI).

June 2002 4-295
Example:
HX UID=HX2B
TYPE OLD,TEMA=NKT,UVALUE=50,*
HOTS=SHELL,FLOW=COUNTERCURRENT,*
AREA=500
TUBESIDE HX UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
exchanger.
Mandatory entries:
no default.
Example:
HX UID=HX2B
TUBE FEED=FID1,PROD=PID2
Optional entries:
PASS=2 or Rating only. Specifies the number of tube passes per shell. Enter
an integer from 1 to 16. One pass corresponds to true counter-
flow. The default is 2.
PASS=2,16,2 Design only. Specifies the number of tube passes per shell. En-
ter values for minimum, maximum, and incremental (integers
from 1 to16, separated by commas). The shortcut exchanger
does not vary the number of tube passes during design. The
value is held constant at the specified minimum value. However,
the maximum and incremental entries are required.
DPSHELL=5.0 or Specifies the value for pressure drop per bundle. The default is
5.0 psi (English), or 0.35 kg/cm2 (metric), or 34.5 kPa (SI).
DPUNIT=5.0 Specifies the value for pressure drop per service. The default is
5.0 psi (English), or 0.35 kg/cm2 (metric), or 34.5 kPa (SI).
Example:
HX UID=HX2B
TYPE NEW
TUBE FEED=FID1,PROD=PID2,PASS=2,8,2,*
PSHELL=4.5

4-296 June 2002
SHELLSIDE HX UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Mandatory statement. This statement defines the necessary details for the shellside of the
shortcut exchanger.
Mandatory entries:
default.
Example:
HX UID=HX2B
SHELL FEED=FID2,PROD=PID4
Optional entries:
SERIES=1 Rating only. Specifies the number of shells in series. Enter an in-
teger from 1 to 10. The default is 1.
SERIES=1,10 Design only. Limits the number of exchanger shells in series.
Valid range is 1 to 10. SHELLS in series are incremented from 1
to meet the minimum LMTD correction factor, MINFT, which is
supplied on the CALCULATION statement or defaulted globally in
the CALCULATION Data Section.
PARALLEL=1 Rating only. Specifies the number of shells in parallel. Enter an
integer from 1 to 10. The default is 1.
PARALLEL=1,10 Design only. Limits the number of exchanger shells in parallel.
Valid range is 1 to 10. Shells in parallel are added as required to
keep within the specified limit of area per shell supplied on the
TYPE statement.
DPSHELL=5.0 Specifies the pressure drop per shell. The default is 5.0 psi
(English), or 0.35 kg/cm 2 (metric), or 34.5 kPa (SI).
DPUNIT=5.0 Specifies the pressure drop per service. The default is 5.0 psi
(English), or 0.35 kg/cm 2 (metric), or 34.5 kPa (SI).
Example:
HX UID=XRTR
TYPE OLD
TUBE FEED=FID5,PROD=PID7,SERIES=2,*
DPSHELL=5.5

June 2002 4-297
CALCULATION HX UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Optional statement. This statement defaults to the global value specified on the CALCULATION
statement in the Calculation Data section.
Mandatory entries:
MINFT=0.8 Specifies the minimum allowable LMTD correction factor. Enter
a value between 0.5 and 1. Values smaller than 0.5 are accept-
able, but not practical. Additional shells are added in series as
needed to keep the “FT” factor above this threshold. The default
is 0.8.
Example:
HX UID=HXRT,*
MINFT=0.5
SPECIFICA- HX UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input

TION
Optional for Rating; mandatory for Design. This statement specifies performance criteria for
OLD or NEW shortcut exchangers. This statement determines the area necessary for the
specified heat transfer for NEW exchangers.
Mandatory entries:
use DUTY and TEMP on the same entry. Standard dimensional
units are MMBtu/hr (English), MMkcal/hr (metric), and MMkJ/hr
(SI).
TEMPERATURE= and Specifies the outlet temperature of the exchanger. Use in con-
junction with either the SHELL or TUBE entry. You cannot use
TEMP and DUTY on the same entry. Standard dimensional units
are F (English), C (metric), and K (SI).
SHELLSIDE or Specifies which outlet the temperature specification applies to.
TUBESIDE You cannot use SHELL or TUBE with the DUTY keyword.
SPECIFICATION Examples:
SPEC DUTY=10.8
This example specifies the DUTY for an exchanger as 10.8 million energy units per time unit.
SPEC TEMP=127,SHELL
This example specifies a shell outlet temperature of 127 degrees. Note that it is always most
accurate to place outlet temperature specifications on the stream with the smallest flow rate.

4-298 June 2002
PRINT HX UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Optional statement. This statement specifies printout options. If the PRINT statement is omit-
ted, the printout options default to the global values specified on the CALCULATION statement
in the Calculation Data section. See Section ... for a discussion of the global print options for
exchangers.
Optional entries:
STANDARD Prints a standard TEMA data sheet.
ZONES Prints a zones analysis for a two-phase exchanger.
COST HX UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Optional statement. This statement provides special costing data for an exchanger. If the COST
statement is omitted, the cost defaults to the global values specified in the Calculation Section.
The data defined by the COST statement are used in the general equation below:
Heat Exchanger Cost = CONSTANT + LINEAR * AREA + ETERM
where:
ETERM = BCOST * BSIZE * (AREA/BSIZE) ** EXPONENT
and
AREA = area for a single exchanger shell (duct or bay or frame).
For exchangers costed on a per shell base, for example, the above cost is multiplied by the
number of exchangers involved in the service.
Mandatory entries:
is 0.00 USDOLLAR/ft 2 (English) = 0.00 USDOLLAR/m2 (metric
and SI).
default is 50.00 USDOLLAR/FT 2 (English) = 538.20 USDOL-
size. The default is 0.00 USDOLLAR (English, metric & SI).

June 2002 4-299

4-300 June 2002
SHORTCUT HEATER UNIT
HEATER HEATER UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Mandatory statement. This statement identifies the unit operation as a heater. This statement
must be the first statement for each heater defined in the flowsheet. This unit operation simu-
lates heat gains or any type of heater which may use a heating medium.
HEATERS have one feed and one product stream. In addition, capital costs for each unit opera-
tion may be calculated if desired. Operating costs are calculated if the required entries are
given with the UTCOST statement (SIMULATION category of input, page 4-9.
Capital costs for the HEATERs are computed with a generalized costing equation if a COST
statement is given for each unit.
Note: There is no default utility costs for the UTILITY=HEATINGMEDIUM entry. Operating
costs for a HEATER using this utilitywill only be calculated if the required entry is given with
the UTCOST statement.
Mandatory entry:
Enter up to twelve alphanumeric characters. This entry is re-
quired and must be unique to all other unit operations. There is
no default.
Optional entry:
Examples:
HEATER UID=HTR4
HEATER UID=HTR1,NAME=HOT-OIL
STREAMS HEATER UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
The STRMS statement is used to identify feed or product streams in the heater. This statement
and all entries on the statement are required.
must be unique to all other feed streams in the flowsheet. How-
ever, this entry can be the same as a product stream identifier
from another unit. FEED and PRODUCT cannot be the same a
given HEATER unit. The FEED entry will be printed out as a label
in the output. There is no default.

June 2002 4-301
try must be unique to all other product streams in the flowsheet.
to another unit. FEED and PRODUCT cannot be the same a given
HEATER unit. The PRODUCT entry will be printed out as a label
Example:
STRMS FEED=CLD1,PRODUCT=HOT1
OPERATION HEATER UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
The OPERATION statement is used to define the various temperatures, pressures, and parame-
ters for the HEATER. This statement and all entries on the statement are optional.
Optional entries:
DUTY= Specifies the heater duty in millions of energy units per hour.
Enter a value greater than or equal to zero. You cannot enter
DUTY and TOUT or DT on the same OPERATION statement.
TOUT= Specifies the outlet stream temperature. This entry enables HEX-
TRAN to calculate the temperature rise. The default value is the
same as the unit inlet temperature. Standard dimensional units
are: F (English), C (metric) and K (SI). You cannot enter TOUT
and DUTY or DT on the same OPERATION statement. There is
no default.
DT=0.0 Specifies the temperature rise. You cannot enter DT and DUTY
or TOUT on the same OPERATION statement The default is 0.0
F (English), 0.0 C (metric), or 0.0 K (SI).
TUTILITY=85 Specifies the utility stream supply temperature. This entry is
used to calculate the operating costs for the HEATER, and only
applies if UTILITY=AIR is entered on the OPERATION statement.
The defaults are 85.0 F (English), 29.4 C (metric), or 302.6 K
(SI).
POUT= Specifies the outlet stream pressure. This entry enables HEX-
TRAN to calculate the pressure drop. The standard dimensional
units are: psi (English), kg/cm 2 (metric), and kPa (SI). You can-
not enter POUT and DP on the same OPERATION statement. The
default is the value of the unit inlet pressure.
DP=0.0 Specifies the pressure drop. You cannot enter DP and POUT on
the same OPERATION statement.The defaults are 0.0 psi (Eng-
lish), 0.0 kg/cm 2 (metric), and 0.0 kPa (SI).
UTILITY=HEATINGMEDIUM Specifies the UTILITY stream type. Enter AIR or HEATINGME-
DIUM. This entry is used to determine the operating costs for
the heater based on the UTCOST statement (SIMULATION

4-302 June 2002
category of input). If you specify UTILITY=HEATINGMEDIUM,
you must include an entry for HEATINGMEDIUM on the UTCOST
statement in order to calculate operating costs for the HEATER.
The default is HEATINGMEDIUM.
Examples:
OPERATION DUTY=2.75,DP=5.0,*
UTILITY=HEATINGMEDIUM
OPERATION TOUT=300,POUT=100,*
DTUTILITY=100
OPERATION DT=70,DP=3.5,TUTILITY=275,*
TUTILITY=30,*
UTILITY=HEATINGMEDIUM
COST HEATER UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Optional statement. This statement defines the basis and cost factor data used in the general-
ized costing equation to calculate the HEATER capital costs. If the COST statement is not used,
then capital costs will not be calculated. There is no default utility cost for the UTILITY= HEAT-
INGMEDIUM entry. Operating costs will only be calculated if the required entries are specified
on the UTCOST statement (see the SIMULATION category of input).
Note: The form of the generalized costing equation may be altered by entering a value of zero
for one or more of the terms. You cannot, however, enter a value of zero for the base size.
The generalized costing equation is:
EQUIPMENT COST = (CONSTANT + (LINEAR*TOTALSIZE) + ETERM) * CSTF
where:
CONSTANT =constant cost factor.
LINEAR=linear cost factor.
TOTALSIZE = total size. The basis chosen will depend on the type of equipment to be
costed.
Possible bases are area, heat duty, and power. These apply to exchangers, heaters/cool-
ers/fired heaters, or compressors/pumps, respectively.
ETERM =BCOST * BSIZE * NTS * (TOTALSIZE/NTS/BSIZE) ** EXPONENT
BSIZE =base size. The basis chosen will depend on the type of equipment to be
costed. Possible bases are area, heat duty, and power.
BCOST = the base cost defined as the cost per unit area, duty, or power.
NTS = total number of exchanger shells. This entry is set to 1.0 when costing equipment
other exchangers.
EXPONENT =exponential factor
CSTF = stream cost factor. This entry applies only to exchanger costing.

June 2002 4-303
Optional entries:
BSIZE=1.0 Specifies the base duty in millions of energy units used in the
generalized costing equation. Enter a value greater than zero.
The default is 1.0 MMBtu (English), 1.0 MMkcal (metric), or 1.0
MMkJ (SI).
BCOST= Specifies the base cost per million energy units for the general-
ized costing equation. Units are currency units per million en-
ergy units. Enter a value greater than or equal to zero. The
default is 0.0 USDOLLAR/MMBtu (English), 0.0 USDOL-
LAR/MMkcal (metric), or 0.0 USDOLLAR/MMkJ (SI).
LINEAR= Specifies the linear cost factor in the generalized costing equa-
tion. Units are currency units per million energy units. Use this
keyword when the heater cost is a simple function of the power
required. Enter a value greater than or equal to zero. The default
is 0.0 USDOLLAR/MMBtu (English), 0.0 USDOLLAR/MMkcal
(metric), or 0.0 USDOLLAR/MMkJ (SI).
EXPONENT=0.6 Specifies the exponential cost factor in the generalized costing
equation. Enter a real value greater than or equal to zero. This
entry has no effect unless a nonzero entry is also given for
BCOST. The default is 0.6 (dimensionless).
CONSTANT=0.0 Specifies the constant cost factor used in the generalized cost-
ing equation. You can use this keyword to enter fixed costs as-
sociated with the installation of the HEATER (e.g., interconnect
piping and valves). Enter a value greater than or equal to zero.
Valid units are currency units. This cost is not a function of
heater duty. The default is 0.0 USDOLLAR.
Examples:
COST LINEAR=2.1,CONSTANT=13000
COST BCOST=1600,BSIZE=1700,*
CONSTANT=300000,EXPONENT=0.66

4-304 June 2002
SHORTCUT COOLER UNIT
COOLER COOLER UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Mandatory statement. This statement identifies the unit operation as a cooler. This statement
must be the first statement for each cooler defined in the flowsheet. Thisunit operation simu-
lates water coolers, air coolers, or heat losses (e.g., losses from long pipe runs, etc.) and any
other type of cooler which may use a refrigerant.
This unit operation has one feed and one product stream. In addition, capital costs for each
unit operation may be calculated if desired. Operating costs are calculated if the required en-
tries are given with the UTCOST statement (SIMULATION category of input, page 4-9.
Capital costs for the COOLER are computed with a generalized costing equation if a COST
statement is given for each unit.
Note: Thereis no default utility costs for the UTILITY=REFRIGERANT entry. Operating costs for
a COOLER using these utilities will only be calculated if the required entry is given with the
UTCOST statement.
Mandatory entry:
no default.
Optional entry:
Examples:
COOLER UID=COOL
COOLER UID=CLR1,NAME=RUN-DOWN
STREAMS COOLER UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
The STRMS statement is used to identify feed or product streams in the cooler. This statement
and all entries on the statement are required.
given COOLER. The FEED entry will be printed out as a label in

June 2002 4-305
HEATER unit. The PRODUCT entry will be printed out as a label
Example:
STREAMS FEED=K1,PRODUCT=K2
OPERATION COOLER UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
The OPERATION statement is used to define the various temperatures, pressures, and parame-
ters for the COOLER
Optional entries:
DUTY= Specifies the cooler duty in millions of energy units per hour.
Enter a value greater than or equal to zero. You cannot enter
DUTY and TOUT or DT on the same OPERATION statement.
TRAN to calculate the temperature drop. The default value is the
no default.
DT=0.0 Specifies the temperature drop. You cannot enter DT and DUTY
TUTILITY=85 Specifies the utility stream supply temperature. This entry is
used to calculate the operating costs for the COOLER, and only
applies if UTILITY=AIR is entered on the OPERATION statement.
The defaults are 85.0 F (English), 29.4 C (metric), or 302.6 K
(SI).
DTUTILITY=20.0 Specifies the utility stream temperature drop. This entry is used
to calculate the operating costs for the COOLER, and only ap-
plies if the UTILITY=WATER entry is entered on the OPERATION
statement. The defaults are 20.0 F (English), 11.1 C (metric), or
11.1 K (SI).

4-306 June 2002
the same OPERATION statement. The defaults are 0.0 psi (Eng-
UTILITY=WATER Specifies the UTILITY stream type. Enter AIR, WATER. or
REFRIGERANT. This entry is used to determine the operating
costs for the heater based on the UTCOST statement. If you
specify UTILITY=REFRIGERANT, you must include an entry for
REFRIGERANT on the UTCOST statementin order to calculate
operating costs for the HEATER. The default is
HEATINGMEDIUM.
Examples:
OPERATION DUTY=3.75,DP=5.0,UTILITY=WATER
OPERTION TOUT=10,POUT=105,DTUTILITY=30.0
OPERATION DT=60,DP=5.0,TUTILITY=35.0,*
DTUTILITY=30.0,*
UTILITY=REFRIGERANT
COST COOLER UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
ized costing equation to calculate the COOLER capital costs. If the COST statement is not
used, then capital costs will not be calculated. There is no default utility cost for the UTILITY=
REFRIGERANT entry. Operating costs will only be calculated if the required entries are speci-
fied on the UTCOST statement (SIMULATION category of input, page 4-9.
where:
CONSTANT = constant cost factor.
LINEAR = linear cost factor.
TOTALSIZE = total size. The basis chosen will depend on the type of equipment to be costed.
ers/fired heaters, or compressors/pumps, respectively.
ETERM = BCOST * BSIZE * NTS * (TOTALSIZE/NTS/BSIZE) ** EXPONENT
BSIZE = base size. The basis chosen will depend on the type of equipment to be costed.
Possible bases are area, heat duty, and power.
BCOST = the base cost defined as the cost per unit area, duty, or power.
NTS =total number of exchanger shells. This entry is set to 1.0 when costing equipment
other exchangers.
CSTF =stream cost factor. This entry applies only to exchanger costing.

June 2002 4-307
Optional entries:
BSIZE=1.0 Specifies the base duty in millions of energy units used in the gener-
alized costing equation. Enter a value greater than zero. The default is
1.0 MMBtu (English), 1.0 MMkcal (metric), or 1.0 MMkJ (SI).
keyword when the heater cost is a simple function of the power
required. Enter a value greater than or equal to zero. The default
is 0.0 USDOLLAR/MMBtu (English), 0.0 USDOLLAR/MMkcal
(metric), or 0.0 USDOLLAR/MMkJ (SI).
sociated with the installation of the HEATER (e.g., interconnect
piping and valves). Enter a value greater than or equal to zero.
Valid units are currency units. This cost is not a function of
heater duty. The default is 0.0 USDOLLAR.
Examples:
COST BCOST=0.68
COST BCOST=0.070,BSIZE=170
COOLER UID=CLR1,NAME=GAS-COOL
STRMS FEED=A1,PRODUCT=A2
OPERATION UTILITY=WATER,*
TUTILITY=85,*
DTUTILITY=25.0,DP=5.0,*
TOUT=125 In this example, a medium gasoline stock is to be cooled to 125

degrees before being sent to an off-plot storage tank. Cooling
water is available at 85 degrees with a maximum allowable re-
turn temperature of 110 degrees. The pressure drop across the
cooler is approximately 5 pressure units.
UTCOST HEATINGMEDIUM=3.90
.
.
.
HEATER UID=HTR1, NAME=HOT-OIL
STREAMS FEED=101,PRODUCT=101A
OPERATION TOUT=290,DP=0.0
In this example, a heating medium circulation loop is used to

preheat a reactor feed stream to 290 degrees. The heat ex-
changer pressure drop is negligible. Cost for the heating me-
dium is 3.90 currency units per million energy units.

4-308 June 2002
FIRED HEATER UNIT
FIRED- FIRED HEATER UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input

HEATER
Mandatory statement. This statement identifies the unit operation as a firedheater. This state-
ment must be the first statement for each firedheater defined in the flowsheet.
FIREDHEATERS are process furnaces, such as those used for in-plant heating medium sys-
tems or chemical/petroleum feed pre-heaters. FIREDHEATERS have one feed and one product
stream. You can calculate the capital cost of the unit. Operating costs are always calculated.
Mandatory entry:
Enter up to twelve alphanumeric characters. This entry is required
and must be unique to all other unit operations. There is no default.
Optional entry:
Examples:
FIREDHEATER UID=FRD1
FIREDHEATER UID=FIRE,NAME=VACHEATR
STREAMS FIRED HEATER UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
The STRMS statement is used to identify feed or product streams in the firedheater.
Mandatory entries:
given FIREDHEATER unit. The FEED entry will be printed out as a
label in the output. There is no default.
FIREDHEATER unit. The PRODUCT entry will be printed out as a

June 2002 4-309
Example:
STRMS FEED=CRU1,PRODUCT=CRU2
OPERATION FIRED HEATER UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Optional statement. This statement specifies the various temperatures, pressures, and pa-
rameters for the FIREDHEATER.
Optional entries:
DUTY= Specifies the FIREDHEATER duty in millions of energy units per
hour. Enter a value greater than or equal to zero. You cannot en-
ter DUTY and TOUT or DT on the same OPERATION statement.
TRAN to calculate the temperature rise. The default value is the
no default.
DT=0.0 Specifies the temperature rise. You cannot enter DT and DUTY
the same OPERATION statement.The defaults are 0.0 psi (Eng-
UTILITY=OIL Specifies the UTILITY stream type. Enter OIL or GAS. This entry
is used to determine the operating costs for the FIREDHEATER
based on the UTCOST statement. The default is OIL.
EFFICIENCY=100 Specifies the overall efficiency of the FIREDHEATER expressed
as a percentage or fraction. Enter a value greater than zero. En-
tries less than or equal to 1.0 are interpreted as fractions. En-
tries greater than 1.0 are interpreted as percentages. The default
is 100 percent.
Examples:
OPERATION DUTY=17.75,DP=37.5,*
EFFICIENCY=0.81
OPERATION TOUT=690,POUT=16.7,*
UTILITY=OIL
OPERATION DT=225.0,POUT=450.0

4-310 June 2002
COST FIRED HEATER UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
ized costing equation to calculate the FIREDHEATER capital costs. If the COST statement is not
used, then capital costs will not be calculated. There is no default utility cost for the UTILITY=
HEATINGMEDIUM entry. Operating costs will only be calculated if the required entries are
specified on the UTCOST statement (SIMULATION category of input, page 4-9.
where:
CONSTANT =constant cost factor.
LINEAR =linear cost factor.
TOTALSIZE =total size. The basis chosen will depend on the type of equipment to be costed.
Possible bases are area, heat duty, and power. These apply to exchangers, heaters/coolers/
firedheaters, or compressors/pumps, respectively.
ETERM =BCOST * BSIZE * NTS * (TOTALSIZE/NTS/BSIZE) ** EXPONENT
BSIZE =base size. The basis chosen will depend on the type of equipment to be costed.
BCOST =the base cost defined as the cost per unit area, duty, or power.
other exchangers.
Optional entries:
BSIZE=1.0 Specifies the base duty in millions of energy units used in the
generalized costing equation. Enter a value greater than zero.
The default is 1.0 MMBtu (English), 1.0 MMkcal (metric), or 1.0
MMkJ (SI).
keyword when the FIREDHEATER cost is a simple function of the
power required. Enter a value greater than or equal to zero. The

June 2002 4-311
sociated with the installation of the FIREDHEATER (e.g.,
interconnect piping and valves). Enter a value greater than or
equal to zero. Valid units are currency units. This cost is not a
function of FIREDHEATER duty. The default is 0.0 USDOLLAR.
Examples:
COST LINEAR=2.25, CONSTANT=10000
General Examples:
Example 1:
DIMENSION ENGLISH
.
.
FIREDHEATER UID=FIRE,NAME=CRUDEHTR
STRMS FEED=CRU1,*
PRODUCT=CRU2
OPERATION UTILITY=OIL,*
EFFICIENCY=82,TOUT=650,*
POUT=450
COST LINEAR=2500,*
CONSTANT=16000
In this example, a furnace is used to heat crude oil to 650 degrees F at a pressure of 450 psia.
The furnace is oil fired with an overall efficiency of 82 percent. The operating costs are calcu-
lated using the default oil cost of 3.50 USDOLLAR/ MMBtu. The furnace capital cost is calcu-
lated using a linear cost factor of 5,500 USDOLLAR/MMBtu and a constant cost factor of
175,000 USDOLLAR.

4-312 June 2002
COMPRESSOR UNIT
COMPRESSOR COMPRESSOR UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Mandatory statement. This statement identifies the unit operation as a compressor. This state-
ment must be the first statement for each compressor defined in the flowsheet.
These unit operation computes the pressure-volume energy required to modify a stream pres-
sure for a gas stream.
This unit operation is adiabatic and has only one feed and one product stream. The program
calculates the power required, and using an overall efficiency value, calculates the operating
cost. In addition, capital costs for each unit operation may be calculated if desired. Operating
costs are always calculated.
The compressor may have multiple stages, if desired. The calculations assume equal work for
each stage, and inter-cooling to the initial inlet temperature between stages.
Mandatory entry:
no default.
Optional entry:
Example:
COMPRESSOR UID=CMP1
COMPRESSOR UID=CMP2,NAME=H2-COMPR
STREAMS COMPRESSOR UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Mandatory statement. This statement identifies the feed or product streams in the compressor.
Mandatory entries:
from another unit. FEED and PRODUCT cannot be the same for a
given compressor unit. The FEED entry will be printed out as a
PRODUCT=

June 2002 4-313
Identifies the product, or outlet, stream and its associated fluid
to another unit. FEED and PRODUCT cannot be the same for a
given compressor unit. The PRODUCT entry will be printed out
as a label in the output. There is no default.
Examples:
STREAMS FEED=1,PRODUCT=3
STREAMS FEED=LOWP,PRODUCT=HIPR
OPERATION COMPRESSOR UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Optional statement. This statement defines the various pressures and parameters for the
compressor.
Mandatory entries:
POUT= Specifies the outlet stream pressure. This entry enables
HEXTRAN to calculate the pressure drop. The standard dimen-
sional units are: psi (English), kg/cm 2 (metric), and kPa (SI).
You cannot enter POUT and DP on the same OPERATION state-
ment. The default is the value of the unit inlet pressure.
REFSTREAM= Specifies the downstream flowsheet stream identifier applicable
to the POUT specification. Enter up to twelve alphanumeric char-
acters. This entry indirectly specifies the compressor outlet
pressure. If you specify a DP value, the only valid entry for
REFSTREAM is the PRODUCT entry on the STREAMS statement.
The default is the same as the product stream identifier given on
the STRMS statement.
Example:
DIMENSION ENGLISH
UNIT OPERATION
.
.
COMPRESSOR UID=CMP1,NAME=BOOSTER
STREAMS FEED=A10,PRODUCT=A11
OPERATION POUT=500,*
REFSTRM=A14
.
.
FLASH UID=FLS1,NAME=DEMISTER
STREAMS FEED=A14,LIQUID=LQ14,*
VAPOR=VP14
OPERATION DP=0.01

4-314 June 2002
In this example, the product stream from a compressor goes through three heat exchangers
and then enters a flash drum. The compressor inlet pressure is 100 psia and the desired flash
drum inlet pressure is 500 psia.
EFFICIENCY=100 Specifies the overall efficiency for both the compressor and
driver (e.g., steam turbine, electric motor) combined, expressed
as a percentage or fraction. Enter a value greater than zero. En-
tries less than or equal to 1.0 are interpreted as fractions. En-
tries greater than 1.0 are interpreted as percentages. The default
is 100 percent.
TSR=35.0 Specifies the “Theoretical Steam Rate” for a steam turbine, if
used. Enter a value greater than zero. You cannot use TSR if
UTILITY=ELECTRIC is specified. The default is 35.0 lbm/kwhr
(English), or 15.876 kg/kwhr (metric and SI).
K=1.395 Specifies the ratio of specific heat at constant pressure divided
by the specific heat at constant volume for the vapor to be com-
pressed (Cp/Cv). Enter a value greater than zero. The default is
1.395.
STAGES=1 Specifies the number of stages of compression with inter-
cooling of the feed back to the unit inlet temperature for each
stage. Enter a value greater than zero. For example, an entry of 2
indicates 2 stages of compression with one inter-cooler. The de-
fault is 1.
UTILITY=ELECTRIC Specifies the compressor drive type. Enter ELECTRIC,
HPSTEAM, MPSTEAM, or LPSTEAM, corresponding to an elec-
tric motor, or high, medium, or low pressure steam (turbines
only). This entry is used to determine the operating costs for the
compressor based on the UTCOST statement The default is
ELECTRIC.
Examples:
OPERATION POUT=175.0,EFFICIENCY=0.70
OPERATION DP=500,STAGES=3,*
EFFICIENCY=90.0
OPERATION DP=90.0,UTILITY=HPSTEAM,*
TSR=37.5
OPERATION POUT=400,EFFICIENCY=0.75,*
UTILITY=ELECTRIC,K=1.43
OPERATION DP=275,EFFICIENCY=83.0,*
STAGES=5,UTILITY=LPSTEAM
OPERATION POUT=1700,EFFICIENCY=0.86,*
STAGES=9 TSR=17.5,*
UTILITY=HPSTEAM
OPERATION POUT=975,UTILITY=ELECTRIC,*
EFFICIENCY=78.0

June 2002 4-315
COST COMPRESSOR UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
ized costing equation (Equation 66.1) to calculate the COMPRESSOR capital costs. If the COST
statement is not used, then capital costs will not be calculated. Operating costs are always
calculated.
where:
CONSTANT= constant cost factor.
LINEAR= linear cost factor.
TOTALSIZE = total size. The basis chosen will depend on the type of equipment to be
costed.
ers/compressors, or compressors/pumps, respectively.
ETERM=BCOST * BSIZE * NTS * (TOTALSIZE/NTS/BSIZE) ** EXPONENT
BCOST=the base cost defined as the cost per unit area, duty, or power.
other exchangers.
Optional entries:
BSIZE=1.0 Specifies the base power unit size used in the generalized cost-
ing equation. Enter a value greater than zero. The default is 1.0
hp (English) or 1.0 kW (metric and SI).
BCOST= Specifies the base cost per power unit for the generalized cost-
ing equation. Units are currency per power unit. Enter a value
greater than or equal to zero. The default is 0.0 USDOLLAR/hp
(English), or 0.0 USDOLLAR/kW (metric and SI).
tion. Units are currency per power unit. Use this keyword when
the compressor cost is a simple function of the power required.
Enter a value greater than or equal to zero. The default is 0.0 US-
DOLLAR/hp (English), or 0.0 USDOLLAR/kW (metric and SI).
4-316 June 2002
sociated with the installation of the compressor (for example,
knock out drums, inter-connect piping and valves). Enter a value
greater than or equal to zero. Valid units are currency units. This
cost is not a function of compressor duty. The default is 0.0
USDOLLAR.

June 2002 4-317
PUMP UNIT
PUMP PUMP UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Mandatory statement. This statement identifies the unit operation as a pump. This statement
must be the first statement for each pump defined in the flowsheet.
These unit operation computes the pressure-volume energy required to modify a stream pres-
sure for a liquid stream.
This unit operation is adiabatic and has only one feed and one product stream. The program
calculates the power required, and using an overall efficiency value, calculates the operating
cost. In addition, capital costs for each unit operation may be calculated if desired. Operating
costs are always calculated.
Mandatory entry:
no default.
Optional entry:
Examples:
PUMP UID=PMP1
PUMP UID=P012,NAME=HOT-CIRC
STREAMS PUMP UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Mandatory statement. This statement identifies the feed or product streams in the pump.
Mandatory entries:
from another unit. FEED and PRODUCT cannot be the same for a
given pump. The FEED entry will be printed out as a label in the
output. There is no default.

4-318 June 2002
to another unit. FEED and PRODUCT cannot be the same for a
given pump. The PRODUCT entry will be printed out as a label in
Examples:
STREAMS FEED=1,PRODUCT=2
STREAMS FEED=AG01,PRODUCT=AG02
OPERATION PUMP UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Optional statement. This statement defines the various pressures and parameters for the
pump.
TRAN to calculate the pressure rise. The standard dimensional
DP=0.0 Specifies the pressure rise. You cannot enter DP and POUT on
REFSTREAM= Specifies the downstream flowsheet stream identifier applicable
to the POUT specification. Enter up to twelve alphanumeric char-
acters. This entry indirectly specifies the pump outlet pressure.
If you specify a DP value, the only valid entry for REFSTREAM is
the PRODUCT entry on the STRMS statement. The default is the
same as the product stream identifier given on the STRMS
statement.
Example:
DIMENSION ENGLISH
UNIT OPERATION
.
.
PUMP UID=CMP1,NAME=BOOSTER
STRMS FEED=A10,PRODUCT=A11
OPERATION POUT=500,*
REFSTRM=A14
.
.
FLASH UID=FLS1,NAME=DEMISTER
STRMS FEED=A14,LIQUID=LQ14,*
VAPOR=VP14
OPERATION DP=0.01

June 2002 4-319
In this example, the product stream from a pump goes through three heat exchangers and
then enters a flash drum. The compressor inlet pressure is 100 psia and the desired flash
drum inlet pressure is 500 psia.
EFFICIENCY=100 Specifies the overall efficiency for both the pump and driver
(e.g., steam turbine, electric motor) combined, expressed as a
percentage or fraction. Enter a value greater than zero. Entries
less than or equal to 1.0 are interpreted as fractions. Entries
greater than 1.0 are interpreted as percentages. The default is
100 percent.
TSR=35.0 Specifies the “Theoretical Steam Rate” for a steam turbine, if
used. Enter a value greater than zero. You cannot use TSR if
UTILITY=ELECTRIC is specified. The default is 35.0 lbm/kwhr
(English), or 15.876 kg/kwhr (metric and SI).
UTILITY=ELECTRIC Specifies the pump drive type. Enter ELECTRIC, HPSTEAM,
MPSTEAM, or LPSTEAM, corresponding to an electric motor, or
high, medium, or low pressure steam (turbines only). This entry
is used to determine the operating costs for the pump based on
the UTCOST statement. The default is ELECTRIC.
COST PUMP UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
ized costing equation (Equation 66.1) to calculate the PUMP capital costs. If the COST state-
ment is not used, then capital costs will not be calculated. There is no default utility cost for
the UTILITY= HEATINGMEDIUM entry. Operating costs will only be calculated if the required
entries are specified on the UTCOST statement.
where:
CONSTANT =c onstant cost factor.
LINEAR =l inear cost factor.
TOTALSIZE =t otal size. The basis chosen will depend on the type of equipment to be
costed.
ers/compressors, or compressors/pumps, respectively.
ETERM=BCOST * BSIZE * NTS * (TOTALSIZE/NTS/BSIZE) ** EXPONENT
BCOST =the base cost defined as the cost per unit area, duty, or power.

4-320 June 2002
other exchangers.
CSTF = stream cost factor. This entry applies only to exchanger costing.
Optional entries:
BSIZE=1.0 Specifies the base power unit size used in the generalized cost-
ing equation. Enter a value greater than zero. The default is 1.0
hp (English) or 1.0 kW (metric and SI).
BCOST= Specifies the base cost per power unit for the generalized cost-
ing equation. Units are currency per power unit. Enter a value
greater than or equal to zero. The default is 0.0 USDOLLAR/hp
(English), or 0.0 USDOLLAR/kW (metric and SI).
tion. Units are currency per power unit. Use this keyword when
the pump cost is a simple function of the power required. Enter
a value greater than or equal to zero. The default is 0.0 USDOL-
LAR/hp (English), or 0.0 USDOLLAR/kW (metric and SI).
sociated with the installation of the compressor (for example,
inter-connect piping and valves). Enter a value greater than or
equal to zero. Valid units are currency units. This cost is not a
function of compressor duty. The default is 0.0 USDOLLAR.
General Examples:
COMPRESSOR UID=CMP1,NAME=HP-100
STRMS FEED=30,PRODUCT=31
OPERATION UTILITY=ELECTRIC,*
EFFICIENCY=74,POUT=575,*
STAGES=6
This example defines an electrically driven compressor with an overall efficiency of 74 percent.
The outlet pressure is 575, and is achieved using six (6) stages of compression. Inter-cooling
between stages reduces the horsepower required.
Capital costs for the compressor are calculated using a linear cost factor of 2.6 currency units
per power unit. Fixed costs for the compressor are 19,500 currency units.
PUMP UID=PO1,NAME=BOOSTER
STRMS FEED=3,PRODUCT=3A
OPERATION UTILITY=LPSTREAM,*
EFFICIENCY=55,TSR=52.0,*
POUT=200,REFSTREAM=3D
This example shows the pressure of fluid stream 3A set to the level required so that the down-
stream pressure of stream 3D is 200. The pump is driven with low pressure steam and has an
overall efficiency of 55 percent. The turbine theoretical steam rate is estimated at 55 lbm/kw-hr.

June 2002 4-321
MULTI-VARIABLE CONTROLLER
MVC MVC UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Mandatory statement. This statement identifies the unit operation as a multivariable controller.
Only one MVC unit operation is allowed in a single HEXTRAN problem. This statement must be
the first statement for an MVC defined in the flowsheet.
This chapter describes the input data required for the MULTIVARIABLE CONTROLLER (MVC)
unit operation. The MVC is an expanded form of the basic feedback controller in which up to
15 conditions may be specified by the simultaneous adjustment of up to 15 operating vari-
ables. The MVC can be used with SIMULATION or CASESTUDY calculations only.
Specifications may be placed on stream temperatures, or individual exchanger duty, or the
sum of several different exchanger duties. Variables are feed stream rates and temperatures,
heat exchanger duties, and the split fractions in simple two-way splitters. The number of
specifications must equal the number of variables.
Mandatory entry:
no default.
Optional entry:
Examples:
MVC UID=MVC1
MVC UID=MVC2,NAME=FEED-SET
SPECIFICA- MVC UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input

TION
Mandatory statement. This statement defines the specifications for the MVC unit operation.
You must enter at least one SPECIFICATION statement per MVC. Up to 15 specification state-
ments may be included for a single MVC unit. You must enter an equal number of SPECIFICA-
TION and VARIABLE statements for the MVC.
Optional entries:
STRM= Identifies the stream whose temperature is to be set to a given
value. Enter up to twelve alphanumeric characters. This entry
must be unique to all other stream indentifiers given on SPECI-
FICATION statements for the MVC. There is no default.

4-322 June 2002
TEMPERATURE=.01 Defines the value of the stream temperature specification and
the absolute tolerance on the specification. Enter values for both
the specification and tolerance. The default is 01 F (English),
.006 C (metric), or .006 K (SI).
UNIT= Identifies an exchanger or list of exchangers whose DUTY is
specified. Enter a single UID, or a list of UIDs, whose duties add
up (sum) to the value specified on the DUTY keyword. Multiple
entries must be separated by commas. There is no default.
DUTY=.005 Specifies the duty of the individual UNIT, or the multiple UNIT
duty sum, and the relative tolerance on the specification. Duty is
specified in millions of energy units per unit time, and tolerance
is specified as an absolute fraction. Enter positive values for
both the duty specification and tolerance. The default tolerance
is.005 MMBtu/hr (English), .005 MMkcal/hr (metric), or .005
MMkJ/hr (SI).
Examples:
SPECIFICATION STREAM=10,*
TEMPERATURE=200,0.1
SPECIFICATION UNIT=STE2,*
DUTY=10.75,0.005
VARIABLE MVC UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Mandatory statement. This statement defines the variables for the MVC unit operation. You
must enter at least one VARIABLE statement per MVC. Up to 15 VARIABLE statements may be
included for a single MVC unit. You must enter an equal number of VARIABLE and SPECIFICA-
TION statements for the MVC.
Optional entries:
STRM= Identifies the stream whose temperature is to be set to a given
value. Enter up to twelve alphanumeric characters. This entry
must be unique to all other stream indentifiers given on SPECI-
FICATION statements for the MVC. There is no default.
FRACTION= Indicates that the split fraction for the specified STRM in a two-
way splitter is to be varied. Enter positive values for both the
minimum and maximum split fraction. You can only use the
FRACTION entry for splitters with two product streams. You
must identify the splitter on the UNIT entry. There are no
defaults.
RATE= Specifies the minimum and maximum values for the designated
feed stream flow rate in weight units per unit time. Enter positive
values for both the minimum and maximum rates. You can only
use RATE for feed streams. There are no defaults.
TEMPERATURE= Specifies the minimum and maximum temperature values for
the designated feed stream. Enter values for both the minimum

June 2002 4-323
and maximum temperatures. Units are F (English), C (metric), K
(SI). There are no defaults.
UNIT= Identifies a shell-and-tube exchanger, shortcut exchanger,
heater, cooler, or fired heaters whose duty is to be varied, or the
two-way splitter whose stream split fraction is to be varied. En-
ter a UID. Only two-way splitters can have their stream split
fractions used as a variable. To be used as a variable, the desig-
nated unit must have its duty specified initially in the input data,
or be a two-way splitter. There is no default.
DUTY= Specifies the minimum and maximum duty value for the desig-
nated unit. Enter positive values for both the minimum and
maximum duties. Units are MMBtu/hr (English), MMkcal/hr
(metric), or MMkJ/hr (SI). There are no defaults.
Figure 4-28: MVC Example
Naptha
Pumparound
21 MVC Example
21 MM
HE-02 BTU/Hr
5
ATM-BTMS
36
22 HE-06
Naptha 19 42
Product 11 13
3
HE-01 39
HE-03 MX-01
14
Crude 1 2 4 7 350 F
SP-01 SP-02 MX-02
41
10 12
20
8 9 HE-05
HE-04
40
Examples:
VARIABLE STREAM=3,RATE=10000,40000
VARIABLE UNIT=HX01,DUTY=10,20

4-324 June 2002
PARAMETER MVC UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input
Optional statement. This statement specifies the control options for the MVC unit.
Optional entries:
ITER= Specifies the maximum number of MVC iterations that will be at-
tempted in order to solve a problem. The default is the number
of controller variables, multiplied by five, or10, whichever is
larger.
SUMSQ= Defines the minimum target sum of squares error for the MVC
calculations. At each iteration, a function is generated which is
the sum of the squares of the differences between the calculated
and specified temperature values, plus the sum of the squares of
the relative differences in the duty specifications. Each term in
the summation is multiplied by the ratio of the default to the
given tolerance for that particular specification.
Giving a tolerance on a specification that is lower than the de-
fault has the effect of weighting the error on that specification
relative to those specifications that are using default tolerances.
Convergence is achieved when this weighted function value is
reduced below the SUMSQ value. If no entry is made, SUMSQ
defaults to the sum of the squares of the default tolerances on
each specification.
NOPRINT Suppresses intermediate printout from the controller. The final
solution will always be printed. The use of this keyword is not
recommended when first attempting a run with the MVC. The
extra information generated during the solution will be useful in
the event that satisfactory convergence is not achieved.

June 2002 4-325

4-326 June 2002
Chapter 5
Technical Reference
General Information
HEXTRAN contains a number of rigorous heat exchanger models:
■ Shell-and-tube heat exchangers of all types, including Kettle reboilers
and condensers.
■ Double-pipe heat exchangers.
■ Multi-tube heat exchangers.
■ Ai-rcoolers.
■ Finned-tube exchangers.
■ Heat exchangers with rod baffle design.
■ Plate-and-frame heat exchangers.
For all heat exchanger models, the following basic design equation holds:
δ q = U o ∆T δA (1)
where:
q = heat transferred in elemental length of exchanger dz
Uo = overall heat transfer coefficient
T= overall bulk temperature difference between the two
streams
A= element of surface area in exchanger length dz
Once an appropriate mean heat-transfer coefficient, and temperature
difference is defined, equation (1) may be rewritten for the entire exchanger
as follows:
Q = U A ∆T
om o m = H out − H in (2)
where:
Q= total exchanger heat duty
Uom = overall mean heat-transfer coefficient
Ao = total exchanger area
Tm = mean temperature difference
HEXTRAN Keyword Manual Chapter 5, Technical Reference

June 2002 5-1
Figure 5-1: Countercurrent and Cocurrent Flows
For countercurrent or cocurrent flows as shown in Figure 6-1, the

appropriate expression for the mean temperature difference is the
logarithmic mean, i.e.:
For countercurrent flows,
∆T = LMTD =
(T − T ) − (T
1
in
2
out
1
out − Tin2 ) (3)
Tin1 − Tout
lm 2

ln  1 2 
Tout − Tin 
For cocurrent flows,
∆Tlm = LMTD =
(T − T ) − (T
1
in
2
in
1
out − Tout
2
) (4)
 T −T in
1 2
in

ln  
T − T
1 2
out out 
where:
Tlm = LMTD = logarithmic mean temperature difference
superscript 1 denotes one side of the heat exchanger
superscript 2 denotes the other side of the heat exchanger
Chapter 5, Technical Reference HEXTRAN Keyword Manual
5-2 June 2002
In actual fact, the flows are not generally ideally countercurrent or
cocurrent. The flow patterns are usually mixed as a result of flow reversals
(e.g., in exchangers with more than one tube or shell pass), bypassed
streams, or streams which are not well mixed. F-factors have been derived
by Bowman et al. to account for these non-ideal flow patterns and are used
to correct equations (3) and (4). For multipass heat exchangers, where the
ratio of shell passes to tube passes given is not 1:2 (e.g., for a 2 shell- and 6
tubepass exchanger), the F-factors actually used are those computed for
exchangers with the ratio of one shell to two tubepasses (i.e., for 2 shell-
and 4 tubepasses).
Pipes
HEXTRAN contains calculations for single liquid or gas phase or mixed
phase pressure drops in pipes. The PIPE unit operation uses transport
properties such as vapor and/or liquid densities for single-phase flow, and
surface tension for vapor-liquid flow. The transport property data needed
for these calculations are obtained from a number of transport calculation
methods available in HEXTRAN. These include the PURE and PETRO
methods for viscosities. Table 5-1 shows the thermodynamic methods
which may be used to generate viscosity and surface tension data.
Table 5-1: Thermodynamic Generators for Viscosity and

Surface Tension
Viscosity Surface Tension
PURE (V & L) PURE
PETRO (V & L) PETRO
TRAPP (V & L)
API (L)
SIMSCI (L)
KVIS (L)
Basic Calculations
An energy balance taken around a steady-state single-phase fluid flow
system results in a pressure drop equation of the form:
( dP dL )t = ( dP dL )f + ( dP dL )3 + ( dP dL ) ace (5)
total friction elevation acceleration

June 2002 5-3
The pressure drop consists of a sum of three terms:
■ the reversible conversion of pressure energy into a change in elevation
of the fluid,
■ the reversible conversion of pressure energy into a change in fluid
acceleration, and
■ the irreversible conversion of pressure energy into friction loss.
The individual pressure terms are given by:
(dp dL / )f = fρv 2 gd/ 2 c (6)
(dL dL / )e = gρ φ g
sin / c (7)
( dP dL
/ ) acc = ρv g dν dL
/ c / (8)
where:
l and g refer to the liquid and gas phases
P= the pressure in the pipe
L= the total length of the pipe
d= the diameter of the pipe
f= friction factor
ρ= fluid density
v= fluid velocity
gc = acceleration due to standard earth gravity
g= acceleration due to gravity
φ= angle of inclination
(dP/dL)t = total pressure gradient
(dP/dL)f = friction pressure gradient
(dP/dL)e = elevation pressure gradient
(dP/dL)acc = acceleration pressure gradient
For two-phase flow, the density, velocity, and friction factor are often
different in each phase. If the gas and liquid phases move at the same
velocity, then the "no slip" condition applies. Generally, however, the
no-slip condition will not hold, and the mixture velocity, vm, is computed
from the sum of the phase superficial velocities:

5-4 June 2002
v m = vsl + vgl (9)
where:
vsl = superficial liquid velocity = volumetric liquid flowrate/
cross sectional area of pipe
vgl = superficial gas velocity = volumetric gas flowrate/cross
sectional area of pipe
Equations (6), (7), and (8) are therefore rewritten to account for these phase
property differences:
dP dL = f ρ v g d
( / )f tp tp
2
tp / 2 c (10)
dP dL = gρ
( φ g
/ )e tp sin / c (11)
( dP dL = ρ v g dv dL
/ ) acc tp tp / c( tp / ) (12)
where:
ρtp = fluid density = ρlHL+ρgHg
HL,Hg = liquid and gas holdup terms subsript tp refers to the two
phases
Pressure Drop Correlations
Beggs-Brill-Moody (BBM)
For the pressure drop elevation term, the friction factor, f, is computed from
the relationship:
f f
/ n = f tp / f n = exp( s ) (13)
The exponent s is given by:

s= y / ( −0.0523 + 3182
. y − 0.8725 y 2 + 0.01853 y 4 ) (14)
s= ln( 2.2 e y
− 12
. ), 1 < e y < 12
. (15)
y= ln( λL / H 2
L ) (16)
where:
fn = friction factor obtained from the moody diagram for a
smooth pipe
λL = no-slip liquid holdup = vsl/(vsl + vsg)
vsl = superficial liquid velocity
vsg = superficial gas velocity

June 2002 5-5
The liquid holdup term, HL, is computed using the following correlations:
H L0 = ( aλbΛ / N c
Fr ) (17)
HL = HL0, when =0 (18)
HL = HL0 , when
Ψ = 1+ (1− λ L ) ln (dλ N N ){
e
L
f
Lv
g
Fr sin(18
. )φ − 0.333sin 3 (18 }
. φ)
where:
NFr = Froude number
NLV = liquid vwlocity number
a, b, c, d, e, f, g = constants
The BBM method calculates the elevation and acceleration pressure drop
terms using the relationship given in equations (7) and (8) (or equations
(11) amd (12) for two-phase flow).
Rigorous Heat Exchanger

HEXTRAN contains a shell-and-tube heat exchanger module which will
rigorously rate most standard heat exchangers defined by the Tubular
Exchanger Manufacturers Association (TEMA). Shell-and-tubeside heat
transfer coefficients, pressure drops, and fouling factors are calculated. The
TEMA types available in HEXTRAN are given in Figure 5-4.
Heat Transfer Correlations
Shellside
The Bell-Delaware method is used to compute the heat transfer coefficient
on the shellside for single-phase conditions. The method accounts for the
effect of leakage streams in the shellside. The shellside heat transfer
coefficient is given by:
h=h ideal J J J J J
c l b s r (19)
where:
h= average shellside heat transfer coefficient
hideal = shellside heat transfer coefficient for an ideal tube bank
Jc = correction factor for baffle cut and spacing
Jl = correction factor for baffle-leakage effects
Jb = correction factor for bundle bypass flow effects
Js = correction factor for inlet and outlet baffle spacing
Jr = correction factor for adverse temperature-gradient build-up
5-6 June 2002
The correction factor, Jc, is a function of the fraction of the total tubes in
the crossflow; Jl is a function of the tube-to-baffle leakage area, and the
shell-to-baffle leakage area; Jb is a function of the fraction of crossflow
area available for bypass flow and the Reynolds number; Js is a function of
the baffle spacing; Jr is a function of the number of baffles. The Bell
method is used to compute these correction factors.
The heat transfer coefficient for an ideal tube bank, hideal, is obtained from
the following relationships:
N =
0.037 N N 0. 8
G Pr (20)
N (N )
Nu ( tur)
−0. 1 2 3
1 + 2.443 ReG Pr −1
N Nu ( lam) = 0.664N ReG

0. 5
N 1 3
Pr
(21)
N (N + N Nu )
0. 5
Nu ( bund) = 0.3 + 2
Nu ( lam)
2
( tur)
(22)
N k
h =
Nu ( bund) (23)
ideal
L
where:
WL
NReG = Reynolds number as defined by Gnielinski =
ε. D 5 l>µ >
cµ >
NPr = Prandlt number =
k
W= total mass flow rate in shellside
c= specific heat of fluid
εF = shell void fraction
Ds = shell inside diameter
lb = baffle spacing
µb = fluid viscosity at bulk temperature
NNu = Nusselt number
k= thermal conductivity of shellside fluid
L= effective length of shell
subscripts tur, and lam refer to the turbulent and laminar flow
regimes, and bund refers to the tube bundle.
Alternatively, the user may supply the shellside heat transfer coefficient directly.

June 2002 5-7
Tubeside
For turbulent flow in circular tubes, the tubeside heat transfer coefficient is
obtained from the Sieder-Tate equation:
hL =
0. 14
µ w  (24)
N = N N 0. 8 1 3
 
k
Nu 0.023 Re Pr
µ b 
where:
µw = fluid viscosity at the wall temperature
The above relationship holds for the following flow regimes:
N
4A >10000
0.7 < N 2H < 700
L>
D 60
where:
NNu = Nusselt number
DW
NRe = Reynolds number =
AJ µ >
NPr = Prandlt number
L= tube length
D= effective tube diameter
W= total mass flow rate in tubeside
At = cross sectional tube area
For laminar flow regimes, NRe < 2000, a different relationship is used for
the heat transfer coefficient, depending on the value of the Graetz number.
The Graetz number, NGz, is defined as:
D 
N Gz = N Re N Pr  L 
(25)
For NGz < 100, a relationship first developed by Hausen is used:
N = 3.66 +
0.085 N Gz
µ b 
0. 14
(26)
Nu  
1 + 0.047 N 2 3
Gz
µ w 
For NGz > 100, the Sieder-Tate relationship is used:

0. 14
µ b  (27)
N Nu = 186
. N Gz 1 3
 
µ 2 

5-8 June 2002
For transition flow regimes where 2000 < NRe < 10000, the tubeside film
coefficient is obtained by interpolation between those values calculated for
the laminar and turbulent flow regimes:
h =
( h turb − hlam ) ( N Re − 2000)
+ hlam
(28)
trans
8000
where:
htrans = heat transfer film coefficient for the transition regime
hturb = heat transfer film coefficient for the turbulent flow regime
hlam = heat transfer film coefficient for the laminar flow regime
The user may also supply the film coefficients directly.
Pressure Drop Correlations
Shellside
The shellside pressure drop may be determined by one of two methods; the
Bell-Delaware method, or the stream analysis method (default). The
Bell-Delaware method uses the following procedure.
First, the pressure drop for an ideal window section is calculated using the
following correlations:
For NRe < 100,
µ bW  N cw l  W 2
(29)
∆Pwi =
26
 + b
+
g c (S m S w ) ρ  p′ − Do
0. 5
D 2
w

 g S S
c( m w )
0. 5
ρ
For NRe > 100,
∆Pwi =
W 2
(2+ 0.6Tcw ) (30)
2g c S m S w ρ

June 2002 5-9
The pressure drop for an ideal crossflow section is then calculated:
∆Pbi =
4 fW Nk
2
c
µ w 
0. 14
(31)
 
ρg S
2 c
2
m µ b 
where:
fk = the friction factor for the ideal tube bank calculated at the
shellside Reynolds number
gc = gravitational force conversion factor = 4.18 x 108
lbm-ft/lbf-hr
Nc = number of tubes in one crossflow section
Ncw = number of crossflow rows in each window
Sm = minimum cross sectional area between rows of tubes for
flow normal to tube direction
Sw = cross sectional area of flow through window
Do = outside exchanger diameter
Dw = equivalent diameter of a window
p = tube pitch, center-to-center spacing of tubes in tube bundle
ρ= fluid density
The actual shellside pressure drop is obtained by accounting for the effects
of bypasses and leakages, and is given by:
∆Ps = [( N b − 1) ∆Pbi R 
+ N b ∆ Pwi ]R l + 2∆ Pbi R B R s  1 +
Ncw


(14)
b
 N c 
where:
∆Ps = actual shellside pressure drop
Nb = number of segmental baffles
Rb = bundle bypass flow correction factor
Rl = baffle leakage effects correction factor
Rs = correction factor for unequal baffle spacing effects

5-10 June 2002
The stream analysis method, as presented in 1984 by Willis and Johnson, is an
iterative, analytical method. At each iteration the crossflow resistance, Rc, the
window flow resistance, Rw, the tube to baffle resistance, Rt-b, the shell to
baffle resistance, Rs-b, the leakage resistance, Rl, the flowrate through the
windowed area, Ww, the crossflow pressure drop, ∆Pc, the window pressure
drop, ∆Pw, and the crossflow fraction, Fc are calculated as follows:
R c = function D tube bank layout ρ S
( c, , , c ) (33)


S  0.6856 w (34)
S
19
. exp

 
R = m
ρS
w 2
2 w
R t−b = func tube − to − baffle clearance tube − to − baffle leakage area ρ µ

( , , , ) (35)
(36)
R s −b = func shell − to − baffle clearance shell − to − baffle leakage area ρ µ
( , , , )
R = func (R R )
l t−b , s −b (37)
W = W (38)
w
R + R 
0. 5
+ 
w c
 R
1
 l
∆Pc = R c Ww2 (39)
∆Pw = R w Ww2 (40)
∆Pc R 0. 5
(41)
F
( c )
=
c
W
where:
Sc = crossflow area
Dc = crossflow equivalent diameter
Iterations are stopped once the value of Fc meets the following criterion:
( Fc ,iter − Fc ,iter − 1 ) (42)
 <
Fc ,iter
0.01
 

June 2002 5-11
The shellside end space pressure drops at the inlet and outlet of the
exchanger, ∆Ps,in, and ∆Ps,out, and the actual shellside pressure drop, ∆Pss,
are then calculated using the equations:
∆Ps ,in = R s ,in Win2 (43)
R s ,in = function R l S S
( c, b , m, w, ρ) (44)
∆Ps ,out = R s ,out Wout

2 (45)
R
function R l S S
s ,in = ( c, b , m, 2, ρ) (46)
∆P + N − ∆P + ∆P + ∆Ps ,out
∆P = s ,in ( b 1) ( c w ) (47)
ss
g c
where:
∆Ps,in = mean shellside end space pressure drop at exchanger inlet
∆Ps,out = mean shellside end space pressure drop at exchanger outlet
Rs,in = end space resistance at exchanger inlet
Rs,out = end space resistance at exchanger outlet
= denotes an average
Tubeside
The tubeside pressure drop, ∆Pts, is calculated as the sum of the pressure
drops in the tubes plus the pressure drops in the return bends:
∆Pt =
FG Ln 2
t (48)
x DS
4.35 10
9
i p µc
∆Pr =
nG
2
2
t (49)
x S
( 2.741 10
6
p )
2
∆Pts = ∆Pt + ∆Pr (50)

5-12 June 2002
where:
∆Pt = pressure drop in tubes
∆Pr = pressure drop in return tubes
∆Pts = total pressure drop in the tubeside
µc = fluid viscosity factor
F= friction factor
Gt = mass flux
L= tube length
n= number of tube passes
Di = tube inner diameter
Sp = specific gravity of fluid
The friction factor, F, and viscosity factor, µc are computed using different
correlations for each flow regime:
For turbulent flows, NRe > 2800,
0. 14
µ  (51)
µc = b 
µ 2 
log 10 F =− 0.2643 log 10 N Re − 2.5103 (52)
For laminar flows, NRe < 2100,

0. 25
µ  (53)
µc = b 
µ 2 
log 10 F =− 0.9952 log 10 N Re − 0.31537 (54)
For transition flow regimes, 2100 < NRe < 2800, F and µc are obtained by
interpolation between the laminar and turbulent values:
(µ c ,tur − µ c ,lam) ( N Re − 2100) (55)
µc = + µ c ,lam
700
F= F ( tur − Flam ) ( N Re − 2100)

+ Flam
(56)
700
Fouling Factors
In most exchanger applications, the resistance to heat transfer increases
with use as a result of scaling caused by crystallization or deposition of fine
material. These factors may or may not increase the pressure drop in the
exchanger. For both the tubeside and shellside, the user may input separate

June 2002 5-13
factors to account for thermal and pressure drop resistances due to
exchanger fouling.
Thermal fouling resistances cannot be calculated analytically. Tables for
thermal heat transfer coefficients (the inverse of thermal resistances) for a
number of common industrial applications may be obtained from standard
references on heat exchangers such as Perry’s handbook, or the book by Kern.
HEXTRAN also allows the user to account for the effect of fouling on
pressure drop by inputting a thickness of fouling layer.
References
1. Perry, R. H., and Chilton, C. H., 1984, Chemical Engineers Handbook,
6th Ed.
2. Kern, 1950, Process Heat Transfer, McGraw-Hill, N.Y.
3. Gnielinski, V., 1979, Int. Chem. Eng., 19(3), 380-400.
4. Willis, M. J. N., and Johnston, D., 1984, A New and Accurate Hand
Calculation Method for Shellside Pressure Drop and Flow Distribution,
paper presented at the 22nd Heat Transfer Conference, Niagara Falls,
N.Y.

5-14 June 2002
Index
A HX 4-295
ACE HX TYPE 4-295
design process 4-243 LIMITS statement 4-77, 4-84, 4-92,
plan views 4-242 4-104, 4-124
specifications 3-18 MTE 4-218
statement 4-159 OUTDIMENSION statement 4-15
ACE2 PARAMETER statement 4-130
ACE 4-255 PHE 4-257
FTE 4-241 PHE TYPE 4-257
Acentric factor 4-26 PLATE, PHE 4-261
ACOOLING, PLOT keyword 4-136 RBE 4-196
ADD SNOZZLE
building an input file 3-25 RBE 4-202
OUTDIMENSION statement 4-17 STE 4-188
ADEW 4-70 STE 4-167
AEFACTOR 4-261 STE TYPE 4-168
AHEATING, PLOT keyword 4-136 ARRANGEMENTS statement, PHE 4-264
AIRSIDE statement, ACE 4-249 Assay
ALL curve 3-6
PLOT statement 4-144 data
PRINT statement 4-17, 4-79, 4-86, 4-94, API gravity 4-26
4-107, 4-116, 4-126, 4-137 characterization 4-24
ALPHA, PARAMETER statement 4-135 cutpoints 4-26
ANNUAL, PLOT keyword 4-136 molecular weight 4-24
Annualized network costing equation 4-139 specific gravity 4-24
Annular nozzle design 4-189 stream 4-44
APC, PLATE, PHE 4-262 Asterisk character 4-5
API ATOTAL, PLOT keyword 4-136
petroleum stream 4-56 AUTILITIES, PLOT keyword 4-136
statement, component data 4-26 AVERAGE
statement, stream data 4-50 API statement 4-50
APROCESS MW statement 4-51
PLOT keyword 4-136 SPGR statement 4-50
SPEC statement 4-134 WATSONK statement 4-51
Aqueous dewpoint 4-70 Average property value
AREA assay stream 4-45
ACE 4-244 petroleum stream 4-56
ACE TYPE 4-244 pure component stream 4-42
DIMENSION statement 4-10 supplying 4-63
DPE 4-207
FINS
B
Baffle
ACE 4-248
building an input file 3-28
DPE 4-210
cut
FTE 4-235
definitions 4-184
MTE 4-222
NFAR equivalents 4-185
STE 4-174
segmental types 4-182
FTE 4-231
spacing 4-186
FTE TYPE 4-231
statement
RBE 4-201
HEXTRAN Input Manual Index
June 2002 I-1
STE 4-181 pump 4-321
thickness values 4-187 RBE 4-204
BANK, LIBID statement 4-23 STE 4-161, 4-193
Base area utility stream 4-60
See BSIZE Bubble
Base cost external property data types 4-70
See BCOST point 4-70
BCOST Building an input file
ACE 4-254 calculation type section 3-27
compressor 4-316 component data section 3-26
cooler 4-308 general data category 3-25
DPE 4-215 internal property data section 3-27
fired heater 4-311 stream data section 3-26
FTE 4-240 thermodynamic data section 3-26
heater 4-304 unit operations data section 3-28
HX 4-299 Bundle orientation, STE 4-167
HXCOST statement BWG
flowsheet calculation 4-81, 4-88, 4-96, ACE 4-245
4-109, 4-118, 4-128 DPE 4-208
synthesis calculation 4-145 FTE 4-232
targeting calculation 4-138 MTE 4-219
MTE 4-227 RBE 4-197
PHE 4-270 STE 4-171
pump 4-321 BWRS statement 4-36
RBE 4-204
STE 4-161, 4-193 C
utility stream 4-60 C1-C10, PLOT statement 4-145
Beggs-Brill-Moody method 4-276 Calculation
BETA, PLATE, PHE 4-261 building an input file
Binary interaction parameters, user-supplied 4-30 statement 3-25
BLEND type section 3-27
assay stream 4-44 methods
changes to 1-4 thermodynamic property 4-34
BOND transport properties 4-35
ACE 4-249 options
FTE 4-235 water property 4-36
BRINE, DESALTER STRMS 4-286 water solubility 4-36
BSIZE statement
ACE 4-254 ACE 4-253
compressor 4-316 DPE 4-213
cooler 4-308 flowsheet calculation 4-78, 4-85, 4-93,
DPE 4-215 4-106, 4-115, 4-125
fired heater 4-311 FTE 4-239
FTE 4-240 general data section 4-19
heater 4-304 HX 4-298
HX 4-299 MTE 4-224
HXCOST statement PHE 4-267
flowsheet calculation 4-81, 4-88, 4-96, RBE 4-202
4-109, 4-118, 4-128 STE 4-191
synthesis calculation 4-145 CASE statement, flowsheet calculation 4-82
targeting calculation 4-138 CASES, PRINT statement 4-137
MTE 4-227 Categories of input
PHE 4-270 component data 4-21
external property data 4-67
Index HEXTRAN Input Manual
I-2 June 2002
flowsheet calculation 4-75 library 4-23
general data 4-7 non-library 4-22
internal property data 4-64 petroleum pseudocomponents 4-24
stream data 4-38 solid 4-22
synthesis 4-141 synthetic fuel 4-22
thermodynamic data 4-30 temperature-dependent properties 4-27
unit operations 4-148 COMPOSITE, PRINT statement 4-137
CCOOLING, PLOT keyword 4-136 COMPOSITION
CFRACTION, external property data types 4-70 LIGHTENDS statement 4-52
Characterization methods 4-25 pure component stream 4-41
CHARACTERIZE, ASSAY statement 4-24 Compressor
CHEATING, PLOT keyword 4-136 COST statement 4-316
Chevron angle, definition 4-263 OPERATION statement 4-314
CHNUMBER specifications 3-21
FPLATE 4-265 statement 4-313
JPLATE 4-266 STREAMS statement 4-313
Cleaning casestudy CONDUCTIVITY
calculation 3-11 DIMENSION statement 4-10
overview 4-101 FINS
PROPERTY statement 4-76, 4-91, 4-104, ACE 4-248
4-113, 4-123 DPE 4-210
CLEARANCE FTE 4-235
BAFFLE, RBE 4-201 MTE 4-221
SNOZZLE METHOD statement 4-33
RBE 4-202 OUTDIMENSION statement 4-15
STE 4-189 PLATE, PHE 4-262
CNOZZLE statement, PHE 4-267 statement 4-28
COCI TUBESIDE
ACE 4-253 ACE 4-246
DPE 4-214 DPE 4-209
FTE 4-239 FTE 4-233
MTE 4-225 MTE 4-220
PHE 4-268 RBE 4-198
RBE 4-203 STE 4-173
STE 4-192 CONST
Cocurrent flows 5-2 FPLATE 4-265
COLD JPLATE 4-266
DPE 4-214 CONSTANT
FTE 4-238 ACE 4-254
MTE 4-225 compressor 4-317
PHE 4-268 cooler 4-308
PLOT statement 4-144 DPE 4-216
RBE 4-203 fired heater 4-312
STE 4-192 FTE 4-240
COLDSIDE statement, PHE 4-259 heater 4-304
Comments 4-3 HX 4-299
Compatibility with prior versions 1-3 HXCOST statement
Component data flowsheet calculation 4-81, 4-89, 4-97,
building an input file 3-26 4-109, 4-118, 4-128
category of input 4-21 synthesis calculation 4-146
targeting calculation 4-138
Components MTE 4-227
fixed properties 4-26 PHE 4-270

June 2002 I-3
pump 4-321 D
RBE 4-204 D1160 statement 4-47
STE 4-161, 4-193 D2887 statement 4-48
utility stream 4-60 D86 statement 4-46
CONSTRAINT statement 4-82, 4-119, 4-129 DATA
Continuing a statement 4-5 API 4-50
CONVERSION, ASSAY statement 4-24 D1160 4-48
COOLER statement 4-305 D2887 4-48
Cooling utility duty 4-133 D86 4-46
CORRELATION 4-28 MW 4-51
COST statement SPGR 4-50
ACE 4-254 statement
compressor 4-316 component data section 4-29
cooler 4-307 external property data 4-68
DPE 4-215 TBP 4-47
fired heater 4-311 WATSONK 4-51
FTE 4-240 Databank order 4-23
heater 4-303 DATE
HX 4-299 building an input file 3-25
MTE 4-227 entry 4-8
PHE 4-270 DAYS, ECONOMICS statement
pump 4-320 flowsheet calculation 4-80, 4-87, 4-95,
RBE 4-204 4-108, 4-117, 4-127
STE 4-193 synthesis calculation 4-146
utility stream 4-60 targeting calculation 4-139
Countercurrent flows 5-2 DECANT, WATER statement 4-35
CP statement 4-28 Decanter
CPASS, ARRANGEMENTS, PHE 4-264 specifications 3-20
CPROCESS, PLOT keyword 4-136 statement 4-288
CRACKING, D86 statement 4-46 Default
Critical METHOD statement 4-33
compressibility 4-26 values 4-3
pressure 4-27 DELTA, PARAMETER statement 4-135
temperature 4-27 DEMAT, network synthesis 4-63
volume 4-27 Density
CSCALER DIMENSION statement 4-10
external property data types 4-70 liquid 4-22
network synthesis 4-62 METHOD statement 4-32
synthesis calculation 4-147 OUTDIMENSION statement 4-15
CST3, STE 4-190 SHELLSIDE
CTOTAL, PLOT keyword 4-136 DPE 4-211
CURRENCY, ECONOMICS statement MTE 4-223
flowsheet calcuation 4-80, 4-87, 4-95, RBE 4-200
4-108, 4-117, 4-127 STE 4-179
synthesis calculation 4-146 standard 4-27
targeting calculation 4-139 statement, component data section 4-28
Curve fitting procedure 4-24 TUBESIDE
Cut DPE 4-209
dual design limits 4-185 MTE 4-220
STE BAFFLE 4-182 RBE 4-198
CUTILITIES, PLOT keyword 4-136 STE 4-173
CUTPOINTS statement 4-26
Desalter

I-4 June 2002
specifications 3-20 FTE 4-234
statement 4-285 MTE 4-221
DESCRIPTION statement RBE 4-199
building an input file 3-25 STE 4-174
general data section 4-9 DPSHELL
Descriptive text, general data section 4-7 SHELLSIDE
DEWP, external property data types 4-70 DPE 4-212
Dewpoint 4-70 HX 4-297
DHRAT, network synthesis 4-62 MTE 4-223
DIAMETER, ACE FAN 4-251 RBE 4-200
DIMENSION STE 4-180
buildiing an input file 3-25 TUBESIDE
statement 4-9 ACE 4-247
Dimensional units DPE 4-210
allowable 4-13 FTE 4-234
external property data 4-72 HX 4-296
standard 4-12 MTE 4-221
Dimensions, radial low-fin tubes 4-176 RBE 4-199
Dipole moment 4-22 STE 4-173
Distillation data, stream data section 4-46 DPSMAX, CONSTRAINT statement 4-120
DP DPSMETHOD
compressor 4-314 MTE CALCULATION 4-224
cooler 4-307 STE CALCULATION 4-191
decanter 4-290 DPTMAX, CONSTRAINT statement 4-120
desalter 4-286 DPUNIT
fired heater 4-310 AIRSIDE, ACE 4-250
flash drum 4-292 DUCTSIDE, FTE 4-237
heater 4-302 SHELLSIDE
PGEN statement 4-65 DPE 4-212
pipe 4-281 HX 4-297
pump 4-319 MTE 4-223
valve 4-284 RBE 4-200
DPE STE 4-180
illustration 4-206 TUBESIDE
specifications 3-16 ACE 4-247
statement 4-159 DPE 4-210
DPFRAME FTE 4-234
COLDSIDE 4-259 HX 4-296
HOTSIDE 4-258 MTE 4-221
DPORT, PACK, PHE 4-260 RBE 4-199
DPSCALER STE 4-173
AIRSIDE, ACE 4-250 DRAFT, FAN, ACE 4-251
COLDSIDE, PHE 4-260 DT
DUCTSIDE, FTE 4-237 cooler 4-306
HOTSIDE, PHE 4-258 decanter 4-289
SHELLSIDE desalter 4-286
DPE 4-212 fired heater 4-310
MTE 4-223 heater 4-302
RBE 4-200 PGEN statement 4-65
STE 4-180 DTUTILITY, cooler 4-306
TUBESIDE Dual design limits 4-169
ACE 4-247 DUCT, FTE SPECIFICATION 4-238
DPE 4-210 DUCTSIDE statement, FTE 4-236

June 2002 I-5
DUTY OUTDIMENSION statement 4-15
ACE 4-253 ENTHALPY
cooler 4-306 external property data types 4-70
DPE 4-214 METHOD statement 4-32
external property data types 4-70 statement 4-28
fired heater 4-310 EQLENGTH
flowsheet calculation PIPE FITTINGS 4-280
specification 4-97 PIPE LINE 4-278
variable 4-100 Equation of state
FTE 4-239 BWRS 4-36
heater 4-302 LKP 4-36
HX 4-298 Peng-Robinson 4-36
MTE 4-225 Soave-Redlich-Kwong 4-36
MVC Exchanger Minimum Approach Temperature
specification 4-323 See EMAT
variable 4-324 EXCHANGERATE, ECONOMICS statement
PHE 4-268 flowsheet calculation 4-80, 4-87, 4-95,
PRINT statement 4-137 4-108, 4-117, 4-127
RBE 4-203 synthesis calculation 4-146
STE 4-192 targeting calculation 4-139
utility stream 4-61 EXPFAC 4-29
EXPON
E FPLATE 4-265
ECONOMICS JPLATE 4-266
building an input file 3-27 EXPONENT
PRINT statement 4-79, 4-86, 4-94, ACE 4-254
4-107, 4-116, 4-126 compressor 4-316
statement cooler 4-308
flowsheet calculation 4-80, 4-87, 4-95, DPE 4-215
4-108, 4-117, 4-127 fired heater 4-312
synthesis calculation 4-146 FTE 4-240
targeting calculation 4-139 heater 4-304
Effective length of a U-tube bundle 4-171 HX 4-299
EFFICIENCY HXCOST statement
compressor 4-315 flowsheet calculation 4-81, 4-89, 4-97,
FAN, ACE 4-251 4-109, 4-118, 4-129
FINS synthesis calculation 4-145
ACE 4-248 targeting calculation 4-138
DPE 4-211 MTE 4-227
FTE 4-235 PARAMETER statement 4-135
MTE 4-222 PHE 4-270
STE 4-174 pump 4-321
fired heater 4-310 RBE 4-204
pump 4-320 STE 4-161, 4-193
ELECTRICITY, UTCOST statement 4-80, 4-88, utility stream 4-60
4-96, 4-108, 4-117, 4-128 Exponential area efficiency factor 4-135
ELEVATION, PIPE LINE 4-279 EXTENDED, PRINT
EMAT. SPEC statement 4-143 ACE 4-254
End point temperatures 4-25 DPE 4-215
ENERGY FTE 4-240
DIMENSION statement 4-10 MTE 4-226
OUTDIMENSION statement 4-15 PHE 4-269
ENGLISH RBE 4-204
DIMENSION statement 4-9
I-6 June 2002
statement 4-79, 4-87, 4-95, 4-107, 4-116, coefficient 4-60
4-127 DIMENSION statement 4-10
STE 4-193 external property data types 4-70
External property data OUTDIMENSION statement 4-15
additional units 4-73 PARAMETER statement 4-134, 4-143
category of input 4-67 utility stream 4-60
default dimensions 4-72 FINS statement
types 4-70, 4-74 ACE 4-248
DPE 4-210
F FTE 4-235
FAN statement, ACE 4-251 MTE 4-221
FCDIR, PACK, PHE 4-261 STE 4-174
FCFLUID, PACK, PHE 4-261 Fired heater
Feed specifications 3-21
AIRSIDE, ACE 4-249 statement 4-309
COLDSIDE, PHE 4-259 FIT, ASSAY statement 4-24
COMPRESSOR STRMS 4-313 FITTINGS statement, PIPE 4-280
COOLER STRMS 4-305 Flash drum
DECANTER STRMS 4-288 specifications 3-20
DESALTER STRMS 4-285 statement 4-291
DUCTSIDE, FTE 4-236 FLOW
FIREDHEATER STRMS 4-309 ACE 4-244
FLASH STRMS 4-291 DPE 4-207
HEATER STRMS 4-301 FTE 4-231
HOTSIDE, PHE 4-258 HX 4-295
MIXER STRMS 4-271 MTE 4-218
PIPE STRMS 4-277 PHE 4-257
PUMP STRMS 4-318 RBE 4-196
SHELLSIDE STE 4-167
DPE 4-211 Flowsheet
HX 4-297 calculations, category of input 4-75
MTE 4-222 iterations 4-78, 4-85, 4-93, 4-105,
RBE 4-199 4-114, 4-125
STE 4-177 Fluid temperature distribution 4-169
SPLITTER STRMS 4-273 FLUSH
stream flow rate 4-99 assay stream 4-45
TUBESIDE pure component stream 4-42
ACE 4-245 FOUL
DPE 4-208 AIRSIDE, ACE 4-249
FTE 4-232 COLDSIDE, PHE 4-259
HX 4-296 DUCTSIDE, FTE 4-236
MTE 4-219 HOTSIDE, PHE 4-258
RBE 4-197 SHELLSIDE
STE 4-170 DPE 4-212
VALVE STRMS 4-283 MTE 4-223
FFACTOR RBE 4-200
FPLATE 4-265 STE 4-180
JPLATE 4-266 TUBESIDE
File ACE 4-247
compatibility 1-3 DPE 4-209
input, building 3-22 FTE 4-233
statement, external property data 4-71 MTE 4-220
FILL, LIBID statement 4-23 RBE 4-198
FILM
June 2002 I-7
STE 4-173 FTE 4-235
FPLATE statement, PHE 4-265 MTE 4-221
FRACTION STE 4-174
LIGHTEND 4-52 HENRY, METHOD statement 4-33
MVC 4-323 Henry’s Law 4-31
PARAMETER 4-120 HHOT, HOTSIDE, PHE 4-258
PRINT 4-18 HI
SPLITTER 4-274 ACE 4-247
VARIABLE 4-99, 4-119 DPE 4-209
FRAME, COST, PHE 4-270 FTE 4-233
FRICTION MTE 4-220
PIPE FITTINGS 4-281 RBE 4-198
PIPE LINE 4-279 STE 4-173
FT1, LIMITS statement 4-147 HICO
FTE ACE 4-253
design process 4-228 DPE 4-214
specifications 3-17 FTE 4-239
Fugacity PHE 4-268
PHI keyword 4-33 RBE 4-203
vapor 4-31 STE 4-192
High pressure steam cost 4-81, 4-88, 4-96,
G 4-108, 4-117, 4-128
GAS, UTCOST statement 4-80, 4-87, 4-96, HIHO
4-108, 4-117, 4-127 ACE 4-253
Gasket DPE 4-214
material codes 4-264 FTE 4-239
PHE PLATE 4-262 MTE 4-225
General data PHE 4-268
building an input file 3-25 RBE 4-203
category of input 4-7 STE 4-192
GENERAL, PRINT statement 4-17 HNOZZLE statement, PHE 4-267
Geometry consistency checks 4-78, 4-85, 4-93, HO
4-106, 4-115, 4-125 AIRSIDE, ACE 4-250
Global settings 3-1 DUCTSIDE, FTE 4-237
GPSA, WATER statement 4-35 SHELLSIDE
GRAND, PRINT statement 4-137 DPE 4-212
Gravity MTE 4-223
ASSAY statement 4-24 RBE 4-200
methods 4-25 STE 4-180
stream data 4-50 HOCI
ACE 4-253
H DPE 4-214
HCOLD, COLDSIDE, PHE 4-259
FTE 4-239
Heat exchangers 5-6
MTE 4-225
Heat Recovery Approach Temperature
PHE 4-268
See HRAT
RBE 4-203
HEATER statement 4-301
STE 4-192
Heating utility duty 4-133
HOT
HEATINGMEDIUM, UTCOST statement 4-81,
ACE 4-252
4-88, 4-96, 4-109, 4-118, 4-128
DPE 4-214
HEIGHT, FINS
MTE 4-225
ACE 4-248
PLOT statement 4-144
DPE 4-210
I-8 June 2002
RBE 4-203 CNOZZLE, PHE 4-267
STE 4-192 HNOZZLE, PHE 4-267
HOTS, PHE 4-268 INOZZLE, STE 4-189
HOTSIDE LNOZZLE, STE 4-190
ACE 4-244 PIPE
DPE 4-207 FITTINGS 4-280
FTE 4-231 LINE 4-277
HX 4-295 SHELLSIDE
MTE 4-218 DPE 4-211
PHE 4-258 MTE 4-222
RBE 4-196 RBE 4-199
STE 4-167 STE 4-177
HPASS, PHE ARRANGEMENTS 4-264 SNOZZLE
HPSTEAM, UTCOST statement 4-81, 4-88, 4-96, DPE 4-213
4-108, 4-117, 4-128 MTE 4-224
HRAT RBE 4-202
modifying 4-140 STE 4-188
PLOT keyword 4-136 TNOZZLE
SPEC statement 4-133, 4-142 ACE 4-252
HSCALER DPE 4-212
AIRSIDE, ACE 4-250 FTE 4-238
COLDSIDE, PHE 4-259 MTE 4-223
DUCTSIDE, FTE 4-237 RBE 4-201
HOTSIDE, PHE 4-258 STE 4-188
SHELLSIDE TUBESIDE
DPE 4-212 ACE 4-245
MTE 4-223 DPE 4-208
RBE 4-200 FTE 4-232
STE 4-180 MTE 4-219
TUBESIDE RBE 4-197
ACE 4-247 STE 4-171
DPE 4-209 INCHECK, CALCULATION statement 4-19
FTE 4-234 Inclined pipe section 4-279
MTE 4-221 Incremental
RBE 4-199 area efficiency factor 4-135
STE 4-173 stepsize 4-120
HTFS statement, STE 4-190 Initial point temperatures 4-25
HTRI statement Initial U-value, STE 4-168
ACE 4-255 INOZZLE statement, STE 4-189
FTE 4-241 Input
STE 4-190 data checking 4-19
HX statement 4-294 file, building 3-22
HXCOST INSPACING, STE BAFFLE 4-185
building an input file 3-28 INTERMEDIATE, PRINT statement 4-79, 4-94,
statement 4-107, 4-116, 4-126
flowsheet calculation 4-81, 4-88, 4-96, Internal property data
4-109, 4-118, 4-128 building an input file 3-27
synthesis calculation 4-145 category of input 4-64
Hydraulic calculation method 4-79, 4-86, 4-94, ITER, MVC PARAMETER 4-325
4-106, 4-116, 4-126 Iterations 4-78, 4-85, 4-93, 4-105, 4-114, 4-125
I J
ID JFACTOR
June 2002 I-9
FPLATE 4-265 TUBESIDE
JPLATE 4-266 ACE 4-245
DPE 4-208
K FTE 4-232
K, compressor 4-315 MTE 4-219
Keenan & Keyes Steam Tables 4-20 RBE 4-197
Keywords STE, design 4-171
changes to 1-4 STE, rating 4-170
continuing a statement 4-5 LFRAC
conventions 4-6 ACE 4-252
default values 4-3 DPE 4-214
layout 4-5 FTE 4-238
qualifiers 4-3 MTE 4-225
statements 4-2 phase-fixed
text comments 4-3 assay stream 4-46
KFACTOR, PIPE FITTINGS 4-281 pure component stream 4-42
K-value PHE 4-268
METHOD statement 4-32 RBE 4-203
user-supplied 4-30 STE 4-192
LHORIZONTAL, PACK, PHE 4-260
L LIBID
LAPI, external property data types 4-70
Latent
statement 4-23
external property data types 4-70
Library components, defining 3-3
heat 4-28
LIFE, ECONOMICS statement 4-139
statement 4-28
LIGHTEND, stream data 4-52
LAYER
Limits
AIRSIDE, ACE 4-249
dual design for cut and spacing 4-185
COLDSIDE, PHE 4-259
statement
DUCTSIDE, FTE 4-236
HOTSIDE, PHE 4-258
flowsheet calculation 4-77, 4-84, 4-92,
SHELLSIDE
4-104, 4-114, 4-124
DPE 4-212
synthesis calculation 4-147
MTE 4-223
LINE statement, PIPE 4-277
RBE 4-200
LINEAR
STE 4-180
See Linear cost factor
TUBESIDE
Linear area efficiency factor 4-135
ACE 4-247
Linear cost factor
DPE 4-209
ACE 4-254
FTE 4-233
compressor 4-316
MTE 4-220
cooler 4-308
RBE 4-198
DPE 4-215
STE 4-173
fired heater 4-311
LCONDUCTIVITY, external property data types
FTE 4-240
4-70
heater 4-304
LCP, external property data types 4-70
HX 4-299
LDENSITY, external property data types 4-70
HXCOST statement
LENGTH
flowsheet calculation 4-81, 4-88, 4-97,
AIRSIDE, ACE 4-249
4-109, 4-118, 4-128
DUCTSIDE, FTE 4-236
synthesis calculation 4-145
PIPE LINE 4-278
SNOZZLE
MTE 4-227
RBE 4-202
PHE 4-270
STE 4-188
I-10 June 2002
pump 4-321 DPE 4-209
RBE 4-204 FTE 4-233
STE 4-161, 4-193 MTE 4-220
utility stream 4-60 RBE 4-198
Liquid STE 4-173
API gravity 4-70 MAXAREA, LIMITS statement 4-147
density 4-70 MAXP, LIMITS statement 4-147
FLASH STRMS 4-292 MAXPASSES, PACK, PHE 4-261
fraction MAXS, LIMITS statement 4-147
See LFRAC Medium pressure steam cost 4-81, 4-88, 4-96,
heat capacity 4-70 4-108, 4-117, 4-128
molar volume 4-22 METHOD
petroleum stream 4-56 building an input file 3-26
specific gravity 4-70 statement 4-32
surface tension 4-70 METRIC
thermal conductivity 4-70 DIMENSION statement 4-10
viscosity 4-70 OUTDIMENSION statement 4-15
Watson characterization factor 4-70 MINFT
LIQVOLUME HX 4-298
DIMENSION 4-10 LIMITS statement 4-147
OUTDIMENSION 4-15 MTE 4-224
LKP statement 4-36 STE 4-191
LN 4-29 Mixer
LNOZZLE statement, STE 4-190 specifications 3-19
LOG 4-29 statement 4-271
Low pressure steam cost 4-81, 4-88, 4-96, 4-109, Modified Chen vaporization 4-79, 4-86, 4-94,
4-118, 4-128 4-106, 4-116, 4-126
LPITCH, TUBESIDE Molecular weight
ACE 4-246 ASSAY statement 4-24
FTE 4-233 component data 4-26
LPSTEAM, UTCOST statement 4-81, 4-88, 4-96, methods 4-25
4-109, 4-118, 4-128 MOLVOL statement 4-22
LSPGRAVITY, external property data types 4-70 MONITOR
LUOPK, external property data types 4-70 ACE 4-254
LVERTICAL, PACK, PHE 4-260 DPE 4-215
LVISCOSITY, external property data types 4-70 FTE 4-240
MTE 4-226
M PHE 4-269
MATCH, LIGHTEND statement 4-52 PRINT statement 4-79, 4-87, 4-95,
MATERIAL 4-107, 4-116, 4-127
codes, gasket 4-264 STE 4-193
FINS MPSTEAM, UTCOST statement 4-81, 4-88,
ACE 4-248 4-96, 4-108, 4-117, 4-128
DPE 4-210 MTD, PLOT keyword 4-136
FTE 4-235 MTE
MTE 4-221 illustration 4-217
PLATE, PHE 4-262 specifications 3-17
SHELLSIDE statement 4-159
DPE 4-211 Multiple
MTE 4-222 entries 4-3
RBE 4-199 thermodynamic and transport methods 3-8
STE 4-179 MVC
TUBESIDE illustration 4-324
ACE 4-246
June 2002 I-11
specifications 3-22 NFAR
statement 4-322 definition 4-184
MW STE BAFFLE
ASSAY statement 4-24 design 4-184
statement rating 4-183
component data 4-26 No tubes in window 4-183
stream data 4-51 NOACCELERATION, PIPE LINE 4-279
NOBLEND, assay stream 4-45
N NOCHECK
NAME ACE 4-253
ACE 4-159 CALCULATION statement 4-78, 4-85,
assay stream 4-44 4-93, 4-106, 4-115, 4-125
cooler 4-305 FTE 4-239
decanter 4-288 MTE 4-224
desalter 4-285 PHE 4-267
DPE 4-159 RBE 4-202
fired heater 4-309 STE 4-191
flash drum 4-291 NOMATCH, LIGHTEND statement 4-52
FTE 4-159 NONCONDENSIBLE, petroleum stream 4-56
heater 4-301 NONE
HX 4-294 BAFFLE, STE 4-182
mix/flash stream 4-55 CNOZZLE, PHE 4-267
mixer 4-271 HNOZZLE, PHE 4-267
MTE 4-159 PRINT statement
MVC 4-322 general data 4-17
petroleum stream 4-57 targeting calculation 4-137
PHE SNOZZLE
PLATE 4-262 MTE 4-224
statement 4-159 RBE 4-202
pipe 4-276 SNOZZLE 4-213
pump 4-318 STE 4-188
pure component stream 4-41 TNOZZLE
RBE 4-159 ACE 4-252
splitter 4-273 DPE 4-212
STE 4-159 FTE 4-238
utility stream 4-61 MTE 4-223
valve 4-283 RBE 4-201
water/steam stream 4-58 STE 4-188
NBP Nonlibrary
ASSAY statement 4-25 components, defining 3-4
component data 4-27 statement 4-22
NCCOLD, ARRANGEMENTS, PHE 4-264 NOPETRO, PGEN statement 4-66
NCHOT, ARRANGEMENTS, PHE 4-264 NOPRINT, MVC PARAMETER 4-325
Net free area ratio Normal boiling point
See NFAR See NBP
Network mean temperature difference 4-136
NEW NORMALIZE
ACE 4-244 LIGHTEND statement 4-53
FTE 4-231 pure component stream 4-41
HX 4-295 NOSPLIT
PHE 4-257 network synthesis 4-62
STE 4-165 synthesis calculation 4-147
NEWS, PRINT statement 4-18
I-12 June 2002
NOUTILITY DPE 4-207
network synthesis 4-62 FTE 4-231
synthesis calculation 4-147 HX 4-295
Nozzle, annular design 4-189 MTE 4-218
NPS PHE 4-257
allowed values RBE 4-196
DPE 4-209 STE 4-165
PIPE LINE 4-278 On-stream factor 4-139
SHELLSIDE OPERATION statement
DPE 4-211 compressor 4-314
MTE 4-222 cooler 4-306
TUBESIDE decanter 4-289
ACE 4-245 desalter 4-286
DPE 4-208 fired heater 4-310
MTE 4-219 flash drum 4-292
NTIW heater 4-302
illustration 4-183 pipe 4-281
STE BAFFLE 4-182 pump 4-319
NUMBER splitter 4-274
FAN, ACE 4-251 valve 4-284
FINS OPTIMIZATION
ACE 4-248 AREA
DPE 4-210 calculations, overview 3-12
FTE 4-235 PROPERTY statement 4-76, 4-91,
MTE 4-221 4-104, 4-113, 4-123
STE 4-174 FAN, ACE 4-251
INOZZLE, STE 4-189 SPLITFLOW, PROPERTY statement 4-76,
LNOZZLE, STE 4-190 4-91, 4-104, 4-113, 4-123
SNOZZLE, STE 4-188 ORIENTATION
TNOZZLE DPE 4-207
ACE 4-252 MTE 4-218
FTE 4-238 RBE 4-196
STE 4-188 STE 4-167
TUBESIDE OUTDIMENSION
ACE 4-246 buidling an input file 3-25
FTE 4-232 statement 4-15
MTE 4-220 OUTILITIES, PLOT keyword 4-136
RBE 4-198 OUTSPACING, STE BAFFLE 4-186
STE 4-172 Overall heat transfer coefficient
See UVALUE
O Overriding units of measure 4-10
OCOOLING, PLOT keyword 4-136
OD, TUBESIDE
ACE 4-245
DPE 4-208
FTE 4-232
MTE 4-219
RBE 4-197
STE 4-171
OHEATING, PLOT keyword 4-136
OIL, UTCOST statement 4-80, 4-87, 4-95,
4-108, 4-117, 4-127
OLD
ACE 4-244
June 2002 I-13
P MTE 4-223
PACK statement, PHE 4-260 RBE 4-200
PARALLEL STE 4-180
AIRSIDE, ACE TUBESIDE
design 4-250 DPE 4-210
rating 4-250 MTE 4-221
DUCTSIDE, FTE RBE 4-199
design 4-237 STE 4-174
rating 4-237 PERCENT
LIMITS statement 4-77, 4-84, 4-92, LIGHTEND statement 4-52
4-105, 4-124 PRINT statement 4-18
PACK, PHE Petroleum
design 4-261 PGEN statement 4-66
rating 4-260 pseudocomponents, defining 3-5
SHELLSIDE statement 4-24
DPE 4-211 PFE, specifications 3-18
HX 4-297 PFIRST, ARRANGEMENTS, PHE 4-264
MTE 4-222 PGEN 4-64
RBE 4-199 building an input file 3-27
STE 4-179 CALCULATION statement 4-19
TUBESIDE internal property data 4-64
ACE 4-247 PHASE
FTE 4-234 mix/flash stream 4-54
PARAMETER statement phase-fixed assay stream 4-46
flowsheet calculation 4-82, 4-120, 4-130 phase-fixed pure component stream 4-42
MVC 4-325 separation 4-30
synthesis calculation 4-143 statement 4-22
targeting calculation 4-134 temperature and pressure-fixed assay stream
PASS, TUBESIDE 4-45
ACE 4-246 temperature and pressure-fixed pure component
FTE 4-233 stream 4-42
HX 4-296 PHE
MTE 4-220 design process 4-256
RBE 4-198 statement 4-159
STE 4-172 PHI, METHOD statement 4-33
PATTERN, TUBESIDE Pipe
ACE 4-246 schedule, allowed 4-209
FTE 4-233 specifications 3-19
MTE 4-220 statement 4-276
RBE 4-198 PITCH, TUBESIDE
STE 4-172 MTE 4-220
PAYOUT, PLOT keyword 4-136 RBE 4-198
PBASIS TUBESIDE 4-172
DIMENSION 4-11 Plate
OUTDIMENSION 4-16 databank 4-262
PC statement 4-27 statement, PHE 4-261
PDAMP, LIMITS statement 4-78, 4-85, 4-93, PLOT
4-105, 4-114, 4-125 keywords 4-136
PDESIGN statement
COLDSIDE, PHE 4-260 synthesis calculation 4-144
HOTSIDE, PHE 4-258 targeting calculation 4-137
SHELLSIDE
DPE 4-212 pname

I-14 June 2002
(AVG) tubeside 4-120
assay stream 4-45 internal property data 4-65
petroleum stream 4-56 OUTDIMENSION statement 4-16
pure component stream 4-42 PGEN statement 4-65
(SETNO) SPECIFICATION statement 4-97
assay stream 4-45 PRINT
mix/flash stream 4-55 building an input file
petroleum stream 4-56 calculation type section 3-27
pure component stream 4-42 general data section 3-25
statement 4-68 options keywords, synthesis 4-144
Point access 4-41 statement
POUT ACE 4-254
assay stream 4-45 changes to syntax 1-4
cooler 4-306 flowsheet calculation 4-79, 4-86, 4-94,
decanter 4-289 4-107, 4-116, 4-126
desalter 4-286 FTE 4-240
fired heater 4-310 general data 4-17
flash drum 4-292 HX 4-299
heater 4-302 MTE 4-226
mix/flash stream 4-55 PHE 4-269
petroleum stream 4-57 RBE 4-204
pipe 4-281 STE 4-193
pump 4-319 synthesis calculation 4-144
pure component stream 4-42 targeting calculation 4-137
valve 4-284 Printout options 3-2
water/steam stream 4-58 PROBLEM entry 4-8
POWER PROC, changes to 1-4
DIMENSION statement 4-10 Process-process
FAN, ACE 4-251 duty 4-133
OUTDIMENSION statement 4-16 heat transfer surface area 4-134
PPOINTS, PGEN statement 4-65 PRODUCT
PR statement 4-36 AIRSIDE, ACE 4-249
PRES building an input file 3-25
D1160 statement 4-48 COLDSIDE, PHE 4-259
D86 statement 4-46 DUCTSIDE, FTE 4-236
mix/flash stream 4-54 HOTSIDE, PHE 4-258
petroleum stream 4-56 SHELLSIDE
phase-fixed assay stream 4-46 DPE 4-211
phase-fixed pure component stream 4-42 HX 4-297
TBP statement 4-47 MTE 4-222
temperature and pressure-fixed assay stream RBE 4-199
4-45 STE 4-177
temperature and pressure-fixed pure component STRMS
stream 4-42 compressor 4-314
water/steam stream 4-58 cooler 4-306
Pressure decanter 4-289
damping, fraction 4-78, 4-85, 4-93, 4-105, desalter 4-285
4-114, 4-125 fired heater 4-309
DATA statement 4-68 heater 4-302
DIMENSION statement 4-10 mixer 4-272
drop constraint pipe 4-277
shellside 4-120 pump 4-319

June 2002 I-15
splitter 4-273 QUTILITIES
valve 4-283 PLOT keyword 4-136
TUBESIDE SPEC statement 4-134
ACE 4-245
DPE 4-208 R
FTE 4-232 Rackett parameter 4-22
HX 4-296 Radius of gyration 4-22
MTE 4-219 RATE
RBE 4-197 assay stream 4-44
STE 4-170 ECONOMICS statement
PROJECT synthesis calculation 4-146
building an input file 3-25 targeting calculation 4-139
entry 4-8 LIGHTEND statement 4-52
life 4-139 MVC VARIABLE 4-323
PROP PRINT statement 4-18
building an input file 3-26 pure component stream 4-41
changes to 1-4 splitter 4-274
Properties VARIABLE statement 4-99
tables of 3-10 RBE
variable, pure component 4-28 specifications 3-16
PROPERTY statement 4-159
building an input file 3-26 Reference stream
generation, internal 4-19 See REFSTREAM
keywords 4-59 REFPHASE, mix/flash stream 4-55
prediction methods 4-23 REFRIGERANT, UTCOST statement 4-81, 4-88,
PRINT statement 4-17 4-96, 4-109, 4-118, 4-128
statement REFSTREAM
flowsheet calculation 4-76, 4-83, 4-91, compressor 4-314
4-104, 4-113, 4-123 mix/flash stream 4-53
mix/flash stream 4-53 pump 4-319
network synthesis 4-62 REFUNIT 4-159
petroleum stream 4-56 Regression
stream data 4-44 calculation 3-11
water/steam stream 4-58 overview 4-90
values 4-69 PROPERTY statement 4-76, 4-91, 4-104,
WATER statement 4-35 4-113, 4-123
PSECOND, ARRANGEMENTS, PHE 4-264 REJECTION, DECANTER 4-290
Pump REPLACE
specifications 3-21 building an input file 3-25
Pure component variable properties 4-28 REYNOLDS
PXTRAPOLATE, PGEN statement 4-65 FPLATE 4-265
JPLATE 4-266
Q Rigorous heat exchangers 5-6
QCOOLING Bell-Delaware method 5-6, 5-9
PLOT keyword 4-136 fouling layer thickness 5-14
SPEC statement 4-133 fouling resistance 5-14
QHEATING shellside heat transfer correlations 5-6
PLOT keyword 4-136 shellside pressure drop correlations 5-9
SPEC statement 4-133 Sieder-Tate equation 5-8
QPROCESS stream analysis method 5-11
PLOT keyword 4-136 TEMA exchanger types 5-6
SPEC statement 4-133 tubeside heat transfer correlations 5-8
Qualifiers, keyword 4-3 tubeside pressure drop correlations 5-12
I-16 June 2002
RKH3, STE 4-190 mix/flash stream 4-55
Rod baffle pure component stream 4-41
cage assembly 4-195 SFORMAT, PRINT statement 4-18
tube support rod layout 4-195 SHEETS, RBE BAFFLE 4-201
ROOT, FINS, STE 4-174 SHELL
ROUGHNESS COST
PIPE FITTINGS 4-280 DPE 4-216
PIPE LINE 4-279 FTE 4-240
ROWS, TUBESIDE HX 4-300
ACE 4-246 MTE 4-227
FTE 4-233 RBE 4-205
STE 4-161, 4-194
S HXCOST statement 4-81, 4-89, 4-97, 4-109,
Sample input file 3-22 4-118, 4-129
Schedule inside diameters, standard 4-177
pipe SPECIFICATION
allowed values, DPE 4-209 DPE 4-214
LINE 4-278 MTE 4-225
SHELLSIDE RBE 4-203
DPE 4-211 STE 4-192
MTE 4-222 utility stream 4-60
TUBESIDE Shells
ACE 4-246 in parallel 4-77, 4-84, 4-92, 4-105, 4-124
DPE 4-208 in series 4-77, 4-84, 4-92, 4-105, 4-124
MTE 4-220 in series and parallel 4-178
Sealing strip descriptions 4-179 SHELLSIDE
SEALS, SHELLSIDE, STE 4-179 building an input file 3-28
Search trial DPE 4-211
iterations 4-78, 4-93, 4-115, 4-125 HX SPECIFICATION 4-298
tolerance 4-76, 4-91, 4-113, 4-123 HX statement 4-297
Segmental MTE 4-222
baffle types, illustration 4-182 RBE 4-199
STE BAFFLE 4-181 STE 4-177
SERIES Shortcut
LIMITS statement 4-77, 4-84, 4-92, cooler 3-21
4-105, 4-124 heat exchanger 3-20
SHELLSIDE heater 3-21
DPE 4-211 SI entry
HX 4-297 DIMENSION statement 4-10
MTE 4-222 OUTDIMENSION statement 4-15
RBE 4-199 Simulation
STE 4-178 building an input file 3-27
TUBESIDE calculation 3-11
ACE 4-247 overview 4-83
FTE 4-234 PROPERTY statement 4-76, 4-83, 4-91,
SET 4-104, 4-113, 4-123
assay stream 4-44 SINGLE
changes to 1-4 network synthesis 4-62
METHOD statement 4-33 synthesis calculation 4-147
pure component stream 4-41 SITE entry 4-8
SETN, pname statement 4-68 Slash character 4-3
SETNO SNOZZLE statement
assay stream 4-44 DPE 4-213
changes to 1-4
June 2002 I-17
MTE 4-224 FTE 4-240
RBE 4-202 MTE 4-226
STE 4-188 PHE 4-269
Solid-liquid equilibrium 4-31 PRINT statement 4-79, 4-86, 4-95, 4-107,
Solubility 4-116, 4-126
parameter 4-22 RBE 4-204
WATER statement 4-35 STE 4-193
SOLUPARA statement 4-22 Statements, continuing 4-5
SPACE, PACK, PHE 4-260 STDDENSITY statement 4-27
Spacing STDVAPOR
dual design limits 4-185 DIMENSION statement 4-11
RBE BAFFLE 4-201 OUTDIMENSION statement 4-16
STE BAFFLE 4-185 STE
SPEC statement building an input file 3-28
synthesis calculation 4-142 keywords 4-165
targeting calculation 4-133 specifications 3-15
Specific statement 4-159
gravity 4-26 STEAM
heat 4-28 petroleum stream 4-56
SPECIFICATION water/steam stream 4-58
ACE 4-252 Stream
building an input file 3-28 data
DPE 4-214 building an input file 3-26
flowsheet calculation 4-82, 4-97, category of input 4-38, 4-40
4-110, 4-129 entering 3-10
FTE 4-238 fluid fraction, initial rate 4-41
HX 4-298 ID
MTE 4-225 assay stream 4-44
MVC 4-322 length, changes to 1-4
PHE 4-268 mix/flash stream 4-53
RBE 4-203 MW statement 4-52
STE 4-192 petroleum stream 4-56
SPGR PGEN statement 4-65
petroleum stream 4-56 pure component stream 4-41
statement SPGR statement 4-50
component data 4-26 utility stream 4-60
stream data 4-50 water/steam stream 4-58
Split PRINT statement 4-17
PRINT statement 4-144 split fraction 4-99, 4-119
stream temperature limitation 4-62 statement
Split flow optimization API 4-50
calculations 3-12 changes to 1-4
overview 4-112 D1160 4-48
Splitter D2887 4-49
specifications 3-19 D86 4-46
statement 4-273 LIGHTEND 4-53
SRK, statement 4-36 PRINT 4-79, 4-86, 4-94, 4-107,
ST5, STE 4-190 4-116, 4-126
STAGES, compressor 4-315 TBP 4-47
Standard WATSONK 4-51
ACE 4-254
density 4-27
DPE 4-215 STRIAL

I-18 June 2002
LIMITS statement 4-78, 4-93, 4-115, 4-125 stream data 4-47
TOLERANCE statement 4-76, 4-91, TBPCUTS, ASSAY statement 4-26
4-113, 4-123 TBPEP
STRM ASSAY statement 4-25
changes to 1-4 TBPIP
flowsheet calculation ASSAY statement 4-25
CONSTRAINT statement 4-119, 4-129 TC statement 4-27
SPECIFICATION statement 4-97 TCOOLING
VARIABLE statement 4-99, 4-119 PLOT keyword 4-136
MVC SPEC statement 4-133
SPECIFICATION statement 4-322 TDAMP, LIMITS statement 4-77, 4-84, 4-92,
VARIABLE statement 4-323 4-105, 4-114, 4-124
STRMS statement TDESIGN
compressor 4-313 COLDSIDE, PHE 4-260
cooler 4-305 HOTSIDE, PHE 4-259
decanter 4-288 SHELLSIDE, STE 4-180
desalter 4-285 TUBESIDE, STE 4-174
fired heater 4-309 TEMA
flash drum 4-291 designations 4-166
heater 4-301 HX 4-295
mixer 4-271 RBE 4-196
pipe 4-277 STE 4-165
pump 4-318 TEMP
splitter 4-273 D1160 statement 4-48
valve 4-283 D2887 statement 4-49
Structure group 4-22 D86 statement 4-46
SUMMARY, PRINT statement 4-137 mix/flash stream 4-54
SUMSQ, MVC PARAMETER 4-325 petroleum stream 4-56
Surface phase-fixed stream
DIMENSION statement 4-10 assay 4-46
external property data types 4-70 pure component 4-42
METHOD statement 4-33 TBP statement 4-47
OUTDIMENSION statement 4-16 temperature and pressure-fixed stream
tension 4-28 assay 4-45
SYNCOMP statement 4-22 pure component 4-42
SYNLIQ statement 4-22 utility stream 4-60
Synthesis water/steam stream 4-58
calculation 3-14 Temperature
category of input 4-141 CONSTRAINT statement 4-120, 4-129
SYSTEM, METHOD statement 4-32 damping, fraction 4-77, 4-84, 4-92, 4-105,
4-114, 4-124
T DIMENSION statement 4-10
Tabular end point 4-25
properties 4-63 initial point 4-25
TADDITIONAL PGEN statement 4-65
network synthesis 4-62 pname statement 4-68
synthesis calculations 4-147 rundown for hot streams 4-133
Targeting runup for cold streams 4-133
calculations, overview 3-13
overview 4-131
TASC3, STE 4-190 SPECIFICATION
TBP ACE 4-252
PRINT statement 4-17
June 2002 I-19
DPE 4-214 MTE 4-219
FTE 4-238 RBE 4-197
HX 4-298 STE 4-171
MTE 4-225 TIME
MVC 4-323 DIMENSION statement 4-10
PHE 4-268 OUTDIMENSION statement 4-16
RBE 4-203 TITLE
statement 4-97 buding an input file 3-25
STE 4-192 statement 4-8
tolerance 4-76, 4-84, 4-91, 4-104, TNOZZLE statement
4-113, 4-123 ACE 4-252
VARIABLE DPE 4-212
MVC 4-323 FTE 4-238
THEATING RBE 4-201
PLOT keyword 4-136 STE 4-188
SPEC statement 4-133 TOLERANCE
Thermal building an input file 3-27
conductivity 4-28 statement 4-76, 4-84, 4-91, 4-104,
cracking 4-46 4-113, 4-123
properties 4-19 Total utilities duty 4-134
Thermodynamic TOUT
capabilities, additional 3-9 assay stream 4-45
data cooler 4-306
binary interaction data 4-30 cooler cost 4-308
building an input file 3-26 decanter 4-289
liquid activity methods 4-30 desalter 4-286
method fired heater 4-310
Benedict-Webb-Rubin-Starling 4-36 heater 4-302
defining 3-6 mix/flash stream 4-55
Lee-Kessler-Plöcker 4-36 petroleum stream 4-57
multiple 3-8 pure component stream 4-42
Peng-Robinson 4-36 utility stream 4-60
set, assigning 4-41 water/steam stream 4-58
Soave-Redlich-Kwong 4-36 TPITCH, TUBESIDE
statement 4-32 ACE 4-246
property calculation methods 4-34 FTE 4-233
systems, predefined 4-34 TPOINTS, PGEN statement 4-65
THICKNESS Transport
BAFFLE method
RBE 4-201 multiple 3-8
STE 4-186 statement 4-33
FINS properties
ACE 4-248 calculation methods 4-35
DPE 4-210 overview 3-8
FTE 4-235 thermodynamic data 4-30
MTE 4-222 systems, predefined 4-34
STE 4-174 TSPLIT, network synthesis 4-62
PLATE, PHE 4-262 TSR
TUBESIDE compressor 4-315
ACE 4-245 pump 4-320
DPE 4-208
FTE 4-232 TTRIAL

I-20 June 2002
LIMITS statement 4-78, 4-85, 4-93, 4-105, U
4-114, 4-125 UESTIMATE
TOLERANCE statement 4-76, 4-84, 4-91, ACE 4-244
4-104, 4-113, 4-123 DPE 4-207
Tube FTE 4-231
dimensions 4-175 MTE 4-218
patterns 4-172 PHE 4-257
radial low-fin, dimensions 4-176 RBE 4-196
SPECIFICATION STE 4-168
ACE 4-252 UID
DPE 4-214 ACE 4-159
FTE 4-238 compressor 4-313
MTE 4-225 cooler 4-305
RBE 4-203 decanter 4-288
STE 4-192 desalter 4-285
TUBESIDE DPE 4-159
building an input file 3-28 fired heater 4-309
statement flash drum 4-291
ACE 4-245 FTE 4-159
DPE 4-208 heater 4-301
FTE 4-232 HX 4-294
HX 4-296, 4-298 length, changes to 1-4
MTE 4-219 mixer 4-271
RBE 4-197 MTE 4-159
STE 4-170 MVC 4-322
TUTILITY PHE 4-159
cooler 4-306 pipe 4-276
heater 4-302 pump 4-318
TWOPHASE CALCULATION RBE 4-159
ACE 4-253 splitter 4-273
DPE 4-213 STE 4-159
FTE 4-239 valve 4-283
MTE 4-225 UMAT, PARAMETER statement 4-135
RBE 4-203 UNIFAC method
statement 4-79, 4-86, 4-94, 4-106, 4-116, component data 4-22
4-126 thermodynamic data 4-31
STE 4-191 UNIT
TXTRAPOLATE, PGEN statement 4-65 CASE statement 4-111
TYPE statement CONSTRAINT statement 4-120
ACE 4-244 COST
BAFFLE, RBE 4-201 DPE 4-216
building an input file 3-28 FTE 4-240
DPE 4-207 HX 4-300
FTE 4-231 MTE 4-227
HX 4-295 PHE 4-270
MTE 4-218 RBE 4-205
PHE 4-257 STE 4-161, 4-194
RBE 4-196 HXCOST statement 4-81, 4-89, 4-97,
SNOZZLE 4-109, 4-118, 4-129
RBE 4-202 PRINT statement 4-18
STE 4-188 SPECIFICATION
STE 4-165 MVC 4-323
TNOZZLE, STE 4-188 statement 4-97, 4-110

June 2002 I-21
utility stream 4-60 PARAMETER statement
VARIABLE synthesis calculation 4-143
MVC 4-324 targeting calculation 4-134
statement 4-99 PLOT keyword 4-136
Unit operations STE 4-167
building an input file 3-28 trial tolerance 4-76, 4-123
category of input 4-148
Units of measure V
allowable 4-13 VALUE, DATA statement 4-69
compatibility with PRO/II 1-3 Valve
input, specifying 4-9 specifications 3-19
output dimensions 4-15 statement 4-283
overriding 4-10 Van der Waal’s area and volume 4-22
overview 3-2 VAPI, external property data types 4-70
standard 4-12 Vapor
UNITS, PRINT statement 4-79, 4-86, 4-94, API gravity 4-70
4-107, 4-116, 4-126 density 4-70
UNIWAAL method 4-31 FLASH STRMS 4-292
UNSPLIT, PRINT statement 4-144 heat capacity 4-70
UOPK, petroleum stream 4-56 petroleum stream 4-56
USCALER pressure 4-28
ACE 4-244 specific gravity 4-70
DPE 4-207 thermal conductivity 4-70
FTE 4-231 viscosity 4-70
MTE 4-218 Watson characterization factor 4-70
PHE 4-257 VAPVOLUME
RBE 4-197 DIMENSION statement 4-10
STE 4-168 OUTDIMENSION statement 4-16
USER VARIABLE statement
building an input file 3-25 flowsheet calculations 4-82, 4-99, 4-119
statement 4-8 MVC 4-323
UTCOST VC statement 4-27
building an input file 3-27 VCONDUCTIVITY, external property data types
statement 4-80, 4-87, 4-95, 4-108, 4-70
4-111, 4-117, 4-127 VCP, external property data types 4-70
Utility VDENSITY, external property data types 4-70
compressor 4-315 VELOCITY
cooler 4-307 AIRSIDE, ACE 4-250
fired heater 4-310 DUCTSIDE, FTE 4-237
heater 4-302 SHELLSIDE, STE 4-180
Minimum Approach Temperature TUBESIDE
See UMAT ACE 4-247
pump 4-320 FTE 4-234
statement 4-60 STE 4-173
UTRIAL VISCOSITY
LIMITS statement 4-78, 4-115, 4-125 component data 4-28
TOLERANCE statement 4-76, 4-123 DIMENSION statement 4-11
U-tube bundle, effective length 4-171 METHOD statement 4-33
U-value OUTDIMENSION statement 4-16
DIMENSION statement 4-10 VP statement 4-28
HX 4-295 VSPGRAVITY, external property data types 4-70
loop iterations 4-78, 4-115, 4-125 VUOPK, external property data types 4-70
OUTDIMENSION statement 4-16 VVISCOSITY, external property data types 4-70

I-22 June 2002
W X
Water X, PLOT statement 4-137
CALCULATION statement 4-19 XBLEND
DECANTER STRMS 4-289 assay stream 4-44
petroleum stream 4-56 changes to 1-4
property calculation options 4-36 XDENSITY
pure, properties 4-35 DIMENSION statement 4-11
solubility, calculation options 4-36 OUTDIMENSION statement 4-16
UTCOST statement 4-80, 4-88, 4-96,
4-108, 4-117, 4-128 Y
water/steam stream 4-58 Y, PLOT statement 4-137
WATER 4-35
Watson characterization factor 4-56
Z
ZC statement 4-26
WATSONK, stream data 4-51
ZONES, PRINT
Weight fraction 4-70
ACE 4-254
WFRACTION, external property data types 4-70
DPE 4-215
WIDE, PLOT statement 4-144
FTE 4-240
WIDTH
HX 4-299
AIRSIDE, ACE 4-249
MTE 4-226
DUCTSIDE, FTE 4-236
PHE 4-269
PACK, PHE 4-260
RBE 4-204
WT
statement 4-79, 4-87, 4-95, 4-107,
DIMENSION statement 4-11
4-116, 4-127
OUTDIMENSION statement 4-16
STE 4-193

June 2002 I-23

I-24 June 2002

Keyword9 0 PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Keyword9 0 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

HEXTRAN 9.

Chapter 1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1

Chapter 2 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1

Chapter 3 Using HEXTRAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1

Chapter 4 Input Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

HEXTRAN Keyword Manual

Chapter 5 Technical Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1

HEXTRAN Keyword Manual

HEXTRAN Keyword Manual

See... Which... If you are a ...

HEXTRAN Keyword Manual Chapter 1, Introduction

Compatibility with Earlier Versions of HEXTRAN

Chapter 1, Introduction HEXTRAN Keyword Manual

The new syntax is:

Note: The new keyword functionality is explained in detail in Chapter 5,

HEXTRAN Keyword Manual Chapter 1, Introduction

Chapter 1, Introduction HEXTRAN Keyword Manual

HEXTRAN Keyword Manual Chapter 1, Introduction

Chapter 1, Introduction HEXTRAN Keyword Manual

Scope and Objectives of HEXTRAN

HEXTRAN Keyword Manual Chapter 2, Overview

Rigorous Calculation User

HEXTRAN Keyword Manual Chapter 2, Overview

Chapter 2, Overview HEXTRAN Keyword Manual

What HEXTRAN Does

HEXTRAN Keyword Manual Chapter 3, Using HEXTRAN

Table 3-2: Units of Measure

Chapter 3, Using HEXTRAN HEXTRAN Keyword Manual

HEXTRAN Keyword Manual Chapter 3, Using HEXTRAN

Table 3-4: Library and Non-Library Components

Table 3-5: Petroleum Pseudocomponents

HEXTRAN Keyword Manual Chapter 3, Using HEXTRAN

Table 3-6: Assay Curve

Defining Thermodynamic Methods

Chapter 3, Using HEXTRAN HEXTRAN Keyword Manual

K-value Braun K10 (<100 psia) Peng-Robinson Peng-Robinson

Table 3-8: Defining Thermodynamic Methods

HEXTRAN Keyword Manual Chapter 3, Using HEXTRAN

Table 3-9: Transport Properties

Using Multiple Methods

Chapter 3, Using HEXTRAN HEXTRAN Keyword Manual

Additional Thermodynamic Capabilities

Table 3-11: Summary of Other Thermodynamic Options

HEXTRAN Keyword Manual Chapter 3, Using HEXTRAN

Table 3-12: Tables of Properties

Table 3-13: Entering Stream Data

Chapter 3, Using HEXTRAN HEXTRAN Keyword Manual

HEXTRAN Keyword Manual Chapter 3, Using HEXTRAN

Table 3-14: Flowsheet Calculation Statements

Chapter 3, Using HEXTRAN HEXTRAN Keyword Manual

Table 3-15: Targeting Calculation Statements

HEXTRAN Keyword Manual Chapter 3, Using HEXTRAN

Table 3-16: Synthesis Calculation Statements

Chapter 3, Using HEXTRAN HEXTRAN Keyword Manual

Table 3-17: Shell-and-Tube Exchanger Specifications

HEXTRAN Keyword Manual Chapter 3, Using HEXTRAN

Table 3-19: Double Pipe Exchanger Specifications

Chapter 3, Using HEXTRAN HEXTRAN Keyword Manual

Table 3-21: Finned-Tube Exchanger Specifications

HEXTRAN Keyword Manual Chapter 3, Using HEXTRAN

Table 3-23: Plate-and-Frame Exchanger Specifications

Chapter 3, Using HEXTRAN HEXTRAN Keyword Manual

Table 3-24: Mixer Unit